5 N REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE SWISS JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 111—FASCICULE 3 Publication subventionnée par: ACADEMIE SUISSE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES (SCNAT) VILLE DE GENEVE SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genéve CHARLES LIENHARD Chargé de recherche au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genéve Comité de lecture Il est constitué en outre du président de la Société suisse de Zoologie, du directeur du Muséum de Geneve et de représentants des instituts de zoologie des universités suisses. Les manuscrits sont soumis à des experts d’institutions suisses ou étrangères selon le sujet étudié. La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: biogéo- graphie, systématique, évolution, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENÈVE 6 Internet: http://www.ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) | Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées | à la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Museum d’histoire naturelle, C.P. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse ANNALES de la SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE et du MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE de la Ville de Geneve tome 111 fascicule 3 2004 E à kl GENEVE SEPTEMBRE 2004 ISSN 0035 - 418 X SWISS JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 111—FASCICULE 3 Publication subventionnée par: ACADÉMIE SUISSE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES (SCNAT) VILLE DE GENEVE SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Museum d’histoire naturelle de Genève CHARLES LIENHARD Charge de recherche au Museum d’histoire naturelle de Genève Comite de lecture Il est constitué en outre du president de la Société suisse de Zoologie, du directeur du Museum de Genève et de représentants des instituts de zoologie des universites suisses. Les manuscrits sont soumis à des experts d’institutions suisses ou étrangères selon le sujet étudié. La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: biogéo- graphie, systématique, évolution, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENÈVE 6 Internet: http://www.ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm PRIX DE L’ABONNEMENT: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Museum d’histoire naturelle, C.P. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 457-523; septembre 2004 Hygronomini e Athetini della Cina con note sinonimiche (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)* Roberto PACE Via Vittorio Veneto, 13, I-37032 Monteforte d’Alpone (Verona), Italia. E-mail: pace.ent@tiscali.it Hygronomini and Athetini from China (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) with notes on the synonymy. - The tribe Athetini is represented by a large number of species in all zoogeographical regions. The taxonomy of this group is rather difficult and relies heavily on the characters of the male copulatory organ and of female spermatheca. In the present paper ninety- five species are recognised. One subgenus of Atheta, Ekkliatheta, and 65 species are described as new. Three new names are proposed: Alevonota franziana for Tomoglossa franzi Pace, 1991 [nec Alevonota franzi (Palm, 1973)], Emmelostiba xinjiangensis for Alevonota chinensis Pace, 1993 (nec Emmelostiba chinensis Pace, 1998), Atheta floresensis for Atheta aptera Israelson, 1985 (nec Atheta aptera Pace, 1984). New synonymies are pro- posed for nine species and genera: Alevonota pacei Assing, 2002, is placed in synonymy with Arlantostiba franzi Pace, 1994, Cordalia permutata Assing, 2002, with Cordalia chinensis Pace, 1993, the genus Euphorbagria Assing, 1997, with Melagria Casey, 1906, Leptusa acuta Assing, 2002, with Leptusa anmashanensis Pace, 1996, the genus Chariusa Pace, 2003, with Leucocraspedum Kraatz, 1859, Liogluta granulipyga Pace, 1998, with Liogluta langmusiensis Pace, 1998, and the genus Syntemusa Pace, 2002, with Irmaria Cameron, 1925. The typical series of Atheta namphoensis Pasnik, 2001, from North Korea includes two genera and two species, the holotypus d must be attributed to the genus Nepalota with the name of Nepalota namphoensis (Pasnik). New combinations are proposed for 10 species: 6 for the genus Alevonota, 1 for Emmelostiba, 2 for Irmaria and 1 for Nepalota. Each new species is described and illustrated. All available distributional data are presented. Keywords: Coleoptera - Staphylinidae - Aleocharinae - taxonomy - China - synonymies - Palaearctic Region. INTRODUZIONE Con il presente lavoro prosegue la pubblicazione della descrizione delle nuove Aleocharinae della Cina raccolte dal Dr. Ales Smetana di Ottawa ed altri, dopo quelle precedenti (Pace, 1993a, 1997, 1998a-d, 1999a-d). Non dovrebbe essere sorprendente * 186° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae. Manoscritto accettato il 29.04.2004 458 R. PACE la constatazione del numero elevato di specie nuove qui descritte, se si tiene presente che i più alti rilievi montuosi della Cina sono solo in anni recentissimi oggetto di inda- gini entomologiche sistematiche, particolarmente del Dr. Ale Smetana e d’altri colleghi: Guillaume de Rougemont di Londra, Marc Tronquet di Molitg Les Bains (Francia), Michael Schiilke di Berlino e dell’inglese J. Fellowes. Il presente lavoro com- prende anche specie raccolte da questi colleghi e alcuni esemplari datimi in esame dal Dr. J. Klimaszewski del Laurentian Forestry Centre di Sainte-Foy (Québec) Canada. Gli olotipi delle nuove specie sono conservati nel Muséum d’histoire naturelle di Ginevra (MHNG), nell’ Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique (IRSN) e nel Museo di Storia Naturale dell’ Università Humboldt di Berlino (MB). METODO La tribù degli Athetini comprende per lo più specie di difficile classificazione, soprattutto a livello sottogenerico nel genere Arheta Thomson, 1859. L'incertezza che regna per le specie paleartiche occidentali di questa tribù, si ripete anche in Cina. Con riferimento soprattutto al genere Atheta, la creazione di «gruppi misti» per le specie paleartiche occidentali non è che la prova di quest’incertezza. Poiché per il presente studio era necessario adottare un criterio di scelta ai fini dell’attribuzione sottogenerica di Atheta e generica per altre specie, ho scelto come carattere prioritario la forma della spermateca. Da qualche tempo si constata nel genere Atheta, anche da parte di altri tassonomisti, che nell’ambito del sottogenere Microdota Mulsant & Rey, 1873, la spermateca ha più o meno la forma della lettera S rovesciata, nell’ambito del sotto- genere Atheta (Atheta) Thomson, 1859, la parte prossimale della spermateca è sempre a forma di matassa di spire, da una a molte, nell’ambito del sottogenere Acrotona Thomson, 1859, la parte prossimale della spermateca descrive una o più spire regolari, nel sottogenere Philhygra Mulsant & Rey, 1873, la spermateca è assente o è estrema- mente minuscola, nel sottogenere Datomicra Mulsant & Rey, 1874, essa ha la parte distale deviata. Assai difficile è rilevare caratteri differenziali sottogenerici nell’edeago. Nel presente lavoro le attribuzioni sottogeneriche e generiche vanno considerate piuttosto sicure se è presente la femmina. I casi in cui è noto il solo mas- chio l’attribuzione sottogenerica deriva da confronti con edeagi di specie note anche per la femmina. L’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago, infatti, è composta di pezzi la cui forma varia in lunghezza, larghezza o ispessimento chitinoso secondo le specie. Per analogia di forma e posizione di questi pezzi è stata qui determinata l’attribuzione sottogenerica nel caso di presenza di soli maschi. In ogni modo, evidentemente, quest’attribuzione ha carattere provvisorio. Infine, le specie di Arheta che non presen- tano una forma di spermateca caratteristica dei sottogeneri indicati sopra e di altri, sono incluse nel sottogenere Dimetrota Mulsant & Rey, 1873, che nel presente lavoro corrisponde più o meno ai gruppi misti delle specie paleartiche occidentali di Atheta. RITROVAMENTO DEL ¢ O DELLA © DI SPECIE NOTE Pelioptera viatica Pace, 1998 Rinvenuto il d, il cui edeago e il sesto urotergo libero sono illustrati alle figg. 17-19. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 459 Liogluta attenuata Pace, 1998 Rinvenuto il d, il cui edeago è illustrato alle figg. 42-44. Atheta (Datomicra) parainopinata Pace, 1998 Rinvenuta la 9, la cui spermateca è illustrata in fig. 142. Atheta (Datomicra) xinlongensis Pace 1998 Rinvenuta la vera 9, la cui spermateca è illustrata in fig. 127. La spermateca illustrata precedentemente (Pace, 1998: 727) appartiene ad A. regressa Pace, 1998. Paraloconota gansuensis Pace, 1998 Rinvenuto il d il cui edeago è illustrato alle figg. 188-189. ELENCO DELLE SPECIE NOTE Aloconota lanzhouensis Pace, 1998 Aloconota lanzhouensis Pace, 1998b: 424 2 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above Camp 3, 3000 m, 7.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Xinlong Shan. Pelioptera (Tropimenelytron) viatica Pace, 1998 Pelioptera (Tropimenelytron) viatica Pace, 1998d: 938 9 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above Camp 3, 3000 m, 7.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 2 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 1 2, China, Sichuan, 3000 m, 18.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan. NOTA. Gusarov (2002), considera Tropimenelytron Pace, 1983, come genere a se stante, utilizzando i caratteri diagnostici di Sawada. È da precisare che il metodo di Sawada è fuorviante perché adotta caratteri a livello specifico utilizzandoli come fossero caratteri generici. In questo modo dei gruppi di specie rischiano di essere inclusi in generi differenti, rendendo la tassonomia delle Aleocharinae sempre più incomprensibile. La tradizione vuole che sia la forma della ligula il criterio prioritario per la separazione dei generi e non una o più setole spostate sui palpi. Geostiba (Indatheta) rougemonti Pace, 1993 Geostiba (Indatheta) rougemonti Pace, 1993a: 90 1 2, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, 3900 m, 25.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Yunnan e Sichuan. Hydrosmecta perignota Pace, 1998 Hydrosmecta perignota Pace, 1998b: 417 1 d, China, Ying Kou Country, Liaoning Prov., 1987, leg. Li Jing Ke. DISTRIBUZIONE. Beijing. Liogluta lacustris Pace, 1998 Liogluta lacustris Pace, 1998b: 445 3 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, lake above Camp 2, 2700 m, 4.VIIL.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 1 2, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 460 R. PACE 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 19 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above Camp 3, 3000 m, 7.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 4 es., China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4000-4100 m, 23.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan. Liogluta gonggana Pace, 1998 Liogluta gonggana Pace, 1998b: 445 19 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.V11.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan. Liogluta langmusiensis Pace, 1998 Liogluta langmusiensis Pace, 1998b: 450 1 4 e 1 9, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, in front glacier 1, 2850 m, 7.V11.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Langmusi. Liogluta attenuata Pace, 1998 Liogluta attenuata Pace, 1998b: 450 1 d, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4000-4100 m, 23.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Xilong Shan. Liogluta dalijiensis Pace, 1998 Liogluta dalijiensis Pace, 1998b: 448 2 es., China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4000 m, 24-26.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Dalijia Shan. Atheta (Acrotona) xishanensis Pace, 1998 Atheta (Acrotona) xishanensis Pace, 1998c: 689 1 9, China, Ying Kou Country, Liaoning Prov., 1987, leg. Li Jing Ke. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nota di Beijing, Henan, Jangsu e Yongnian. Atheta (Acrotona) inquinata Cameron, 1939 Atheta (Acrotona) inquinata Cameron, 1939: 407 6 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 11.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 25 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, in front glacier 1, 2850 m, 7.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Specie del Kashmir, nuova per la Cina (Tipi esaminati). Atheta (Microdota) philamicula Pace, 1998 Atheta (Microdota) philamicula Pace, 1998d: 918 3 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Langmusi HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 461 Atheta (Microdota ) gonggaensis Pace, 1998 Atheta (Microdota ) gonggaensis Pace, 1998d: 916 13 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above Camp 3, 3000 m, 6.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 1 à, China, SE Sichuan, Jinfo Shan, 27.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan. Atheta (Microdota) plactra Cameron, 1939 Atheta (Traumoecia) placita, Cameron, 1939: 319 9 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 5 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above Camp 3, 3200 m, 7.V11.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 30 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Specie finora nota solo dell’India: Ghum, Tiger Hill. (Tipi esaminati). Atheta (Dimetrota) sericoides Pace, 1998 Atheta (Dimetrota) sericoides Pace, 1998c: 695 1de2 22, China, Ying Kou Country, Liaoning Prov., 1987, leg. Li Jing Ke. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nota finora solo di Beijing (Pechino). Atheta (Dimetrota) discriminata Pace, 1987 Atheta (Dimetrota) discriminata Pace, 1987: 420 1 2, China, Sichuan, Emei Shan, Leidongping, 2500 m, 18.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Specie finora nota dell’ India, Kotgarth e Chakrata. Atheta (Datomicra) peranomala Pace, 1998 Atheta (Datomicra) peranomala Pace, 1998d: 927 7 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.V11.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 10 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3300 m, 14.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Yunnan: Ruili e Mengdien. Atheta (Datomicra) xinlongensis Pace, 1998 Atheta (Datomicra) xinlongensis Pace, 1998c:725 1 d, China, Gansu, Xinlong Shan, cca. 70 km S Lanzhou, 2380 m, 7.VIII.1994, leg. A. Smetana; 1 d, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 3900 m, 25.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 1 d, China, Sichuan, Kangding, 2900 m, 2.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 4 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 17 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3300 m, 14.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Xinlong Shan. Atheta (Datomicra) regressa Pace, 1998 Atheta (Datomicra) regressa Pace, 1998c:728 1 2, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, Zhongdian, 19-25.VI.1994, leg. D. Kral & J. Farkaé. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Xinlong Shan e Sichuan: Gongga Shan. 462 R. PACE Atheta (Datomicra) parainopinata Pace, 1998 Atheta (Datomicra) parainopinata Pace, 1998c: 725 3 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, Lake above camp 2, 2750 m, 4.V11.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan. Atheta (Datomicra) subinopinata Pace, 1998 Atheta (Datomicra) subinopinata Pace, 1998c: 722 20 es., China, W Sichuan, Kangding, 2800-2900 m, 2.VII.1996 e 21.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 3 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana; 34 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 70 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 Km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan. Atheta (Datomicra) graffa Pace, 1998 Atheta (Datomicra) graffa Pace, 1998c: 728 8 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Sichuan: Gongga Shan e Gansu: Xinlong Shan. Atheta (Datomicra) dadopora Thomson, 1867 Atheta dadopora Thomson, 1867: 282 Atheta (Datomicra) dadopora: Lohse 1974: 189; Pace, 1998c: 730 Atheta (Datostiba) poroshirica Sawada, 1977: 243 3 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Specie diffusa dall’Europa alla Siberia, all'India settentrionale e al Giappone. Già nota della Cina (Pace, 1998c). Atheta (Datomicra) subsericans Cameron, 1939 Atheta (s. str.) subsericans Cameron, 1939: 355 4 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana; 6 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 5.V11.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 1 9, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4000-4100 m, 23-24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Specie dell’India settentrionale. Già nota per la Cina (Pace, 1998). Atheta (Oreostiba) shanicola Pace, 1998, figg. 162-163 Atheta (Oreostiba) shanicola Pace, 1998d: 933 1 2, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Finora nota solo del Sichuan. NOTA. Questo esemplare differisce lievemente da quello della serie tipica. In un primo tempo l’avevo considerato appartenente a nuova specie e non una varietà locale. Qui si danno le illustrazioni per rendere note le differenze, a mio parere non di livello specifico. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 463 Nepalota pernitida (Pace, 1984), comb. n. Atheta (Stethusa) pernitida Pace, 1984a: 447 1 9, China, W Sichuan, 20 Km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 15.VII.1998, leg A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Burma: Kalaw. Nepalota gansuensis Pace, 1998 Nepalota gansuensis Pace, 1998d: 943 32 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, in front glacier 1, 2850 m, 7.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 8 es., China, SE Sichuan, Jinfo Shan, 1750 m, 26.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 9 es., China, Sichuan, Emei Shan, Leidongping, 2500 m, 18.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Xinlong Shan. Nepalota martensi Pace, 1987 Nepalota martensi Pace, 1987: 412 1 g, China, Yunnan, Kunming, Western Hills, 1800 m, 24.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Nepal. Paraloconota gansuensis Pace, 1998 Paraloconota gansuensis Pace, 1998b: 436 17 es., China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, head of glacier, 1250 m, 9.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Gansu: Dalijia Shan. Paraloconota yonghaiensis Pace, 1998 Paraloconota yonghaiensis Pace, 1998b: 438 1 2, China, Gansu, Yonghai, cca. 20 km SW Yuzhong, 2700-2800 m, 9.VIII.1994, leg. A Smetana. DISTRIBUZIONE. Giä nota del Gansu. NOTA. Questo esemplare differisce lievemente da quello della serie tipica. In un primo tempo l’avevo considerato appartenente a nuova specie e non una varietä locale. Qui si danno le illustrazioni per rendere note le differenze, a mio parere non di livello specifico. ELENCO DELLE NUOVE SPECIE HYGRONOMINI 9. Liogluta sabdensis sp. n. 1. Hygronoma chinensis sp. n. 10. Liogluta infacunda sp. n. ATHETINI 11. Liogluta kangdingensis sp. n. 2. Gnypeta yingkouensis sp. n. 12. Liogluta caliginis sp. n. 3. Aloconota pulchricarinata sp. n. 13. Liogluta rhomboidalis sp. n. 4. Aloconota umbonis sp. n. 14. Liogluta serpentitheca sp. n. 5.Aloconota jinfoensis sp. n. 15. Liogluta biacusifera sp. n. 6. Pelioptera tronqueti sp. n. 16. Liogluta imitatrix sp. n. 7.Geostibasoma opacisuturale sp. n. 17. Liogluta ignorata sp. n. 8. Amischa alticola sp. n. 18. Liogluta iperintroflexa sp. n. 464 19. Atheta (Philhygra) quadrifalcifera sp. n. 20. Atheta (Philhygra) perconsanguinea sp. n. 21. Atheta (Philhygra) longefalcifera sp. n. 22. Atheta (Philhygra) emeicola sp. n. 23. Atheta (Sipalatheta) emeimontis sp. n. 24. Atheta (Acrotona) fellowesi sp. n. 25. Atheta (Acrotona) deuvei sp. n. 26. Atheta (Acrotona) luteihumeri sp. n. 27. Atheta (Microdota) hailuogouensis sp. n. 28. Atheta (Microdota) miriapex sp. n. 29. Atheta (Microdota) sichuanicola sp. n. 30. Atheta (Microdota) masculifrons sp. n. 31. Atheta (Microdota) gibba sp. n. 32. Atheta (Microdota) neoamicula sp. n. 33. Atheta (Microdota) tardoides sp. n. 34. Atheta (Microdota) zhongdianensis sp. n. 35. Atheta (Microdota) liaoningensis sp. n. 36. Atheta (Dimetrota) angulispina sp. n. 37. Atheta (Dimetrota) ridenda sp. n. 38. Atheta (Dimetrota) jiudingensis sp. n. 39. Atheta (Datomicra) zhagaensis sp. n. 40. Atheta (Datomicra) consequens sp. n. 41. Atheta (Datomicra) songpanensis sp. n. DESCRIZIONI Hygronoma chinensis sp. n. R. PACE 42. Atheta (Datomicra) falcifera sp. n. 43. Atheta (Datomicra) pertinens sp. n. 44. Atheta (Datomicra) stenotheca sp. n. 45. Atheta (Datomicra) latifalcifera sp. n. 46. Atheta (Datomicra) mesofalcifera sp. n. 47. Atheta (Datomicra) hamifera sp. n. 48. Atheta (Oreostiba) micromega sp. n. 49. Atheta (Oreostiba) transcripta sp. n. 50. Atheta (Oreostiba) mimomonticola sp. n. 51. Atheta (Atheta) paralaevicauda sp. n. 52. Atheta (Ekkliatheta) aniiensis sp. n. 53. Nepalota fellowesi sp. n. 54. Nepalota guangdongensis sp. n. 55. Paraloconota puella sp. n. 56. Paraloconota dalijiamontis sp. n. 57. Oroekklina smetanai sp. n. 58. Emmelostiba granulosa sp. n. 59. Emmelostiba bellicosa sp. n. 60. Alevonota pulchricornis sp. n. 61. Alevonota sinensis sp. n. 62. Alevonota foedicornis sp. n. 63. Taxicera sinensis sp. n. 64. Amidobia perconvexa sp. n. 65. Amidobia ming sp. n. Figg. 1-2 Holotypus 2, China, Ying Kou Country, Liaoning Prov., 1987, leg. Li Jing Ke (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e bruno scuro, con addome nero; antenne bruno-rossicce con i due antennomeri basali bruni; zampe rossicce. L’intero corpo è coperto di granulosità fine e fitta, posta su un fondo non reticolato. Spermateca fig. 2. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è ben differente dell’europea H. dimidiata (Gravenhorst, 1806), per il pronoto nettamente trasverso (lungo quanto largo in dimidi- ata), per avere solo il primo urotergo libero solcato alla base e il primo metatarsomero molto più lungo dei due seguenti riuniti. Gnypeta yingkouensis sp. n. Figg. 3-4 Holotypus 9, China, Ying Kou Country, Liaoning Prov., 1987, leg. Li Jing Ke (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,2 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e bruno; antenne bruno-rossicce; zampe rossicce. Tutto il corpo è coperto di granulosità saliente e fittis- sima. L’addome presenta una reticolazione evidente. Spermateca fig. 4. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 465 COMPARAZIONI. Le specie cinesi del genere Gnypeta Thomson, 1858, finora sono G. beijingensis Pace, 1998, G. chinensis Pace, 1998, G. immodesta Pace, 1998, G. lucidula Pace, 1998 e G. yunnanensis Pace, 1998. Per la forma della spermateca la nuova specie è simile a G. beijingensis, tuttavia 1 penultimi antennomeri sono trasversi nella nuova specie e lunghi quanto larghi in beijingensis; il pronoto è molto trasverso nella nuova specie e lo è poco in beijingensis e la parte intermedia della spermateca è molto più lunga nella nuova specie che in G. beijingensis. Aloconota pulchricarinata sp. n. Figg. 5-7 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 6. VII.1996, 29°35 N-102°00E, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e nero; antenne nero- brune; zampe giallo-brune con 1 tarsi rossicci. La punteggiatura del capo è estrema- mente superficiale e assente sulla fascia mediana. La granulosità del pronoto è poco distinta, quella delle elitre è saliente sulla metà interna, verso la sutura, evanescente sulla metà esterna. La reticolazione del capo e dell’addome è netta, quella del pronoto è nettissima, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Il capo ha un’impressione discale. Edeago figg. 6-7. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago e per i caratteri sessuali secondari sul quinto urotergo libero del d, la nuova specie si mostra affine ad A. inaequalis Cameron, 1939, dell’India settentrionale (holotypus da me esaminato). Tuttavia, il quinto urotergo libero del & della nuova specie mostra un rilievo mediano posteriore a Y, mentre in inaequalis lo stesso è a I. L’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago della nuova specie è robusta, mentre quella di inaequalis è molto evanescente. Aloconota umbonis sp. n. Figg. 8-10 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, lake above Camp 2, 2750 m, 4.VII.1998, 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,9 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e nero; antenne nere; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è distinta, ma assente sulla fascia longi- tudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è saliente e quella delle elitre è evanescente. La reticolazione del disco del capo è netta e distinta sul resto del capo, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è nettissima, quella dell'addome è molto trasversa ed evanescente. Il capo presenta una debole impressione discale. Il quinto urotergo libero del 4 presenta un rilievo mediano posteriore molto saliente. Edeago figg. 9-10. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie presenta il quarto antennomero più lungo che largo e il quinto nettamente trasverso. Per questi caratteri e per altri è ben distinta dalle restanti specie cinesi note per la sola 9. Le specie note anche per il d non mostrano i caratteri sessuali secondari degli uroterghi liberi quinto e sesto del d della nuova specie. Aloconota jinfoensis sp. n. Figg. 11-13 Holotypus 3, China, SE Sichuan, Jinfo Shan, 1800 m, 29°01N-107°1414E, 27.VI.1998, 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 5,1 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con omeri, margine poste- riore dei due uroterghi liberi basali e pigidio giallo-rossicci; antenne brune con 466 R. PACE Fico. 1-7 Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 1-2: Hygronoma chinensis sp. n.; 3-4: Gnypeta yingkouensis sp. n.; 5-7: Aloconota pulchricarinata sp. n. l’antennomero basale bruno-rossiccio; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è svanita e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reticolazione del capo è evanescente, quella del pronoto è molto svanita, quella delle elitre è estremamente superficiale e HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 467 Fico. 8-13 Habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 8-10: Aloconota umbonis sp. n.; 11-13: Aloconota jinfoensis sp. n. quella dell’addome manca. Il disco del capo è impresso. Il primo urotergo libero basale del d presenta una protuberanza molto saliente e incisa all’indietro, il secondo urotergo libero ha un tubercolo saliente e il quinto urotergo libero del 4 presenta un rilievo mediano largo con parte superiore lievemente concava e gradualmente più saliente all’indietro. Edeago figg. 11-12. 468 R. PACE COMPARAZIONI. A motivo dei caratteri sessuali secondari del d, la nuova specie ricorda da vicino A. spectabilis Pace, 1987, del Nepal. La nuova specie se ne distingue per avere un rilievo a superficie superiore lievemente concava sul quinto urotergo libero del & , invece di un granulo e per l’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago più robusta e di forma ben differente da quella di spectabilis. Pelioptera (Pelioptera) tronqueti sp. n. Figg. 14-16 Holotypus d, Chine, Guanxi, Mass. de Miao’er-Shan, 2000 m, 16.VIII.1994, litière, leg. M. Tronquet (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,2 mm. Corpo lucidissimo e bruno, con uroterghi liberi quarto e quinto neri; antenne nero-pece con antennomero basale giallo-rossiccio; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è molto svanita e fine, quella del pro- noto è distinta e non fitta e quella delle elitre è molto superficiale. La reticolazione del capo è evanescente, quella del pronoto e dell’addome è distinta, quella delle elitre è molto svanita e a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 15-16. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie, per la forma dell’edeago, appartiene al grup- po di specie che fanno capo a P. opaca Kraatz, 1857, dello Sri Lanka, a cui apparten- gono P. opacoides Pace, 1991 del Nepal e P. zerchei Pace, 1993, di Sumatra. La nuo- va specie si distingue da tutte queste specie per avere l’edeago molto ristretto all’apice, in visione ventrale, e un’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago differente. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. La nuova specie è dedicata al suo raccoglitore, il collega Marc Tronquet di Molitg Les Bains (Francia), noto studioso di Staphylinidae. Geostibasoma opacisuturale sp. n. Figg. 20-24 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaè, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypi: 2 dd e 5 9 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido con fascia suturale opaca e nero, antenne comprese; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è svanita, assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta e fine. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è netta e vigorosa su una fascia lungo la sutura e quella dell'addome è a maglie trasverse dis- tinte. Il capo presenta due carene mediane occipitali. Il pronoto ha un appiattimento mediano. Edeago figg. 21-22, spermateca fig. 23, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 24. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie per la forma dell’edeago è sicuramente affine a G. satyrus Pace, 1998, di Hong Kong. Se ne distingue per gli occhi più corti delle tempie (più lunghi delle tempie in satyrus) e per la diversa struttura generale dell’edeago. Amischa alticola sp. n. Figg. 25-26 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 6.VII.1996, 29°35N-102°00E, leg A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,4 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno con uroterghi liberi quarto e quinto nero-bruni; antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali di un giallo sporco; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo e del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 469 0,1 mm À \ \ I mm À Vies FEN amie Loi IHM N q * A) ) RS FIGG. 14-19 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e sesto urotergo libero del 4. 14-16: Pelioptera tronqueti sp. n.; 17-19: Pelioptera viatica Pace, 1998. superficiale. La reticolazione del capo, del pronoto e delle elitre è superficiale, quella dell'addome è distinta. Il pronoto presenta un largo solco mediano posteriore. Spermateca fig. 26. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie presenta il pronoto impresso e la parte prossi- male della spermateca non avvolta in spire e con bulbo prossimale largo quanto il dis- tale. Per questi caratteri ed altri è nettamente distinta da A. beijingensis Pace, 1998, A. rougemonti Pace, 1998 e A. nana Pace, 1998, tutte della Cina. 470 R. PACE È Fico. 20-26 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del 4. 20-24: Geostibasoma opacisuturale sp. n.; 25-26: Amischa alticola sp. n. Liogluta sabdensis sp. n. Figg. 27-30 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 13.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 ©, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 15.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; antenne nere, zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo e del pronoto è distinta, ma assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana del capo, quella delle elitre è fine e molto HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 471 evanescente. La reticolazione del capo, delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, quella del pronoto è netta, sull’addome è a maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 28-29, sper- mateca fig. 30. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago la nuova specie è sicuramente affine a L. lacustris Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per l’edeago meno ampia- mente arcuato nella regione preapicale, in visione ventrale, per la diversa forma dell’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago e per l’undicesimo antennomero lungo quanto i due precedenti riuniti (lungo quanto i tre precedenti riuniti in lacustris). Liogluta infacunda sp. n. Figg. 31-34 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3300 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 14.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, antenne comprese; zampe di un giallo sporco, con femori giallo-bruni. La punteggiatura del capo e del pronoto è svanita e assente per breve tratto sulla fascia longitudinale mediana del capo. La granu- losità delle elitre è molto evanescente. La reticolazione del capo e dell’addome è svanita, quella del pronoto è netta e quella delle elitre è distinta, a maglie trasverse sull’addome. Sesto urotergo libero del 6 fig. 32, edeago figg. 33-34. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di L. langmusien- sis Pace, 1998 (= L. granulipyga Pace, 1998, syn. n.), pure della Cina. Tuttavia l’apice dell’edeago della nuova specie è nettamente più stretto di quello di langmusiensis, la «crista apicalis» dell’edeago è molto più sviluppata nella nuova specie e l’armatura genitale interna dello stesso edeago è del tutto differente. Liogluta kangdingensis sp. n. Figg. 35-37 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 15 km W Kanding, rte. 138, 3250 m, 19.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,0 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, antenne comprese; zampe brune con tarsi rossicci. La punteggiatura del capo è superficiale. La granulosità del pronoto è fine e poco evidente, quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione dell’avan- corpo è superficiale, quella degli uroterghi liberi quarto e quinto è molto trasversa e molto evanescente, assente sui restanti uroterghi liberi. Edeago figg. 36-37. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie ha forma affine a quella dell’ede- ago di L. gonggana Pace, 1998, tuttavia è più bruscamente flesso al lato ventrale e l’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago stesso è nettamente più sviluppata e forte di quella di gonggana. Inoltre la nuova specie presenta occhi assai più corti delle tempie e non più lunghi, come in gonggana. Liogluta caliginis sp. n. Figg. 38-41 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 13.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, antenne comprese; zampe di un giallo sporco. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta e assente sulla fascia longitu- dinale mediana, quella delle elitre è superficiale. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta. 472 R. PACE 1 mm 30 31 Ficc. 27-32 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del d. 27-30: Liogluta sabdensis sp. n.; 31-32: Liogluta infacunda sp. n. La reticolazione di tutto il corpo è evidente, a maglie molto trasverse solo sull’addome. Il disco del capo è appiattito. Edeago figg. 39-40, spermateca fig. 41. COMPARAZIONI. La parte preapicale dell’edeago della nuova specie è fortemente ristretto, in visione ventrale. Per questo carattere è possibile che la nuova specie sia tassonomicamente affine, perché pure esse lo presentano, a L. sinensis Pace, 1998, L. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 473 I mm Figc. 33-38 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e habitus. 33-34: Liogluta infacunda sp. n.; 35-37: Liogluta kangdingensis sp. n.; 38: Liogluta caliginis sp. n. xiahensis Pace, 1998 e L. lacustris Pace, 1998, tutte della Cina. La parte ristretta dell’edeago della nuova specie, tuttavia, è più vicina alla «crista apicalis» che all’estremità apicale dello stesso edeago. L’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago, inoltre, è del tutto differente da quella delle tre specie a confronto. 474 R. PACE Fico. 39-44 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del d. 39-41: Liogluta caliginis sp. n.; 42-44: Liogluta attenuata Pace, 1998. Liogluta rhomboidalis sp. n. Figg. 45-48 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 7.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypi: 3 dd, stessa provenienza, ma anche 2800 m e 9.VII.1996; 3 d d, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 4000 m, 24-28.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 2 es., China, N HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 475 FIGG. 45-50 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. 45-48: Liogluta rhomboidalis sp. n.; 49-50: Liogluta serpentitheca sp. n. Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 1 es., China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 4000-4100 m, 23.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 1 es., China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 3800 m, 26.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 1 9, China, W Sichuan, 20’km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana; 1 2, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 11.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. 476 R. PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,5 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; antenne nere; zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta e poco profonda, assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è fine e superficiale. Assenti sono punteggiatura e granulosità sulle elitre. La reticolazione è distinta su tutto il corpo, sull’addome a maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 46-47, spermateca fig. 48. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago e della spermateca, la nuova specie è sicuramente affine a L. lacustris Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, da cui differisce per la parte preapicale ventrale dell’edeago a forma romboidale (forma semiellittica in lacustris) e per la presenza di una forte spina dell’armatura interna dell’edeago, assente in lacustris. Liogluta serpentitheca sp. n. Figg. 49-50 Holotypus 9 , China, Sichuan, Kangding (formely Tatsienlu), 2900 m, 30°03N-102°02E, 2.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; antenne nere; zampe rossicce con femori bruno-rossicci e tarsi giallo-rossicci. La pun- teggiatura del capo è superficiale e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è distinta e quella delle elitre è fine e poco distinta. La reticolazione del capo è netta sul disco e distinta sul resto della sua superficie, quella delle elitre e dell’addome è netta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma della spermateca, la nuova specie è sicuramente affine a L. langmusiensis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per avere il bulbo distale della spermateca largo quasi il doppio di quello prossimale (poco più largo in langmusiensis) e per la parte intermedia della stessa spermateca che descrive un arco molto più ampio di quello di /angmusiensis. Il quarto antennomero della nuova specie, inoltre, è trasverso, più lungo che largo in Jangmusiensis. Liogluta biacusifera sp. n. Figg. 51-54 Holotypus d, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 4000 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 24- 26.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 2, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; an- tenne nere; zampe giallo-brune. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta e assente sulla fas- cia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è distinta. La punteggiatura o la granu- losità delle elitre sono molto superficiali. La reticolazione del capo è distinta sul disco e molto superficiale sul resto della sua superficie, quella del pronoto è evanescente e quella delle elitre e dell'addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 52-53, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 54. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago la nuova specie si mostra affine sia a L. langmusiensis Pace, 1998, sia a L. gonggana Pace, 1998, entrambe pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per la presenza di una sporgenza angolare a ciascun lato della regione intermedia e per l’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago molto più forte e più comp- lessa di quella delle due specie a confronto. Liogluta imitatrix sp. n. Figg. 55-56 Holotypus 2, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 13.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 477 FAR) KE; pae ua Be à D AA a A a 8: Figc. 51-56 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del d. 51-54: Liogluta biacusifera sp. n.; 55-56: Liogluta imitatrix sp. n. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,1 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno; antenne nere; zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è fine e superficiale e assente per stretto tratto sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella delle elitre è poco distinta. La granulosità del pronoto è fine e svanita. La reticolazione del capo è distinta, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è svanita, a maglie molto trasverse. Spermateca fig. 56. 478 R. PACE COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie ricorda da vicino quella di /. lacustris Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per avere la parte prossimale net- tamente più lunga e il bulbo distale quasi sferico (piriforme in lacustris). Gli occhi del- la nuova specie, inoltre, sono più corti delle tempie, mentre in /acustris sono lunghi quanto le tempie. Liogluta ignorata sp. n. Figg. 57-58 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 7.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,6 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; antenne nere con i due antennomeri basali nero-bruni; zampe rossicce. La granulosità del capo è fine e distinta, assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è fine e saliente e quella delle elitre è poco distinta. La reticolazione del capo è nettis- sima sul disco e superficiale sul resto della sua superficie, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse. Il pronoto presenta un debole solco mediano posteriore. Spermateca fig. 58. COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie è simile a quella di L. attenu- ata Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per la presenza dell’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della stessa spermateca poco profonda (profondissima in attenuata) e per la parte prossimale dello stesso organo molto lunga e sviluppata (gra- dualmente attenuata in attenuata). La nuova specie, inoltre, presenta il quarto antennomero trasverso e non più lungo che largo, come in attenuata. Liogluta iperintroflexa sp. n. Figg. 59-60 Holotypus 2, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 15.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con le elitre nero-brune; antenne nere; zampe rossicce con femori bruno-rossicci. La punteggiatura del capo è ombelicata, superficiale e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pro- noto è distinta e quella delle elitre è poco distinta. La reticolazione del capo è svanita, quella del pronoto e dell'addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome, e quella delle elitre è netta. Spermateca fig. 60. COMPARAZIONI. Per la profonda introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca, la nuova specie si presenta affine a L. xiaheorum Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Il bulbo distale della spermateca della nuova specie, tuttavia, è largo tre volte il bulbo prossimale della stessa spermateca e non due volte e mezzo come in xiaheorum e la parte prossimale della stessa spermateca della nuova specie è strettamente flessa, mentre è ampiamente arcuata in xiaheorum. Atheta (Philhygra) quadrifalcifera sp. n. Figg. 61-65 Holotypus & , China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, lake above Camp 2, 2750 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 5-9.VIII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypi: 2 G 4, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3200 m, 7.VI.1996, leg A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con quarto urotergo libero nero e iridescente; antenne nere con i tre antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 479 113 SIN Aal“ II TE Fi dpt APE 5e rye = MAL ANS f Al I mm = 61 62 Figc. 57-63 Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 57-58: Liogluta ignorata sp. n.; 59-60: Liogluta iperintroflexa sp. n.; 61-63: Atheta (Philhygra) quadrifalcifera sp. n. giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta solo ai lati. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta e quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reticolazione del capo è nettis- sima sul disco e svanita ai lati, quella del pronoto è pure nettissima, quella delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Il 480 R. PACE pronoto presenta un debole solco mediano posteriore. Edeago figg. 62-63, sesto uro- tergo libero del d fig. 64. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di A. dalijiensis Pace, 1998, ma il suo apice è lineare nella nuova specie e fortemente ricurvo in dali- jiensis. L’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago della nuova specie, inoltre, presenta due forti spine ricurve, assenti nell’edeago di dalijiensis. Il pronoto della nuova specie è più trasverso di quello della specie a confronto. Atheta (Philhygra) perconsanguinea sp. n. Figg. 65-68 Holotypus d, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 3900 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 25.V1.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,9 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne brune con l’an- tennomero basale bruno-rossiccio; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è saliente solo ai lati, quella del pronoto è evidente e quella delle elitre è distinta. La reti- colazione del capo è netta e a maglie molto ampie sul disco e svanita ai lati, quella del pronoto è nettissima, quella delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è simile, in visione laterale, a quello di A. inexpectata Pace, 1985 del Nepal, ma ha dimensione maggiore e la sua parte apicale, in visione ventrale, è strettissima e a lati paralleli (parte apicale trian- golare in inexpectata). L’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago, inoltre, è più forte nella nuova specie. Atheta (Philhygra) longefalcifera sp. n. Figg. 69-72 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 5.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaé, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero; antenne nere con l’anten- nomero basale rossiccio; zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è molto svanita e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto e delle elitre è fine e distinta. La reticolazione del capo è netta sul disco e svanita ai lati, quella del pronoto è pure netta, quella delle elitre e dell'addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 70-71, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 72. COMPARAZIONI. In visione ventrale l’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di A. inexpectata Pace, 1985 del Nepal, ma la forte armatura genitale interna dell’edeago della nuova specie non si ritrova nella specie a confronto. Atheta (Philhygra) emeicola sp. n. Figg. 73-74 Holotypus 9, Chine, Mont Emei, 26.IV.1987, leg. Thierry Deuve (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,0 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con elitre giallo- brune; antenne nero-brune con antennomero basale bruno-rossiccio; zampe di un giallo sporco, con femori posteriori bruni e medi giallo-bruni. La punteggiatura del capo è composta di punti grandi e svaniti, assenti sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 481 FIGG. 64-69 Sesto urotergo libero del ¢, habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 64: Atheta (Philhygra) quadrifalcifera sp. n.; 65-68: Atheta (Philhygra) perconsanguinea sp. n.; 69: Atheta (Philhygra) longefalcifera sp. n. delle elitre è evanescente. La granulosità del pronoto è poco distinta. La reticolazione del capo è netta, quella del pronoto, delle elitre e dell’addome è molto svanita, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Spermateca fig. 74. 482 R. PACE COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie è simile a quella di A. melanocera Thomson, diffusa nell’Europa centrale e settentrionale, in Siberia e Nord- america, tuttavia la parte prossimale della spermateca è molto attenuata nella nuova specie (larga in melanocera) e il bulbo distale della stessa spermateca è molto più sviluppato nella nuova specie che in melanocera. Atheta (Sipalatheta) emeimontis sp. n. Figg. 75-78 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Emei Shan, Leidongping, 2500 m, 29°32N-103°12E, 18.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypi: 15 es., stessa provenienza; 1 d e 2 9 ©, Chine, Mont Emei, 26.IV.1987, leg. Thierry Deuve. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio, con capo e uroterghi liberi terzo, quarto e base del quinto, bruni; antenne rossicce con l’undi- cesimo antennomero bruno-rossiccio; zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è fine. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta e quella delle elitre è saliente. La retico- lazione del capo e del pronoto è molto svanita, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella del- l’addome è estremamente superficiale, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 76-77, spermateca fig. 78. COMPARAZIONI. La forma della spermateca della nuova specie è simile a quella di A. algarum Pace, 1999, di Hong Kong , ma la nuova specie presenta elitre più corte del pronoto che è più largo di esse. L’edeago della nuova specie è più regolarmente arcuato al lato ventrale, mentre in algarum è sinuato, con un’armatura interna serpen- tiforme, assente nell’edeago di algarum. Atheta (Acrotona) fellowesi sp. n. Figg. 79-81 Holotypus d, China, Guangxi Pr., Nong Gang, nr. Long Rui, 26.V.1998, leg. J. Fellowes (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,0 mm. Corpo lucido e di un giallo sporco, con elitre e quarto urotergo libero giallo-bruni; antenne nero-brune con i due antennomeri basali e la base del terzo gialli; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo è ombelicata e svanita. La granulosità del pronoto è fine e saliente, quella delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. La reticolazione del capo è estremamente svanita, quella del pronoto e dell'addome è assente e quella delle elitre è distinta. Edeago figg. 80-81. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago più simile a quello della nuova specie, a motivo della presenza di forti spine basali interne dell’armatura genitale dello stesso edeago, è quello di A. quadrispina Pace, 1987, del Nepal, ma manca nell’edeago di questa specie un accentuato angolo ventrale, evidente invece nell’edeago della nuova specie e la parte apicale dello stesso edeago, in visione ventrale, è molto più stretta in quadrispina. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. La nuova specie è dedicata al suo raccoglitore, l’inglese J. Fellowes. Atheta (Acrotona) deuvei sp. n. Figg. 82-83 Holotypus 1 2, Chine, Mont Emei, 26.IV.1987, leg. Thierry Deuve (IRSN). Paratypi: 2 2 2, China, Sichuan, Emei Shan, Leidongping, 2500 m, 18.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 483 0,1 mm fob 11)! ML 32) 1 i Na ITS IS IRA ENTER È 74 Fico. 70-75 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, sesto urotergo libero del d e spermateca. 70-72: Atheta (Philhygra) longefalcifera sp. n.; 73-74: Atheta (Philhygra) emeicola sp. n.; 75: Atheta (Sipa- latheta) emeimontis sp. n. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con elitre e pigidio bruni; antenne brune con i quattro antennomeri basali bruno-rossicci; zampe rossicce. La granulosità dell’avancorpo è fine e distinta. La reticolazione del capo, del pronoto e dell’addome è superficiale, quella delle elitre è molto evanescente, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Spermateca fig. 83. 484 R. PACE 0,1 mm j ie È o EIN ci È pd ae 4 ci ira] È © i te vi ge È FIGG. 76-83 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e habitus. 76-78: Atheta (Sipalatheta) emei- montis sp. n.; 79-81: Atheta (Acrotona) fellowesi sp. n.; 82-83: Atheta (Acrotona) deuvei sp. n. COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie è simile a quella di A. xisha- nensis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, ma la parte prossimale è più prolungata, sicché descrive una spira e mezzo e non una sola, come in xishanensis. Il pronoto della nuova specie, inoltre, è lievemente più largo delle elitre, mentre in xishanensis è nettamente HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 485 più stretto e gli antennomeri quarto e quinto sono trasversi nella nuova specie e lunghi quanto larghi in xishanensis. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. La nuova specie è dedicata al suo raccoglitore, Thierry Deuve. Atheta (Acrotona) luteihumeri sp. n. Figg. 84-85 Holotypus ©, China, SE Sichuan, Jinfo Shan, 1750 m, 29°01N-107°14E, 26.VI.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 ©, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con uroterghi liberi quarto e quinto neri e omeri e uroterghi liberi primo e secondo rossicci; antenne nero- brune con i tre antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è fine e distinta. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta e quella delle elitre è svanita. La reticolazione del capo è molto svanita, quella del pronoto è molto superficiale, quella delle elitre è fine e distinta e quella dell’addome è assente. Spermateca fig. 85. COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie è simile a quella di A. irreg- ularis Pace, 1984, della Birmania, ma la parte prossimale di quella della nuova specie è nettamente più breve di quella corrispondente a irregularis. A. irregularis, inoltre, presenta lunghe setole isolate ai lati del corpo e sulle tibie, assenti nella nuova specie. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. Il nome della nuova specie significa «omeri gialli». Atheta (Microdota) hailuogouensis sp. n. Figg. 86-89 Holotypus 9, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3050 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték. (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,6 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-bruno, con pronoto opaco e pigidio giallo-rossiccio; antenne brune con i due antennomeri basali e la base del terzo giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo e del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è svanita e quella dell’addome è distinta. La reticolazione del capo è netta sul disco e svanita ai lati, quella del pronoto è vigorosa e quella delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, composta di maglie lievemente trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 87-88, spermateca fig. 89. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie presenta alcuni caratteri dell’ede- ago di A. bitruncata Pace, 1990, del Nepal, come la stretta parte apicale dello stesso edeago. La nuova specie, tuttavia, presenta elitre lunghe quanto il pronoto e non molto più lunghe come in bitruncata. Atheta (Microdota) miriapex sp. n. Figg. 90-92 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Emei Shan, Leidongping, 2500 m, 29°35N-103°21E, 18.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DescRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con pronoto e pigidio giallo-bruni; antenne brune con i due antennomeri basali bruno-rossicci; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è fitta e svanita, quella delle elitre è finissima e quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reticolazione del capo è netta solo nel fondo della depressione mediana, al di fuori di essa è superficiale. La reticolazione del pronoto e dell’addome 486 R. PACE 88 FiGG. 84-89 Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 84-85: Arheta (Acrotona) lutei- humeri sp. n.; 86-89: Atheta (Microdota) hailuogouensis sp. n. è netta, quella delle elitre è molto svanita, a maglie poco trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 91-92. COMPARAZIONI. Finora nessuna specie nota mostra l’apice dell’edeago dilatato all’apice, in visione ventrale, come quello della nuova specie. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 487 Atheta (Microdota) sichuanicola sp. n. Figg. 93-96 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana er al. (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Capo e pronoto debolmente lucidi, resto del corpo lucido. Corpo poco convesso e nero-bruno, con elitre brune; antenne nero-brune con i due antennomeri basali bruni; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è distinta, assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana che è largamente solcata. La granulosità del pronoto è finissima, quella delle elitre è poco saliente e quella dell’addome lo è. La reti- colazione dell’avancorpo è netta, quella dell’addome è distinta, a maglie lievemente trasverse. Edeago figg. 94-95. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie presenta l’edeago che mostra alcuni caratteri dell’edeago di A. amiculoides Cameron, 1939, del Kashmir. L’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago della nuova specie, tuttavia, è forte e complessa, semplice in amiculoides, e l’edeago di amiculoides non è bruscamente ristretto, in visione ventrale, come quello della nuova specie. Atheta (Microdota) masculifrons sp. n. Figg. 97-101 Holotypus d, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypi: 3 dd e 2 9 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,6 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con elitre brune; an- tenne nero-brune con i tre antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La gra- nulosità del capo è saliente solo ai lati, quella del pronoto e delle elitre lo è poco. La reticolazione del capo è netta, ma ai lati è svanita, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è evidente e quella dell’addome è distinta, a maglie lievemente trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 98-99, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 100, spermateca fig. 101. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma della spermateca e dell’edeago, la nuova specie è avvicinabile ad A. amiculoides Cameron, 1939, del Kashmir (tipi esaminati), ma la taglia corporea è maggiore (1,8 mm in amiculoides), la parte prossimale della sper- mateca descrive un ampio arco (breve in amiculoides) e per la più robusta armatura genitale interna dell’edeago. Atheta (Microdota) gibba sp. n. Figg. 102-105 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above Camp 2, 2800 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 5.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaé, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con elitre giallo- brune; antenne nere con i due antennomeri basali e base del terzo di un giallo sporco; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è distinta, quella del pronoto è appena saliente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana e distinta ai lati, quella delle elitre è poco saliente. La reticolazione del capo e dell’addome è netta, a maglie ondulate trasverse sull’ad- dome, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta. Il capo presenta una depressione trasversa tra gli occhi. Edeago. 103-104, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 105. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è così al di fuori dagli schemi consueti di quest’organo che non è comparabile con specie affini note. 488 R. PACE \ \ \ EE j à i J ti El 4 \) \\ \) ) | 93 Cinna Fico. 90-95 Habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 90-92: Atheta (Microdota) miriapex sp. n.; 93- 95: Atheta (Microdota) sichuanicola sp. n. Atheta (Microdota) neoamicula sp. n. Fig. 106-107 Holotypus 2, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, head of glacier 1, 2850 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 9.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,6 mm. Avancorpo debolmente lucido, addome lucido. Corpo nero pece, con elitre bruno-rossicce; antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 489 \ ANUS Il In I RL SS Le N \ EU N ll re al I | NU AO \ 0,1 mm 1 mm 101 0,1 mm FIGG. 96-101 Sesto urotergo libero del 4, habitus e spermateca. 96: Arheta (Microdota) sichuanicola sp. n.: 97-101: Atheta (Microdota) masculifrons sp. n. rossicci; zampe gialle. La granulosità dell’avancorpo è fitta e poco evidente. La reti- colazione del capo è svanita, quella del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è poco evidente e quella dell’addome è distinta, composta di maglie appena trasverse sull’ad- dome. Spermateca fig. 107. 490 R. PACE 107 FIGG. 102-107 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, sesto urotergo libero del d e spermateca. 102-105: Atheta (Microdota) gibba sp. n.; 106-107: Atheta (Microdota) neoamicula sp. n. COMPARAZIONI. L’habitus e la forma della spermateca della nuova specie ricor- dano da vicino A. amicula (Stephens, 1832), largamente diffusa nella regione pale- artica. La spermateca della nuova specie, tuttavia, non presenta l’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale, la parte prossimale della stessa spermateca è più lunga nella nuova specie che in amicula. Il quarto antennomero della nuova specie, inoltre, è più lungo che largo, mentre è trasverso in amicula. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 491 Atheta (Microdota) tardoides sp. n. Figg. 108-109 Holotypus 2, China, Yunnan, Kunming, Western Hills, 1800 m, 25°04N-102°41E, 24.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con omeri giallo-bruni; antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulositä del capo è saliente e assente su una stretta area mediana anteriore, quella del pronoto è superficiale, quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo, delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, quella del pronoto è netta, a maglie trasverse e ondulate sull’addome. Spermateca fig. 109. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma della spermateca e per gli occhi ridotti, la nuova specie è avvicinabile nettamente ad A. tarda Cameron, 1939, del Kashmir (tipi esa- minati), ma quest’ultima specie ha elitre più corte del pronoto. La parte intermedia della spermateca della nuova specie, inoltre, è più prolungata di quella di tarda. Atheta (Microdota) zhongdianensis sp. n. Figg. 110-111 Holotypus 9, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 3900 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 25.V1.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaè and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,3 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con base delle elitre bruno- rossiccia, uroterghi liberi quarto e quinto bruni e pigidio giallo-rossiccio; antenne brune, con i due antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granu- losità del capo è molto superficiale, quella del pronoto è quasi indistinta e quella delle elitre è poco saliente. La reticolazione del capo è svanita, quella del pronoto e dell’ad- dome è netta, a maglie lievemente trasverse sull’addome, quella delle elitre è distinta. Il capo presenta un largo solco mediano e il pronoto mostra un solco mediano inter- rotto in avanti. Spermateca fig. 111. COMPARAZIONI. Gli occhi ridotti, il largo solco mediano del capo e la forma della spermateca avvicinano tassonomicamente la nuova specie ad A. disputanda Pace, 1984, del Nepal. Il capo, tuttavia, è nettamente reticolato in disputanda e superficial- mente reticolato nella nuova specie e l’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca è a base larghissima nella nuova specie e assai stretta in disputanda. Atheta (Microdota) liaoningensis sp. n. Figg. 112-113 Holotypus 9, China, Ying Kou Country, Liaoning Prov., 1987, leg. Li Jing Ke (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,2 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e bruno, con addome nero-bruno; antenne brune; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è visibile solo ai lati dove è distinta, quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reti- colazione del capo e delle elitre è netta, quella del pronoto è vigorosa e quella dell’ad- dome è distinta, composta su esso da maglie trasverse sugli uroterghi liberi primo a quarto e a maglie poligonali irregolari sull’urotergo libero quinto. Spermateca fig. 113. COMPARAZIONI. L’enorme bulbo distale della spermateca della nuova specie si ritrova pure nella spermateca di A. inflatescens Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. La parte prossimale della spermateca della nuova specie, tuttavia, è poco assottigliata e descrivente un arco, mentre quella di inflatescens è molto lunga nella parte intermedia e descrivente più ampie spire nella regione prossimale. È presente, inoltre, l’introfles- sione apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca della nuova specie, mentre è assente in inflatescens. 492 R. PACE I) A rat USS AMIR) PA AXE FIGG. 108-113 Habitus e spermateca. 108-109: Atheta (Microdota) tardoides sp. n. sp. n.; 110-111: Atheta (Microdota) zhongdianensis sp. n.; 112-113: Atheta (Microdota) liaoningensis sp. n. Atheta (Dimetrota) angulispina sp. n. Figg. 114-117 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 13.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 &, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3200 m, 7.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana er al. (MHNG). HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 493 DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre bruno-rossicce; antenne nero-brune con i due antennomeri basali bruno-rossicci; zampe di un giallo sporco. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo è netta sul disco e svanita ai lati, quella del pronoto è nettissima, quella delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 115-116, sesto urotergo libero del ¢ fig. 117. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie, per la forma dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, è sicuramente affine ad A. pergranulosa Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, ma l’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago è del tutto differente. Inoltre la nuova specie presenta occhi ridotti, mentre pergranulosa li presenta lunghi quanto le tempie e il margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del d è quasi lineare nella nuova specie e con quattro lobi in pergranulosa. Atheta (Dimetrota) ridenda sp. n. Figg. 118-119 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 2, 2800 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 5.VII.1998, leg 1998 China Expedition J. Farkaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,9 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con omeri bruno- rossicci; antenne nero-brune con i tre antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci; zampe giallo- rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è svanita. La retico- lazione del capo è netta sul disco e molto superficiale sul resto della sua superficie, quella del pronoto è nettissima, quella delle elitre è evanescente e quella dell’addome è distinta, composta di maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Spermateca fig. 119. COMPARAZIONI. Gli occhi ridotti e la forma della spermateca ricordano da vicino A. disputanda Pace, 1984, del Nepal. Il bulbo distale della spermateca della nuova specie, tuttavia, è poco più largo che lungo, se misurato dall’angolo d’inizio della parte intermedia della stessa spermateca, mentre in disputanda è quasi due volte più lungo che largo e l’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della stessa spermateca ha la base più larga. La parte prossimale della stessa spermateca, inoltre, è assottigliata nella nuova specie e robusta in disputanda. Atheta (Dimetrota) jiudingensis sp. n. Figg. 120-121 Holotypus ®, Chine, Sichuan, Massif du Jiu Ding Shan, 3500-3600 m, 31.VII.1994, leg. Marc Tronquet (IRSN). Paratypi: 2 9 2, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,2 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, antenne comprese; zampe rossicce con femori bruni. La granulosità del capo e delle elitre è distinta, quella del pronoto è saliente. La reticolazione del capo e delle elitre è distinta, quella del pronoto è netta e quella dell’addome è svanita, tranne nel fondo dei solchi trasversi basali degli uroterghi dove è grossolana e netta. La reticolazione degli uroterghi liberi è molto trasversa. Spermateca. 121. COMPARAZIONI. La forma della spermateca della nuova specie rivela la sua affinità con A. furtiva Cameron, 1939, dell’India e del Nepal (tipi esaminati). La parte prossimale di quest’organo, infatti, è lievemente arcuata in entrambe le spermateche e 494 R. PACE Ent Br Zn Per 119 I mm 0,1 mm Fico. 114-119 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, sesto urotergo libero del d e spermateca. 114-117: Atheta (Dimetrota) angulispina sp. n.; 118-119: Atheta (Dimetrota) ridenda sp. n. l’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della stessa spermateca è in posizione asim- metrica. I caratteri differenziali sono i seguenti: la parte prossimale e intermedia della spermateca della nuova specie è nettamente più sottile e più prolungata di quella di furtiva e l’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della stessa spermateca della nuova HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 495 specie è poco distinta, mentre lo è in furtiva. Le setole isolate ai lati del corpo e delle tibie della nuova specie, inoltre, sono nettamente più lunghe di quelle di furtiva. Atheta (Datomicra) zhagaensis sp. n. Figg. 122-126 Holotypus d, Chine, Sichuan, Songpan, 3050 m, Zhaga Fall, 5.VIII.1994, leg. Marc Tronquet (IRSN). Paratypi: 1 d e 1 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con capo e uroterghi liberi quarto e quinto nero-bruni ed elitre giallo-brune; antenne giallo-rossicce sfumate di bruno verso l’estremità distale; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è saliente solo sulle tempie, sul disco è molto evanescente, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è evidente. La reticolazione del capo è netta sul disco e svanita ai lati, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è molto superficiale, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg 123-124, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 125, spermateca fig. 126. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie, per la forma della spermateca, appartiene sicuramente al gruppo di A. inopinata Pace, 1991, del Nepal. Si distingue per i caratteri dati nella chiave posta dopo la descrizione della seguente specie. Atheta (Datomicra) consequens sp. n. Figg. 128-129 Holotypus 2, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypi: 3 © 2, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con pigidio bruno-rossic- cio; antenne brune con i quattro antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo e delle elitre è distinta, quella del pronoto è saliente. La retico- lazione del capo e delle elitre è netta, quella del pronoto è nettissima e quella dell’ad- dome è molto superficiale, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Spermateca fig. 129. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è distinta da quelle del gruppo di A. inopinata Pace, 1991, del Nepal, a cui appartiene per la forma della sua spermateca, per i caratteri dati nella seguente chiave. CHIAVE DELLE 9 ® DELLE SPECIE DI ATHETA DEL GRUPPO DI INOPINATA PACE 1 Bulbo prossimale della spermateca sferico, bulbiforme o piriforme ........ 2 - Parte prossimale della spermateca senza bulbo, ma descrivente una o AUEZSIRUOSIEAM IO A. myohyangsani Pasnik 2 Bulbo prossimale della spermateca piriforme. Cina...... A. consequens Sp. n. - Bulbo prossimale della spermateca sferico o bulbiforme ................. 3 3 Bulbo distale della spermateca lunghissimo e lineare. Nepal. A. inopinata Pace = Bulbo distale della spermateca poco o fortemente ricurvo................ 4 4 Bulbordistale della’spermatecarpocorieurVyog LIE PTE EEE CE I = Bulbordistale della spermateca’fortemente ricurvo, ee ae 7 5 Parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca assai piü corta della Parte,basalexEoreage sr: PAIR ER A. photaechonica Pasnik - Parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca più lunga della parte basale . 6 496 R. PACE 6 Parte prossimale del bulbo distale della spermateca, bruscamente ristret- tayalliindietror Gina. I. cantate. 6408 RT SERRE A. graffa Pace - Parte prossimale del bulbo distale della spermateca, gradualmente niStrettataliindietro Cina... 5.42. oye ea N A. regressa Pace 7 Parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca lungo, sicché forma un AMPIOAICO CIN Alas alah ee RE EE A. subinopinata Pace - Parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca corto, sicché forma un ATCOIStreto Le 0, HD NES GONE DRE 2 PR 8 8 Parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca molto sporgente. Cina ELLE ARE TIER BEER A. zhagaensis sp. n. - Parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca non sporgente NIEREN NEE. SERIE LR, LE SD ATL AE ENO A. xinlongengensis Pace Nota. Le illustrazioni dell’olotipo d e della femmina della specie di Pasnik, Atheta namphoensis Pasnik, 2001, della Corea del Nord suggeriscono che i due sessi non sono conspecifici. Il & si rivela appartenere al genere Nepalota, la spermateca della 9 rivela l'appartenenza al sottogenere Datomicra. Una descrizione formale di questa specie probabilmente nuova, basata solo su una 9, è prematura e si deve atten- dere la disponibilità di più materiale, in particolare del à. Nepalota namphoensis ( Pasnik, 2001), comb. n. Atheta (Dimetrota) namphoensis Pasnik, 2001: 219, partim (solo l’holotypus 3), la 2 Atheta (Dimetrota) sp. Atheta (Datomicra) songpanensis sp. n. Figg. 130-133 Holotypus d, Chine, Sichuan, Songpan, versant est, 3100-3300 m, 7.VIII.1994, leg. Marc Tronquet (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,1 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con elitre giallo-brune; antenne brune con i due antennomeri basali e la base del terzo giallo-bruni; zampe gialle. La granulositä del capo è distinta solo sulle tempie, quella del pronoto è distinta e quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è evidente, quella delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è molto superficiale fatta eccezione per la metà posteriore del quinto urotergo libero che presenta reticolazione netta e poco trasversa, mentre sui restanti uroterghi liberi è molto trasversa. Il pronoto mostra un appiattimento mediano posteriore. Edeago figg. 131-132, sesto urotergo libero del d fe 153; COMPARAZIONI. A motivo degli occhi molto sviluppati e della forma dell’edeago, la nuova specie probabilmente è affine ad A. semitibialis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, da cui si distingue per l’edeago poco profondamente flesso al lato ventrale, per l’armatura genitale interna dello stesso edeago molto differente e per il margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del 4 quadrilobato (ondulato in semitibialis). Atheta (Datomicra) falcifera sp. n. Figg. 134-137 Holotypus &, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 2, 2800 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 5.VII.1998, leg 1998 China Expedition J. Farcaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 497 he) 121 A Fate — ers N i A \ fasi \ È Et | È “Pa i BU x 2 bs 1mm Ficc. 120-126 Habitus, spermateca, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e sesto urotergo libero del 4. 120-121: Atheta (Dimetrota) jiudingensis sp. n.; 122-126: Atheta (Datomicra) zhagaensis sp. n. Paratypus: 1 d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 14.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune e pigidio bruno; antenne nere con i due antennomeri basali bruno-rossicci; zampe rossicce. La granulosità del capo è molto superficiale e assente sul disco, quella del 498 R. PACE 129 130 132 Fico. 127-133 Spermateca, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e sesto urotergo libero del 3. 127: Atheta (Datomicra) xinlongensis Pace; 128-129: Atheta (Datomicra) consequens sp. n.; 130-133: Atheta (Datomicra) songpanensis sp. n. pronoto molto svanita e quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo è net- tissima sul disco e molto svanita al di fuori di esso, quella del pronoto è netta, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome è evanescente, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 135-136, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 137. COMPARAZIONI. La presenza di una forte spina falciforme dell’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago della nuova specie si riscontra anche nell’edeago di A. regressa HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 499 Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, ma in quest’ultima specie la spina è nettamente meno larga, meno ricurva e più lunga. L’apice dell’edeago della nuova specie, inoltre, è as- sai stretto, in visione ventrale, e non ogivale come in regressa e il margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del 3 è finemente ondulato nella nuova specie e quadriloba- to in regressa. Atheta (Datomicra) pertinens sp. n. Figg. 138-141 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 14.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farcaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con elitre brune, omeri rossicci e uroterghi liberi primo e secondo e pigidio giallo-rossicci; antenne brune con i due antennomeri basali e la base del terzo giallo-rossicci; zampe giallo- rossicce. La granulosità del capo è distinta e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è fine e poco distinta e quella delle elitre è evidente. La reticolazione è netta su tutto il corpo, sull’addome a maglie molto trasverse. Edeago 140-141, sesto urotergo libero del à fig. 139. COMPARAZIONI. A motivo della presenza di vari dettagli della struttura del- l’edeago, la nuova specie probabilmente è affine ad A. xinlongensis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Differisce da essa per avere una più forte armatura genitale interna del- l’edeago che è nettamente più largo di quello di xinlongensis nella regione preapicale, in visione ventrale. Il margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del d della nuova specie, inoltre, è ondulato, mentre è quadrilobato in xinlongensis. Atheta (Datomicra) stenotheca sp. n. Figg. 143-147 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, for. above camp 2, 2800 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 5.VII.1998, leg 1998 China Expedition J. Farcaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypi: 14 es., stessa provenienza; 45 es., China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 13.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno; antenne brune con i due antennomeri basali e la base del terzo giallo-rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è fine e distinta e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è distinta e quella delle elitre è svanita. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è netta, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome è molto svanita, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 144-145, sesto urotergo libero del 4 fig. 146, spermateca fig. 147. COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie ha forma simile a quella di A. dalijiamontis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, il cui d è sconosciuto. La parte apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca della nuova specie, tuttavia, è nettamente corta, mentre è lunga e lievemente ricurva in dalijiamontis e le elitre della nuova specie sono molto più lunghe del pronoto (poco più lunghe in dalijiamontis). Atheta (Datomicra) latifalcifera sp. n. Figg. 148-151 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3300 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 14.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farcaë, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 d, stessa provenienza. 500 R. PACE Fico. 134-141 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e sesto urotergo libero del d. 134-137: Atheta (Datomicra) falcifera sp. n.; 138-141: Atheta (Datomicra) pertinens sp. n. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,6 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con primo urotergo libero rossiccio; antenne brune con i due antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe rossicce. La granulosità del capo è fine e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è pure fine ed evidente, quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è nettissima, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome è HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 501 0,1 mm 142 1 mm 0,1 mm 147 FIGG. 142-148 Spermateca, habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e sesto urotergo libero del ¢. 142: Atheta (Datomicra) parainopinata Pace, 1998; 143-147: Atheta (Datomicra) stenotheca sp. n.; 148-151: Atheta (Datomicra) latifalcifera sp. n. svanita, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 149-150, sesto urotergo libero del à fig. 151. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di A. graffa Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, per cui sono molto probabili le affinità tassonomiche. Nella nuova specie, tuttavia, un pezzo dell’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago è forte- 502 R. PACE Fico. 149-155 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, sesto urotergo libero del d e habitus. 149-151: Atheta (Datomicra) latifalcifera sp. n.; 152-155: Atheta (Datomicra) mesofalcifera sp. n. mente sviluppata e robusta, mentre il corrispondente in graffa è relativamente esile. Il margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del & della nuova specie è quadrilobato, mentre in graffa è bilobato e inciso a metà. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 503 Atheta (Datomicra) mesofalcifera sp. n. Figg. 152-155 Holotypus ¢, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farcaë and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypus: 16, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4000-4100 m, 23.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con elitre bruno-rossicce e uroterghi liberi terzo a quinto neri; antenne brune con i quattro antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è distinta e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è saliente. La reticolazione dell’avancorpo è netta, quella dell’addome è distinta, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 153-154, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 155. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago la nuova specie è molto probabilmente strettamente affine ad A. xinlongensis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per l’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago più forte e per l’apice dell’edeago, in visione ventrale, largo, quasi tronco e non appuntito e stretto come quello di xinlongensis. Il margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del 4 è ondulato nella nuova specie e quadrilobato in xinlongensis. Atheta (Datomicra) hamifera sp. n. Figg. 156-159 Holotypus d, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 14.VII. 1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farcac, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypi: 1 d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3200 m, 7.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana; 1 d, China, Sichuan, Kangding (formerly Tatsienlu), 2900 m, 2.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,4 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre brune; antenne nere con i due antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è superficiale, quella del pronoto è saliente e quella delle elitre è superficiale. La reticolazione del capo è netta, quella del pronoto è nettissima, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome è molto svanita, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Edeago figg. 157-158, sesto urotergo libero del S fig. 159. COMPARAZIONI. A motivo di più di un carattere, l’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di A. regressa Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. La parte apicale di quest’organo, in visione ventrale, è stretta e molto più lunga del bulbo basale; due sono le spine dell’armatura genitale interna dell’edeago ed altro. L’edeago della nuova specie, tuttavia, è nettamente più arcuato al lato ventrale e una delle due spine dell’ar- matura genitale interna dell’edeago si è trasformata in un lunghissimo e forte pezzo falciforme. Atheta (Oreostiba) micromega sp. n. Figg. 160-161 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Moxi, 1600 m, 29°13N-102°10E, 2.VII.1998, leg. 1998 China Expedition J. Farcac, D. Kral, J. Schneider, A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,9 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con pronoto bruno-ros- siccio e uroterghi liberi primo e secondo e pigidio giallo-rossicci; antenne nero-brune con antennomero basale rossiccio; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo € fitta e distinta. La granulosita del pronoto è finissima, quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo, delle elitre e dell’addome è molto svanita, quella del pronoto è 504 R. PACE Fico. 156-161 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, sesto urotergo libero del 9 e spermateca. 156-159: Atheta (Datomicra) hamifera sp. n.; 160-161: Atheta (Oreostiba) micromega sp. n. assente. Le maglie della reticolazione dell’addome sono poco trasverse. Spermateca fig. 161. COMPARAZIONI. La forma della spermateca della nuova specie ricorda da vicino quella di A. sibirica Mäklin, 1880 (vedi Brundin, 1940), del nord della Siberia. Il bulbo HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 505 Fico. 162-167 Habitus e spermateca. 162-163: Arheta (Oreostiba) shanicola Pace; 164-165: Atheta (Oreostiba) transcripta sp. n.; 166-167: Atheta (Oreostiba) mimomonticola sp. n. distale, tuttavia, è nettamente flesso nella nuova specie e la parte prossimale descrive una sinuosità. Inoltre, sibirica ha taglia corporea di 3,0 mm. Atheta (Oreostiba) transcripta sp. n. Figg. 164-165 Holotypus 2, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). 506 R. PACE Paratypus: 1 9, China, Sichuan, Kangding (formely Tatsienlu), 2900 m, 2.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con elitre bruno-rossicce; antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è fine, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è netta, quella delle elitre è svanita e quella dell’addome è distinta, quest’ultima composta di maglie molto trasverse. Spermateca fig. 165. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie per la forma della spermateca è simile ad A. sibirica Mäklin, 1880 (vedi Brundin, 1940), del nord della Siberia, ma la parte intermedia dello stesso organo non descrive un ampio arco come in sibirica ed è pre- sente nella nuova specie un’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca, assente in sibirica. Atheta (Oreostiba) mimomonticola sp. n. Figg. 166-167 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3100 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 8.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucidissimo e nero-bruno, con uroterghi liberi terzo e quarto neri; antenne nere, con i due antennomeri basali e la base del terzo rossicci; zampe giallo-brune. La punteggiatura del capo è ombelicata e svanita: La granulosità del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è poco evidente. La reticolazione del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è superficiale, quella delle elitre è netta e quella dell’addome è distinta, quest’ultima a maglie molto trasverse. Spermateca fig. 167. COMPARAZIONI. La forma della spermateca della nuova specie è simile a quella di A. monticala Thomson, 1852, diffusa nell’Europa centrale e settentrionale, ma appartenente al sottogenere Bessobia Thomson, 1858, per avere quattro solchi trasversi basali degli uroterghi liberi. È simile pure alla spermateca di A. yonghicola Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, ma questa specie presenta occhi più corti delle tempie e la parte prossi- male della spermateca più lunga, tanto che descrive due sinuosità, invece di una come nella nuova specie. Atheta (Atheta) paralaevicauda sp. n. Figg. 168-169 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 ?, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 7.V11.1996, leg A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero; antenne nere con l’anten- nomero basale nero-bruno; zampe giallo-brune. La punteggiatura del capo è fine e dis- tinta, quella del pronoto è poco evidente. La granulosità delle elitre è poco distinta. La reticolazione del capo e delle elitre è svanita, quella del pronoto è molto superficiale e quella dell'addome è assente. Spermateca fig. 169. COMPARAZIONI. A motivo della forma della spermateca, la nuova specie è molto affine ad A. laevicauda Sahlberg, 1876, specie boreoalpina europea. Se ne distingue per la parte intermedia della spermateca coperta di tubercoli in modo più esteso e la parte prossimale più lunga. Inoltre, la sutura delle elitre è più lunga del pronoto (lieve- mente più corta in /aevicauda), il quarto antennomero è più lungo che largo (trasverso in laevicauda) e il quinto urotergo libero non è reticolato (reticolato in laevicauda). HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 507 1 mm in RE re Di Peril ele rés Siléa) rit 1 mm 171 172 FIGG. 168-173 Habitus, spermateca, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e labio con palpo labiale. 168-169: Atheta (Atheta) paralaevicauda sp. n.; 170-173: Atheta (Ekkliatheta subg. n.) aniiensis sp. n. Ekkliatheta subg. n. di Atheta TYPUS SUBGENERIS. Atheta (Ekkliatheta) aniiensis sp. n. DESCRIZIONE. A motivo della presenza del primo tarsomero posteriore più lungo dell’immediatamente successivo la nuova specie poteva essere ipoteticamente essere attribuita al genere Gnypeta Thomson, 1858, ma questo genere comprende specie con 508 R. PACE ligula divisa fin quasi alla sua base che è stretta e non larga come quella del nuovo sottogenere. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. Il nome femminile del nuovo sottogenere significa «Atheta deviata». Atheta (Ekkliatheta subgen. n.) anüensis sp. n. Figg. 170-173 Holotypus d, China, Zhejiang Prov., Anii County, ca. 500 m, Long Wan Shan N.R., 14.V.1996, leg. J. Cooter (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre giallo-brune; antenne interamente nere; zampe nero-brune con tarsi di un giallo sporco e ginocchia bruno-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è molto svanita e assente sulla fascia longi- tudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è fittissima e svanita e quella delle elitre è fitta e superficiale. La reticolazione del capo, dell’addome e delle elitre è distinta, quella del pronoto è molto svanita è distinta è distinta, sull’addome a maglie molto trasverse. Il disco del capo è largamente concavo. Il pronoto presenta un appiattimento mediano. Edeago figg. 171-172, labio con palpo labiale fig. 173. COMPARAZIONI. La ligula a base larga isola la nuova specie dalle restanti del genere appartenenti ad altri sottogeneri che presentano ligula assai ristretta alla base. Pertanto è qui proposto il nuovo sottogenere di Arheta. Nepalota fellowesi sp. n. Figg. 174-177 Holotypus d, China, Guandong, Da Wu Ling, 1600 m, 26.IV.1997, leg. J. Fellowes (IRSN). Paratypi: 2 2 2, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con margine posteriore degli uroterghi liberi rossiccio; antenne brune, con i due antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci e l'undicesimo rossiccio; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è fine e svanita e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto è superficiale e quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo è super- ficiale, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome è assente. Edeago figg. 175-176, spermateca fig. 177. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago, la nuova specie si differenzia chiara- mente dalle specie note, poiché esso è ampiamente arcuato al lato ventrale e l'armatura genitale interna dell’edeago è del tutto differente. La forma della spermateca non si osserva uguale o simile in altre specie. DERIVATIO NOMINIS. La nuova specie è dedicata al suo raccoglitore, l’inglese J. Fellowes. Nepalota guangdongensis sp. n. Figg. 178-179 Holotypus 9, China, Guandong Pr, Ding Hu Shan, Biosphere R.,6.V.1998, leg. J. Fellowes (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,5 mm. Corpo lucido e rossiccio, con capo nero, pronoto giallo-rossiccio e metà posteriore del quarto urotergo libero bruno-rossiccio e una macchia bruna ai lati di ciascun urotergo libero al suo angolo posteriore; antenne rossicce con il primo antennomero basale e l’undicesimo giallo-rossicci; zampe giallo- HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 509 175 177 0,1 mm Fico. 174-178 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. 174-177: Nepalota fellowesi sp. n.; 178: Nepalota guangdongensis sp. n. rossicce con ginocchia rossicce. La granulosità del capo è fine e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto è superficiale e quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo è svanita, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta. Spermateca fig. 179. 510 R. PACE RAR ba \1,\98 È 5 FIGG. 179-185 Spermateca, habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 179: Nepalota guangdongensis sp. n.; 180-182: Paraloconota puella sp. n.; 183-184: Paraloconota yonghaiensis Pace figg.; 185: Paraloconota dalijiamontis sp. n. COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca della nuova specie presenta una robusta intro- flessione apicale del bulbo distale e la parte prossimale bisinuata. Per questi caratteri si mostra affine a N. gansuensis Pace, 1998 e N. chinensis Pace, 1998, entrambe della Cina. La nuova specie se ne distingue per avere la parte distale della stessa spermateca HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 511 nettamente più lunga e la parte prossimale corta e non dilatata apicalmente, non raggiungente la metà della sua parte intermedia (raggiungendola o superandola nelle due specie a confronto). Paraloconota puella sp. n. Figg. 180-182 Holotypus d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farac & P. Kabatek (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,7 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, comprese le antenne e le zampe. La punteggiatura del capo è molto superficiale, assente sulla fascia longitu- dinale mediana, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è indistinta. La granulosità dell’ad- dome è evanescente. La reticolazione del capo, delle elitre e dell'addome è distinta, quella del pronoto è superficiale. Il pronoto presenta un debole e largo solco mediano posteriore. Edeago figg. 181-182. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago, la nuova specie si mostra affine a P. montium Pace, 1998, ma l’apice dell’edeago della nuova specie è stretto e inciso a metà e non assai largo e intero come in montium. Paraloconota dalijiamontis sp. n. Figg. 185-187 Holotypus d, China, Gansu, Dalijia Shan, 46 km W Linxia, 2980 m, 10.VII.1994, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,1 mm. Corpo lucido e nero; antenne bruno-rossicce con l’antennomero basale bruno; zampe bruno-rossicce, con tarsi rossicci. La punteggia- tura del capo e del pronoto non è ben distinta, quella delle elitre è indistinta. La reti- colazione del capo e del pronoto è nettissima, quella delle elitre è distinta, ma composta di maglie alquanto confuse e quella dell'addome è distinta, composta di maglie trasverse. Il capo presenta una larga depressione discale e il pronoto mostra un largo solco mediano, assente in avanti. Edeago figg. 186-187. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie per la forma dell’edeago è tassonomicamente assai vicina a P. gansuensis Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Se ne distingue per avere l’apice dell’edeago con concavità ventrale e soprattutto per la robusta e ricurva armatura genitale interna dell’edeago. Oroekklina smetanai sp. n. Figg. 190-193 Holotypus 4, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 4050 m, 27°49N-99°34E, 24.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 2, China, N Yunnan, Xue Shan, nr. Zhongdian, 3900 m, 25.VI.1996, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con addome nero; antenne nero-brune; zampe bruno-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è superficiale e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana, quella del pronoto e dell’addome è distinta e quella delle elitre è saliente. La reticolazione del capo è evanescente sul disco e assente ai lati, quella del pronoto, delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, a maglie di reti- colazione trasverse sull’addome. Edeago figg. 191-192, spermateca fig. 193. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è strettamente arcuato al lato ventrale e l’apice, in visione ventrale, è diviso in due parti larghe e gradualmente ristrette: Per questi caratteri è nettamente distinta da O. daxuensis Pace, 1999, pure 512 R. PACE 1 mm ER (o Li) Reso: à rt Fico. 186-193 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, habitus e spermateca. 186-187: Paraloconota dalijiamontis sp. n.; 188-189: Paraloconota gansuensis Pace, 1998; 190-193: Oroekklina smetanai sp. n. della Cina, che presenta edeago ampiamente bisinuato al lato ventrale e l’apice, in visione ventrale, diviso in due parti strette e arcuate (vedi Assing, 2002b). DERIVATIO NOMINIS. La nuova specie è dedicata a colui che con la sue ricerche ha maggiormente contribuito alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae della Cina, il Dr. A. Smetana di Ottawa, noto studioso di Staphylinidae. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 513 Ficc. 194-199 Habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 194-196: Emmelostiba granulosa sp. n.; 197- 199: Emmelostiba bellicosa sp. n. Emmelostiba granulosa sp. n. Figg. 194-196 Holotypus é, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). Paratypi: 2 d d, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, head of glacier 1, 2850 m, 9.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték. 514 R. PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,4 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; antenne brune; zampe bruno-rossicce. La granulositä del capo € molto superficiale, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è fitta ed evanescente e quella dell’addome è saliente. La reticolazione del capo è netta, quella del pronoto e dell’addome è distinta e fine. Edeago figg. 195-196. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago la nuova specie è avvicinabile unica- mente a E. pretiosa Pace, 1985, dell’ India, ma quest’ultima specie presenta elitre molto più corte del pronoto, oltre a un edeago molto più piccolo. Emmelostiba bellicosa sp. n. Figg. 197-199 Holotypus 6, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3050 m, 29°35N-102°00E, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,9 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con omeri bruno-rossicci e quarto urotergo libero nero e iridescente; antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali giallo-rossicci e il quarto rossiccio; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è molto superficiale e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosità del pronoto è fine e distinta, quella delle elitre è evanescente. La reticolazione del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è molto svanita, quella delle elitre è distinta e quella dell’addome è molto superficiale. Edeago figg. 197-198. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è dilatato all’apice, in visione laterale, come in E. franzi Pace, 1982, del Nepal. Questa specie, tuttavia, presenta elitre molto più corte del pronoto, armatura genitale interna dell’edeago debole e minore dilatazione apicale, in visione laterale. Nonostante queste notevoli differenze, l’affinitä tassonomica tra esse va ritenuta piuttosto certa. Alevonota pulchricornis sp. n. Figg. 200-202 Holotypus d, Sichuan, Moxi, 1600 m, 29°13N-102°10E, 2.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,6 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con margine posteriore dei due uroterghi liberi basali rossicci; antenne rossicce con l’antennomero basale bruno e il secondo e il terzo bruno-rossicci; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo € appena distinta, quella del pronoto é finissima e assai superficiale. La granulosita delle elitre è evanescente. La reticolazione del capo è superficiale, quella del pronoto è molto svanita, quella delle elitre e dell’addome è distinta, a maglie poligonali irregolari sull’addome. Il capo presenta un debole solco mediano. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è ben distinta da A. sericata Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, per l’edeago di maggiori dimensioni, con armatura genitale interna netta- mente differente. Alevonota sinensis sp. n. Figg. 203-205 Holotypus 3, Chine, Guanxi, Massif de Yuanpao-Shan, 500-1300 m, 11-13.VIII.1994, leg. Marc Tronquet (IRSN). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,7 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno, con capo nero-bruno e i due uroterghi liberi basali e pigidio giallo-bruni; antenne rossicce con i quattro anten- nomeri basali nero-bruni; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo e del HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 515 Ficc. 200-205 Habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 200-202: Alevonota pulchricornis sp. n.; 203-205: Alevonota sinensis Sp. n.; pronoto è rada e quasi indistinta. La granulosità delle elitre è fine e molto evanescente. La reticolazione del capo, delle elitre e dell'addome è distinta, quella del pronoto è lievemente evanescente, a maglie poligonali irregolari sull’addome. Edeago figg. 203-204. 516 R. PACE COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie possiede l’armatura genitale interna nettamente differente, sia da quella di A. sericata Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, che da quella della nuova specie sopra descritta. Alevonota foedicornis sp. n. Figg. 206-207 Holotypus 9, China, Sichuan, Emei Shan, Leidongping, 2500 m, 29°32N-103°21E, 18.VII.1996, leg. A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno scuro; addome bruno- rossiccio con base del quarto urotergo libero e base del quinto bruni; antenne giallo- rossicce con antennomero basale bruno; zampe giallo-rossicce. La granulosità del capo è debolmente saliente, quella del pronoto è netta e quella delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo è ben visibile, quella del pronoto è nettissima e quella delle elitre e dell'addome è evidente, a maglie lievemente trasverse sull’addome. Il pronoto presenta uno stretto solco mediano. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie presenta una spermateca simile a quella di A. subcorticalis (Cameron, 1939), comb. n. (olim Atheta (Traumoecia) subcorticalis Cameron, 1939: 315, holotypus 2 esaminato, olim Tomoglossa subcorticalis: Pace, 1991: 835), dell’India. Se ne distingue per aver la parte intermedia della spermateca nettamente più breve della lunghezza del bulbo distale dello stesso organo, mentre in subcorticalis ha questa porzione nettamente più lunga del bulbo distale corrispondente. L’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca, inoltre, è forte nella nuova specie ed esile in subcorticalis e la taglia della spermateca della nuova specie è quasi il doppio maggiore che quella di subcorticalis. Pochi e sottili sono i caratteri differen- ziali esterni. Taxicera sinensis sp. n. Figg. 208-209 Holotypus 9, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, head of glacier 1, 2850 m, 29°35N- 102°00E, 9.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,6 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, comprese le antenne e le zampe con i tarsi. La punteggiatura del capo è distinta e assente sulla fascia longitu- dinale mediana, quella del pronoto è evidente e quella delle elitre è poco profonda. La reticolazione dell’avancorpo è netta, quella dell'addome è superficiale, composta di maglie trasverse sull’addome. Il pronoto presenta una depressione mediana posteriore. Spermateca fig. 209. COMPARAZIONI. Sia la spermateca. che molti caratteri esterni differenziano la nuova specie da 7. smetanai Pace, 1998, pure della Cina. Il bulbo distale della sper- mateca della nuova specie è più sviluppato, con introflessione apicale appena visibile (molto profonda in smetanai) e la parte prossimale dello stesso organo è robusta e pre- senta un’appendice, assente in smetanai. Il quarto antennomero è trasverso nella nuova specie e più lungo che largo in smetanai e il pronoto mostra due fossette mediane posteriori, invece di una, come in smetanai. Amidobia perconvexa sp. n. Figg. 210-211 Holotypus ©, China, Sichuan, Gongga Shan, Hailuogou, above camp 3, 3000 m, 6.VII.1996, leg A. Smetana, J. Farkac and P. Kabaték (MHNG). HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA sf 1 mm ANNE | AN J INN Sale Je 1 mm 0,1 mm 0,1 mm 209 210 Fico. 206-211 Habitus e spermateca. 206-207: Alevonota foedicornis sp. n.; 208-209: Taxicera sinensis sp. n.: 210-211: Amidobia perconvexa sp. n. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 3,1 mm. Avancorpo debolmente lucido, addome lucido. Corpo nero, con elitre e pigidio nero-bruni; antenne nere con i tre antennomeri basali rossicci; zampe rossicce. La granulosità del capo è poco distinta, quella del pronoto è evidente. La punteggiatura delle elitre è distinta. La reticolazione del capo e del 518 R. PACE pronoto è netta, quella delle elitre è poco distinta e quella dell’addome è distinta, composta di maglie molto trasverse. Spermateca fig. 210. COMPARAZIONI. La spermateca distingue nettamente la nuova specie da A. smetanai Pace 1998, pure della Cina, innanzitutto per la taglia maggiore, di 1/4 più lunga. L’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della spermateca della nuova specie ha base stretta, mentre quella di smetanai è larghissima e la parte intermedia della stessa spermateca è accentuatamente arcuata nella nuova specie e appena in smetanai. Le antenne della nuova specie, inoltre, sono bicolori nere con base rossiccia, mentre in smetanai sono unicolori nere. Amidobia ming sp. n. Figg. 212-213 Holotypus 9, China, W Sichuan, 20 km N Sabdé, 3200 m, 29°35N-102°23E, 14.VII.1998, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 4,3 mm. Corpo lucido e nero, con elitre nero-brune; antenne nere; zampe rossicce con femori bruno-rossicci. La punteggiatura del capo è superficiale, anche sul disco, quella delle elitre è fine e poco evidente. La granulosità del pronoto è fine e distinta. La reticolazione del capo è evanescente, quella del pro- noto è distinta, quella delle elitre e dell’addome è netta, a maglie molto trasverse sull’addome. Spermateca fig. 213. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è distinta da A. smetanai Pace, 1998, pure della Cina, per le elitre molto meno lunghe, ma soprattutto per la spermateca che è forte- 0,1 mm 213 FicG. 212-213 Habitus e spermateca. 212-213: Amidobia ming sp. n. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 519 mente arcuata nella parte intermedia (appena situata in smetanai) e per l’introflessione apicale del bulbo distale della stessa spermateca assai meno larga alla base che quella di smetanai. NOTE SINONIMICHE, COMBINAZIONI NUOVE E NOMI NUOVI Oltre alle sinonimie e alle nuove combinazioni segnalate sopra nel corso delle descrizioni, sono proposte le seguenti modifiche resesi necessarie grazie alla mia migliore conoscenza attuale della fauna delle Aleocharinae cinesi. Alevonota ocularis (Pace, 1991), comb. n. Tomoglossa ocularis Pace, 1991: 835 Alevonota nepalensis (Pace, 1987), comb. n. Ousipalia nepalensis Pace, 1987: 404 Alevonota basicornis (Pace, 1985), comb. n. Schistoglossa basicornis Pace, 1985: 105 Tomoglossa basicornis: Pace, 1991: 835 Alevonota venusta (Pace, 1984), comb. n. Ousipalia venusta Pace, 1984: 318 Alevonota franziana, nom. n., comb. n. Tomoglossa franzi Pace, 1991: 833 (nec Alevonota franzi (Palm, 1976), Assing, 2002c: 63, olim Sipalia franzi Palm, 1976: 71) Emmelostiba xinjiangensis Pace, nom. n., comb. n. Alevonota chinensis Pace, 1993: 110 (nec Emmelostiba chinensis Pace, 1998: 440) Leucocraspedum Kraatz, 1859: 51 Chariusa Pace, 2003: 166, syn. n. Irmaria Cameron, 1925: 48 Syntemusa Pace, 2002: 232, syn. n. Irmaria kinabaluensis (Pace, 2002), comb. n. Syntemusa kinabaluensis Pace, 2002: 235 Irmaria smetanai (Pace, 2002), comb. n. Syntemusa smetanai Pace, 2002: 235 Cordalia chinensis Pace, 1993: 82 Cordalia permutata Assing 2002a: 5, syn. n. Va rilevato che la prima pubblicazione delle spermateca e dell’habitus di Cordalia vestita (Boheman, 1858) è del 1992 (Pace, 1992: 243). Assing (2002a) non ne fa cenno. Atlantostiba Pace, 1994: 72, genus bonum Alevonota Thomson, 1858, sensu Assing, 2002: 63, partim Imprudentemente Assing ha messo in sinonimia Atlantostiba Pace, 1994, senza un’ac- curata analisi dei caratteri distintivi tra Alevonota e questo genere, riservandosi di af- fermare solo «...the former (Atlantostiba) is a junior secondary homonym of the latter 520 R. PACE (Sipalia franzi Palm)». Non solo, ma non ha pubblicato la forma della spermateca di Atlantostiba franzi Pace, un fatto eccezionale questo perché Assing pubblica sempre edeago o spermateca di specie recentemente da me descritte e pure illustrate con la spermateca ed edeago, oltre che con l’habitus. Pongo qui a confronto i caratteri distin- tivi tra Alevonota e Atlantostiba. Ogni punto (*) significa presenza. Atlantostiba Alevonota Spermateca piegata a Z e Spermateca piegata a 7 e Pronoto poco trasverso e Pronoto ben trasverso ° Protibie setolose . Protibie spinulose ° Palpi labiali di 3 articoli ° Palpi labiali di 2 articoli ° Edeago con due appendici apicali ° Edeago senza appendici apicali ° Ligula a due lembi accostati e Ligula a due lembi separati e Atlantostiba franzi Pace, 1994: 74 Alevonota pacei Assing, 2002c: 63, syn n. Leptusa anmashanensis Pace, 1996: 30 Leptusa acuta Assing 2002d: 978, syn. n. L’edeago di L. acuta è pressoché sovrapponibile con esattezza a quello di L. an- mashanensis Pace. Melagria Casey, 1906: 230 Euphorbagria Assing, 1997: 64, syn. n. La spermateca del genere Euphorbagria Assing ha forma tipica delle specie del genere Melagria Casey, diffuso anche nella regione etiopica. Atheta (Geostibops) floresensis Pace, nom. n. Atheta (Geostibops) aptera Israelson, 1985: 13, (nec Atheta (Microdota) aptera Pace, 1984: 320) RINGRAZIAMENTI Per avermi affidato in studio il materiale oggetto del presente lavoro rivolgo i miei più cordiali ringraziamenti ai colleghi Dr. Ales Smetana di Ottawa, Guillaume de Rougemont di Londra. e Marc Tronquet di Molitg Les Bains (Francia). Per il prestito di tipi ringrazio il Dr. P. M. Hammond del Museo di Storia Naturale di Londra, il Dr. Lothar Zerche del D.E.I di Eberswalde e il Dr. Manfred Uhlig del Museo Zoologico dell’Università Humboldt di Berlino. HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA 521 BIBLIOGRAFIA AsSING, V. 1997. A new genus of Falagriini from the Canary Islands. Beiträge zur Entomologie 47: 63-67. AssınG, V. 2002a. Two New Species of Cordalia Jacobs from the Eastern Palaearctic Region, with Redescriptions of Three Species (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae). Stutt- garter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) 637: 1-10. ASSING, V. 2002b. On some micropterous species of Athetini from Nepal and China (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Linzer biologische Beiträge 34(2): 953-969. ASSING, V. 2002c. On the Staphylinidae of the Canary Islands. IX. New synonyms and records, and a systematic rearrangement of some endogean and cavernicolous Aleocharinae (Coleoptera). Vieraea 30: 45-66. ASSING, V. 2002d. New species and records of Leptusa Kraatz from the Palaearctic region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae, Aleocharinae). Linzer biologische Beiträge 34: 971-1019. BENICK, G. 1975. Neue Atheten (Col. Staphyl.) aus Deutschland und den zunächst gelegenen Ländern. Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde 273: 1-23. BOHEMAN, C. H. 1858. Coleoptera. Species novas descripsit. /n: C. Virgin, Kongliga Svenska fregatten Eugenies Resa Omkring Jorden. Zoologi, Vol. 2, Zool. 1, Insecta: 1-112, P. A. Norstedt Söner, Stockholm. BRUNDIN, L. 1940. Studien über die Atheta-Untergattung Oreostiba Ganglb. (Col. Staphyli- nidae). Entomologisk Tidskrift, 61: 56-130, tav. XVII. CAMERON, M. 1925. Descriptions of new species of Oriental Staphylinidae. Annali del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Genova 52: 34-49. CAMERON, M. 1939. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera, Staphylinidae. Vol. IV, 410 pp. London, Taylor and Francis, LDT. CASEY, T. L. 1906. Observations on the Staphylinid Groups Aleocharinae and Xantholinini, chiefly of America. Transactions of the Academy of Sciences of St. Louis 16: 125-434. GRAVENHORST, J.L.C. 1806. Monographia Coleopterorum Micropterorum. Gottingae, 236 pp. GUSAROV, V. I. 2002. A revision of Neartctic species of the genus Tropimenelytron Pace, 1983 (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae), anew genus for Noth America. Zootaxa 114: 1-24. ISRAELSON, G. 1985. Notes on the coleopterous fauna of the Azores. Boletim de Museu Muni- cipal do Funchal 37: 1-14. KRAATZ, G. 1857. Beitràge zur Kenntniss der Termitophilen. Linnaea Entomologica 11: 44-56. KRAATZ, G. 1859. Die Staphyliniden-Fauna von Ostindien, insbesondere der Insel Ceylan. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte 25: 1-45. LOHSE, G. A. 1974. Staphylinidae 11 (Hypocyphtinae und Aleocharinae). In: Die Käfer Mittel- europas. Band 5: 304 pp., Krefeld. MAKLIN, F. G. 1880. Ytterligare diagnoser öfver nägra nya sibiriska Coleopter-arter. Ofversigt Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Förhandlinger 22: 79-86. MULSANT, E. & REy, C. 1873. Description de divers Coléoptères Brévipennes nouveaux ou peu connus. Opuscula Entomologica 15: 147-189. MULSANT, E. & REY, C. 1874. Tribu des Brévipennes: Famille des Aléochariens: Septième branche: Myrmédoniaires. Annales de la Société d’Agriculture de Lyon 6: 33-738. PACE, R. 1982. Aleocharinae del Nepal e dell’India settentrionale raccolte dal Prof. H. Franz. II. Callicerini (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (XXXV Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino della Società entomologica italiana 114: 147-158, 49 figg. Pace, R. 1983. Il genere Tropimenelytron Scheerpeltz (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (XXXIX Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie 13: 185- 190, 5 figg. PACE, R. 1984a. Aleocharinae della Thailandia e della Birmania riportate da G. de Rougemont (Coleoptera Staphylinidae). (LIX Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 11: 427-468, 139 figg. 522 R. PACE PACE, R. 1984b. Aleocharinae dell’Himalaya (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (LI Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Annales de la Société entomologique de France (N.S.) 20: 309-339, 181 figg. PACE, R. 1985a. Aleocharinae riportate dall’Himalaya dal Prof. Franz. Parte I (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (LII Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie (N.S.) 2: 91-105, 66 figg. PACE, R. 1985b. Aleocharinae dell’Himalaya raccolte da Guillaume de Rougemont (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (LXX Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 12: 165-191, 79 figg. PACE, R. 1987. Staphylinidae dell’Himalaya Nepalese. Aleocharinae raccolte dal Prof. Dr. J. Martens (Insecta: Coleoptera) (LXXI Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Courier Forschungs-Institut Senckenberg 93: 383-441, 210 figg. PACE, R. 1989. Monografia del genere Leptusa Kraatz (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (LXXV Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Memorie del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona (II S.), A 8: 1-307, 1696 figg. PACE, R. 1990. Aleocharinae del Nepal (101° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae) (Coleoptera Staphylinidae. In: BERTI, N. (ed.). Miscellanées sur les Staphylins. Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (A) 2.47: 155-169, 52 figg. PACE, R. 1991a. Aleocharinae dello Yemen (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (LXXIX Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 15: 125-150. PACE, R. 1991b. Aleocharinae nepalesi del Museo di Ginevra. Parte V: Athetini (conclusione) e Thamiaraeini (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (111° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 98: 803-863. PACE, R. 1993a. Aleocharinae della Cina (Coleoptera Staphylinidae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 17: 69-126. PACE, R. 1993b. Nuove Aleocharinae orientali (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (XCVI Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Verona 17:127-180. PACE, R. 1994. Arlantostiba franzi gen. n., sp. n. delle Canarie (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (LXXIV Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Lavori della Società veneziana di Scienze naturali 19: 71-75, 6 figg. PACE, R. 1996. Nuove specie di Leptusa Kr. di Taiwan. Monografia del Genere Leptusa Kraatz: Supplemento VI (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (129° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino della Società entomologica italiana 128: 29-36, 18 figg. PACE, R. 1997. Specie del genere Leptusa in Cina. Monografia del Genere Leptusa Kraatz: Supplemento VII (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (137° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 104: 751-760, 22 figg. PACE, R. 1998a. Aleocharinae della Cina: Parte I (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 105: 139-220, 234 figg. PACE, R. 1998b. Aleocharinae della Cina: Parte II (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 105: 395-463, 233 figg. PACE, R. 1998c. Aleocharinae della Cina: Parte III (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 105: 665-732, 260 figg. PACE, R. 1998d. Aleocharinae della Cina: Parte IV (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 105: 911-982, 271 figg. PACE, R. 1999a. Nuove Leptusa della Cina. Monografia del Genere Leptusa Kraatz: Supple- mento X (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Beiträge zur Entomologie 49: 369-376, 21 figg. PACE, R. 1999b. Due nuove Aleocharinae orofile e microttere della Cina (Coleoptera, Staphy- linidae). Beiträge zur Entomologie 49: 377-381, 9 figg. PACE, R. 1999c. Aleocharinae di Hong Kong (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoo- logie 106: 663-689, 79 figg. 523 HYGRONOMINI E ATHETINI DELLA CINA PACE, R. 1999d. Aleocharinae della Cina: Parte V (conclusione) (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 106: 107-164, 226 figg. PACE, R. 2002. Nuovi generi di Aleocharinae del Borneo (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 109: 189-240, 198 figg. PACE, R. 2003. New or little known Aleocharinae from the Australian Region (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Monografie del Museo regionale di Scienze naturali di Torino 35: 111-186. PALM, T. 1976. Zur Kenntnis der Käferfauna der Kanarischen Inseln. Entomologica scandina- vica T: 71-74. PASNIK, G. 2001. The North Korean Aleocharinae (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae): diversity and bio- geography. Acta zoological cracoviensia 44: 185-234. SAHLBERG, J. 1876. Enumeratio Coleopterorum Brachelytrorum Fenniae I: Staphylinidae. Acta Societatis pro Fauna Flora Fennica 1: 1-248. SAWADA, K. 1977. Studies on the genus Atheta Thomsom (sic!) and its allies III: Japanese Species described by the previous Authors. Contributions from the Biological Labora- tory Kyoto University 25: 17 1-248. STEPHENS, J. F. 1832: Illustrations of British entomology 5: 1-240. Baldwin & Cradock, London. THOMSON, C. G. 1852. Insekt-slägtet Homalota. Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar 9:131-146. THOMSON, C. G. 1858. Försök till uppställning af Sveriges Staphyliner. Öfversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar 15: 27-40. THOMSON, C. G. 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, synoptikt bearbetade, I. Berlingska Bok- tryckeriet, Lund, 290 pp. THOMSON, C. G. 1867. Skandinaviens Coleoptera 9: 407 pp., Lund. in ! te Bu a dee REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 525-538; septembre 2004 A preliminary contribution to Platyceps najadum (Eichwald, 1831) and systematic status of Coluber atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993 (Reptilia: Squamata: Colubrinae) Beat SCHATTI Apartado postal 383, San Miguel de Allende, Gto. 37700, Republica Mexicana. A preliminary contribution to Platyceps najadum (Eichwald, 1831) and systematic status of Coluber atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993. - External morphological features of Platyceps najadum and the distribution of this species in Iran and Turkmenistan are analysed. Based on morpho- logical characters and mtDNA sequence data (12S rDNA), Coluber atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993 is ranked as a subspecies of the Slender racer, P. najadum atayevi comb. n. This taxon seems to have a restricted dis- tribution in the Kopet Dag. Keywords: Platyceps najadum ssp. - Coluber atayevi - Iran - Kopet Dag - morphology - systematics - mtDNA. INTRODUCTION Eichwald (1831) described 7yria najadum from the vicinity of Baku in Azer- bajdzhan. Eichwald’s, or the Slender, racer is distributed from the eastern Adriatic Region (Dalmatia) to the Caucasus and northeastern Iran. Mertens & Müller (1928) referred this species to the genus Coluber auct. Schätti & McCarthy (2001) considered Tyria najadum Eichwald, 1831, Zamenis dahlii var. collaris Müller, 1878 (see Schätti et al., 2001), and Coluber (s. 1.) schmidtleri Schätti & McCarthy, 2001 to be closely related to Zamenis rhodorachis Jan, 1863 and allied taxa (see Schätti, 1993). The najadum group is a distinct evolu- tionary lineage within the monophyletic racer genus Platyceps Blyth, 1860 (Schätti & Utiger, 2001). Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) described Coluber atayevi on the basis of twenty-three specimens from the vicinity of Saivan in the “Bakharden Region” of Turkmenistan. They noted “significant morphological divergence” compared with “other representatives of the najadum-rubriceps complex” and concluded that their new taxon replaces the Slender racer in the “western and central Kopet-Dag”. Darevskij & Orlov (1994) questioned the validity of C. atayevi. Schätti & Utiger (2001) excluded this taxon from their systematic re-arrangement of Old World racer genera for want of morphological criteria allowing a clear distinction from Platyceps najadum. For the time being, Atajev’s racer parades under the operational term Coluber sensu lato. Manuscript accepted 06.04.2004 526 B. SCHÄTTI This study investigates external morphological characters of Platyceps najad- um, with special emphasis on features considered to separate this species from Coluber (s. 1.) atayevi, and presents molecular (12S rDNA) data. MATERIAL AND METHODS The material used for this investigation was obtained from the following insti- tutions: The Natural History Museum [British Museum (Natural History)], London (BMNH), California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS), Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago (FMNH), Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève (MHNG), Muséum National d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN), Museo civico di Storia naturale ‘Giacomo Doria’, Genova (MSNG), National Museum, Department of Zoology, Prague (NMP), Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien (NMW), Forschungsinstitut und Naturmuseum Senckenberg, Frankfurt on Main (SMF), Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg (ZISP), Institut für Systematische Zoologie [for- merly Zoologisches Museum], Museum für Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universität, Berlin (ZMB), and Zoologische Staatssammlung, München (ZSM). Further acronyms used in the text are CRS (Caucasian Reserve, Sochi, Krasnodar Region, Russia), MTKD (Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde, Dresden), and RM (J. Robert Macey, Berkeley: field tags). The specimens from Iran and Turkmenistan examined for the purpose of this study are: BMNH 1920.3.20.3 (Gorgan, Golestan Province, 36°50’N 54°29’E, 9, Ingoldby); CAS 182948-50 (Turkmenistan: “environs of Saivan Village, Saivan- Nokhur Plateau, western Kopet-Dag, Bakharden Region”, d, 9 9, paratypes of Coluber atayevi), CAS 185185-86 and 185188-94 (“elev. 1200-1300 m, 38°30’N 56°47’E, 2 km SE (airline) of Saivan, Ashgabad Region”, 5 4 4, ? ©, paratypes of C. atayevi), FMNH 141612 (Shahrabad [Shahrabad-e-Khavar], Khorasan, 37°30’N 56°51’E, unsexed [tail completely truncated immediately behind anal scute], Street Expedition), FMNH 141649 (Chalus, Mazandaran, 36°40’N 51°25’E, juv. d, Street & Lay 1962); MHNG 1403.92 (Lar [Elburs], Teheran (Central) Province, 35°22’N 49°42’E, 2), MHNG 1403.93 (Polur, Teheran, 35°52’N 52°03’E, 3), MHNG 2626.56 (vic. of Mahniyah, Hamadan/Zanjan border, 35°31’N 49°05’E, 4); MNHN 3582 (“Perse”, 6, Aucher-Eloy); MSNG 30313 (“Isphahan”, dg, Doria); NMP6V 35563 (“50 km NNE Avaj”, Zanjan, approx. 35°34’N 49°13’E [Avaj], juv. 9); NMW 20138 (“Pera, Khoi” [Khoy], West Azarbaijan, ca. 38°33’N 44°58’E, d, Zugmayer); SMF 30095 (“Shahi” [Qa’emshar], Mazandaran, 36°28’N 52°53’E, 9), SMF 67214 (“Sarab bei Miyandoab”, West Azarbaijan, ca. 36°57’N 46°06’E [Miandowab], 9); ZISP 13626 (Gorgan, juv., Kirichenko 1914 [in bad shape, ventral and subcaudal counts un- known]), ZISP 18624 (Turkmenistan: Firjuza, 37°56’N 58°04’E, © , Gorbunov 1973); ZMB 31841 (“Persisch Kurdistan”, 2); ZSM 6.1968 (Gok Shalu, Miandowab, 9), ZSM 55.1972 (“Tschalus” [Chalus Valley], Mazandaran, ca. 36°38’N 51°38’E, d). The morphological description of Platyceps najadum is based on data from roughly 250 specimens. A detailed analysis of this sample will be presented in a forth- coming study. The dorsal scale formula gives the number of longitudinal rows at the tenth ventral, at midbody (50% of the total number of ventrals) and in front of the anal scute. Reductions in the number of dorsal scale rows on the posterior part of the body PLATYCEPS NAJADUM AND COLUBER ATAYEVI 527 are situated either ‘high’ (paravertebral or vertebral) or ‘low’ (lateral). Their position along the trunk is expressed in terms of ventrals and as a percentage of the total number thereof (%ven); these values are based on the mean of the right and left side counts. The tail / body ratio is the tail length divided by the snout-vent length, i.e., from the tip of the snout to the posterior border of the anal scute. For this paper, a partial sequence of the mitochondrial small ribosomal subunit (12S rRNA) was obtained from tissue samples of the following specimens: C. atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov CAS 185188 (RM 9545, 99% ethanol, liver), Platyceps kare- lini (Brandt) MHNG 2443.3 (frozen muscle), P. najadum (Eichwald) MHNG 2626.56 (ibid.), and P. variabilis (Boulenger) MHNG 2456.71 (ibid.). The GenBank numbers are AY647231-34. The technique of DNA extraction as well as PCR and sequencing procedures are described in Utiger er al. (2002). The obtained data were added to those of Hemorrhois hippocrepis (L.) and seven Platyceps spp. (including two P. najadum) from an existing sequence file consisting of two partially analysed mitochondrial genes, cytochrome oxidase subunit I (COD and 12S rRNA (Schätti & Utiger, 2001). For the new samples, only the latter gene region was investigated. The lacking COI characters were coded as missing. TABLE 1. Sequence properties and tree reconstruction parameters. gaps: missing gaps: 5th character state unweighted MP unweighted MP weighted MP Lenght of sequence alignment (COI/12S) 1116 (513/603) 1116 (513/603) 1116 (513/603) Total of variable characters (COI/12S) 308 (150/158) 317 (150/167) 317 (150/167) - parsimony-informative (COV12S) 191 (108/83) 197 (108/89) 197 (108/89) Number of most parsimonious trees 1 1 1 Tree length 592 622 258.8 Rescaled consistency index (RC) 0.32 0.316 0.708 All phylogenetic analyses were performed with PAUP* version 4.0b10 for Mac (Swofford, 1998), and the weighted maximum parsimony (MP) analysis is described in Utiger et al. (2002) and Utiger & Schätti (2004). Gaps in the 12S rDNA sequence were treated as fifth character state. After a first run with heuristic search and tree-bi- section reconnection (TBR) branch swapping, characters were weighted with the rescaled consistency index (RC, Farris, 1989) and a second heuristic search was per- formed. Nonparametric bootstrap values (Felsenstein, 1985) with 1000 replicates were calculated for both character types (see Discussion). RESULTS MORPHOLOGY Platyceps najadum has eight or nine supralabials, the fourth and fifth or fifth and sixth entering the eye; with the exception of MNHN 3582 from “Perse” (Duméril et al., 1854), all Iranian specimens examined as well as an individual from Turkmenistan (ZISP 18624) have eight supralabials. The preocular and anterior sub- ocular are single; posterior subocular scales are absent. The number, size and arrange- 528 B. SCHÄTTI ment of the temporals is highly variable; usually, there are two anterior and three posterior scales; in most cases, the lower anterior temporal is larger than the upper. Fragmentation of the temporals is noted in the type series of Coluber najadum albitemporalis Darevskij & Orlov, 1994. Usually, there are ten (nine to eleven) sublabials, the anterior four or five in contact with the first chin shield (inframaxillary), which is shorter and slightly broader than the posterior. Normally, the posterior pair of chin shields is separated anteriorly by one or two granular scales and two or three rows caudally. However, the size and number of the scales separating the posterior chin shields is highly variable; in some specimens, the latter are in contact for almost their whole length as, for instance, in ZSM 55.1972. I jee are cK = È SI Fic. 1 Ventral head scales of Platyceps n. najadum ZSM 55.1972 (left) and ZSM 48.1918 (right). Platyceps najadum has 205-236 (4 4 205-225, 9 © 208-236) ventrals and 100- 140 (6 & 100-140, 2 © 103-137) paired subcaudals; the anal scute is paired. There are 207-236 (3 d 207-222, 2 2 219-236) ventrals and 107-133 (6 d 109-132, 2 2 107- 133) subcaudals in specimens from Iran. Generally, the highest ventral counts are recorded in eastern Anatolia and adjacent regions (including SMF 67214). The minimum for subcaudals (100) in specimens with complete tails was registered in ZISP 14092 from Sochi (Krasnodar). Strauch (1873) and Nikolskij (1916) noted 98 subcaudals in the “Kaukasus” (no. 1741, “Dr. Höft, 1844”) and 99 for a specimen from the Transcaspian Region. Considerably lower subcaudal counts reported, for instance, by Latifi (1991) and Darevskij & Szczerbak (1993) are probably from individuals with incomplete tails. PLATYCEPS NAJADUM AND COLUBER ATAYEVI 529 Platyceps najadum normally has 19-19-15 or 19-19-13 dorsal scale rows. Both patterns are found in specimens from the southern border of the Caspian Sea to northern Khorasan. The reduction pattern in two females (MHNG 1403.92, SMF 30095) is ‘high-low’ or ‘low-high’ at 61-89%ven; ZSM 55.1972, a male with 13 dorsal scale rows prior to the anal scute, has the reductions ‘low-high-high’ at 61-62% (first and second) and 85%ven (third); FMNH 141612 (unsexed, see Material and Methods) shows the sequence ‘low-high’ at 61-64%ven; ZISP 18624 (2) from the Kopet Dag (Firjuza) has two reductions involving low (first) and high (second) levels at 64-65%ven. The maximum total length reported for Platyceps najadum is approx. 140 cm (Cattaneo, 2001). The longest male examined, i.e., MHNG 1358.72 from Zadar (Dalmatia), attains 920 + 395 mm. The maximum snout-vent length in females is 913 mm in MHNG 2447.68 from Mt. Ararat, Turkey (tail incomplete). The body is slender and the tail / body length ratio in adults at least 0.32 (2 2) to 0.34 (dd); in Anatolia some specimens, e.g., CAS 105234 (9) from the vicinity of Anamur, attain values of 0.50. Head, body, and tail are generally olive, light brownish, or faint grey. The supralabials, preocular, and postoculars are white or yellowish. Often, there is a dark spot below the eye or an oblique stripe running from the lower border of the orbit to the temporal region. The lateral portion of the neck and forebody shows conspicuous white-edged ocelli or blotches with dark (black to dark olive) centres; these markings may be replaced by, or mixed with, narrow bars on the anterior flanks. Size and dis- tinctiveness of the posterior lateral markings reduce progressively, and the light edges of the ocelli and blotches are absent. The anterior lateral markings may be confluent mid-dorsally forming transverse bands. The chin, venter, and underside of the tail are uniform light (white, cream, or yellowish). Mertens (1940) noted a brick red (“ziegel- rot”) hue of the posterior subcaudals in SMF 30095. Populations with two large and conspicuous milky dots on the nape occur in the vicinity of Lenkoran and Archivan, southern Azerbajdzhan (Coluber najadum albitemporalis Darevskij & Orlov). Specimens having one or several cross-bands on the nape and neck are recorded from Anatolia, Syria, and Iraq to the Caucasus and Turkmenistan (e.g., BMNH 1920.3.20.3, MHNG 1403.92, NMP6V 35563, ZISP 18624, and ZSM 6.1968). In the eastern part of the distribution range occur individuals with a dorsal colour pattern composed of fine black spots behind the neck that may extend onto midbody as exem- plified by NMW 20138, SMF 30095, and ZSM 55.1972. Specimens virtually devoid of any dorsal markings are known from various areas and seem to be common in central western Iran (e.g., MHNG 2626.56, MSNG 30313). DISTRIBUTION Platyceps najadum lives from Dalmatia across the southern Balkans, the Ionian and Aegean islands including Lefkada [Levkäs] and Lipsos (new records), Anatolia, the Levant south to Lebanon and the Syrian lava desert, Iraq, the Caucasus north to the Krasnodar Region and Dagestan, Azerbajdzhan, northern Iran, and in the Kopet Dag, Turkmenistan (e.g., Strauch, 1873; Baran, 1976; Bannikov er al., 1977; Darevskij & Szczerbak, 1993). 530 B. SCHÄTTI Based on the catalogue entries of the St. Petersburg herpetological collection, Ananjeva and Orlov (1977) concluded that a juvenile specimen (ZISP 11151) collected in 1910 by K. A. Satunin at “Derbel in Caucaso” (Nikolskij, 1916: 93) came from Dzhebel (39°38’N 54°14’E) in the Bolshoj Balkhan area, Turkmenistan. Probably following these authors, Szczerbak & Golubev (1981) mentioned this individual from the Transcaspian Region. However, ZISP 11151 is from Derbent (42°03’N 48°18’E) in Dagestan (Nikolskij, 1916: 94). In Iran, Platyceps najadum is reported from large parts of the western mountain region (e.g., MHNG 2626.56, NMP6V 35563) south to Esfahan Province (Blanford, 1876: MSNG 30313), and the Caspian Region (e.g., SMF 30095, Qa’emshar). Northeastern records and collecting sites include BMNH 1920.3.20.3 and ZISP 13626 from Gorgan (Baran, 1976; Ananjeva & Orlov, 1977), FMNH 141612 (Shahrabad, N Khorasan), Emamrud (“Shakhrud”, 36°25’N 54°58’E, ca. 1200-1500 m a.s.l.) in Semnan Province, “Kent-Parsian” between 36°22’-37°15’N and 55°25’-56°45’E (fide Adamec, 1981) as well as Darreh Gaz and Quchan (Fig. 2) in northern Khorasan (Kessler, 1872; Derjugin, 1905; Latifi, 1991). The southern distribution limit is not well documented (see below). Apart from an unspecified record from the Transcaspian Region (leg. Matvejev 1904) quoted by Czarevskij (1915), Platyceps najadum is recorded from Mt. Khozly and Kara Kala settlement to as far east as the Gaudan Valley (Ashkhabad - Quchan road) separating the central and eastern Kopet Dag (Fig. 2), between ca. 400 m (Kara Kala) to 27000 m on Mt. Dushak (Varenczov, 1894; Ananjeva & Orlov, 1977; Rustamov & Shammakov, 1979; Szczerbak & Golubev, 1981; Szczerbak et al., 1986; Starkov, 1988; Atajev & Shammakov, 1990; Atajev ef al., 1991, 1994). The map (Fig. 2) does not include three records from Turkmenistan, i.e., a specimen collected by Bilkevich near “Ashkhabad” (Nikolskij, 1905), probably a vague origin, and two unlocated places, “Garrygala” and “Imarat” (Atajev et al., 1991, 1994). Besides Derjugin’s (1905) record from “Kent-Parsian” in the border area of Semnan and Khorasan Provinces (see above), various specimens mentioned from the Irano-Turkmenian border region are presumably lost (see Ananjeva & Orlov, 1977). This is, for instance, the case with an individual obtained at “Ashkhabad” (37°57’N 58°23’E, see above) or Varenczov’s (1894) material (determined by N. M. Kulagin, fide Nikolskij, 1905) collected near km 20 along the road from Ashkhabad to the Gaudan pass (37°37’N 58°24’E) and at “Suluklju”. New observations from 1400-1500 m near Suljukli in Germob District (Sczcerbak et al., 1986: “Germab”, see Fig. 2) were reported by Szczerbak & Golubev (1981). Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) did not cite, for instance, the occurrence of the Slender racer near the Arvaz pass at above 1800 m a.s.l. (active at 8°C) and in the vicinity of Kénekesir (Kojnja-Kasyr, “Kojne-Kesyr”) reported by Atajev & Shammakov (1990) and Starkov (1988), respectively (Fig. 2). Atajev er al. (1994) reported the species from “Garrygala” west of Mt. Dushak (see above). Further pu- blications dealing with the herpetofauna of Turkmenistan such as, for instance, Bobrinski (1923), Bogdanov (1962), Shammakov (1971), Rustamov & Shammakov (1982), or Shammakov er al. (1993) do not procure any pertinent information about this species, and Atajev (1985: map 86) gave but four localities based on previous records (i.e., Mt. Dushak, Firjuza, Suljukli, and “Kuchanskoje shosse”). The occur- rence of Platyceps najadum in the vicinity of Firjuza as first reported by Ananjeva & Orlov (1977) was confirmed by observations in May 1979 (Szczerbak et al., 1986). PLATYCEPS NAJADUM AND COLUBER ATAYEVI 531 TURKMENISTAN FIG. 2 Distribution of Platyceps najadum in Turkmenistan (Kopet Dag) and North Khorasan, Iran. Localities in the Kopet Dag are Firjuza (ZISP 18624, Ananjeva & Orlov, 1977) at 37°56°N 58°04’E as well as Arvaz (38°14’N 57°09’E, pass, approx. 1’840 m a.s.1.), Dagish and Dashtoj gorge (Babazo District: B), Mt. Dushak (ca. 37°58’N 57°54’E), vicinity of Germob (ca. 38°01’N 57°44’E), Kara Kala (38°34’N 56°44’E, 400 m), Karanki gorge (Babazo District: B, 1°200- 1°400 m), 15 km NE Kénekesir (“Kojne-Kesyr”, ca. 38°17’N 57°00’E), Mt. Khozly (ca. 38°35’N 56°48’E, “about 18 km south of Bami”), Mirza Dag (38°01’N 57°36’E), the vicinity of Saivan (38°30’N 56°47’E, type locality of Coluber atayevi), Suljukli (Germob District: G), and km 20 on the Ashkhabad - Quchan road (Varenczov, 1894; Rustamov & Shammakov, 1979; Szczerbak & Golubev, 1981; Szczerbak et al., 1986; Starkov, 1988; Atajev & Shammakov, 1990; Atajev et al., 1991; Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993). Babazo and Germob are border districts with Iran (Sczcerbak, 1986: map). Iranian localities include Shahrabad (37°30’N 56°51’E, FMNH 141612) and two collecting sites from Latifi (1991), i.e., Darreh Gaz (“Darehghaz”, 37°27’N 59°07’E) and Quchan (“Ghoochan”, 37°06’N 58°30’E). Latifi (1991) mentioned Platyceps najadum from Kerman, Baft (29°12°N 56°36’E) and Khash (28°14’N 61°15’E) in southeastern Iran. At least two of these indications are possibly based on records (ZISP 9286, 9288) of “Zamenis dahlii Fitz.” from “Kaskin in Kirmano orient.” (ca. 27°30’N 60°22’E, fide Anderson, 1999) and 532 B. SCHÄTTI “Kerat in Chascht-Adano” (Nikolskij, 1899). The series (ZISP 9285-88) belongs to P. rhodorachis (Jan) as noted by Ananjeva & Orlov (1977). The illustration of P. najadum in Nikolskij (1916: pl. 1.2) or, for instance, Terentjev & Chernov (1936: pl. IV, same specimen) is not based on ZISP 9286 as indicated. Latifi (1991) also reported Platyceps najadum from Fars and Khuzestan (Ahvaz) in southwestern Iran. These references as well as a specimen from Boyerahmad-va-Kogiluye (Yasuj, approx. 30°40’N 51°36’E) collected by Frynta et al. (1997) are in need of confirmation and re-identification, respectively. These records require comparison with P. schmidtleri (Schätti & McCarthy, 2001). DISCUSSION Although Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) had, apart from the type series of Coluber atayevi, no further specimens from Turkmenistan at hand, they assigned all populations of Platyceps najadum auct. of the “western and central Kopet-Dag, from the surroundings of the Kara-Kala settlement in the west to the Sulukli Spring in the east” (see Distribution) to this taxon. According to these authors, C. atayevi differs from P. najadum (Eichwald) in cranial pholidosis (supralabials, chin shields), head and body shape including cross-section of the trunk, development of the ventral edges, lengths and proportions, and in dorsal colour pattern. As far as head scales are concerned, Tunijev & Shammakov (1993: fig. 3) stated that the supralabials of Coluber atayevi are “weakly distinguished from the throat [sic] scales, whereas all upper labials of C. najadum are strongly pronounced”. Furthermore, the posterior “genial scutes” (chin shields) “contact one another along the mental groove, rarely having a few isolated granules between the posterior pair” in C. atayevi but are “widely separated” by “always 2-4 rows of well-developed scales” in Platyceps najadum. The illustrations in Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) simply show that there is no difference between the two taxa in the size of the supralabials. The posterior chin shields are completely separated, for instance, in CAS 185186, 185189, and 185191 (paratypes of C. atayevi), and there is considerable variation in the arrangement, num- ber, and development of the median granular scales in P. najadum (Fig. 1). With regard to head shape, Atajev’s racer has been diagnosed as having a “nar- row, sharp, and flat head with the rostrum beveled downward”. The drawings of Platyceps najadum in Tunijev & Shammakov (1993: figs 3.a-c) show a bloated head which does by no means represent the contour in living specimens. Differences in gen- eral body shape and habitus between the two taxa as insinuated by Tunijev & Shammakov (1993: fig. 2) cannot be confirmed either. Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) described the lateral edges of the ventrals (“ab- dominal ridges”) in Coluber (s. 1.) atayevi as “practically absent” (“in contrast to” Platyceps najadum) and the cross-section of the body round, whereas it is thought to be “rectangular [...] in C. najadum and C. rubriceps” (i.e., P. collaris, see Schatti et al., 1) ZISP 9285-87 from “Kirmano orient.” and “in Sargado” were collected in Sistan-va- Baluchistan. ZISP 9288 was obtained on 13 April 1898 in the vicinity of Herat (34°34’N 60°33°E), eastern Khorasan (Zarudnyj, 1898; Nikolskij, 1905; Anderson, 1999). PLATYCEPS NAJADUM AND COLUBER ATAYEVI 533 2001). In fact, these features are variable in P. najadum and, in preserved specimens, finally depend on factors such as killing and preservative agent and state of the specimen. The maximum snout-vent length of 533 mm indicated for Atajev’s racer (Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993: CRS 421) is exceeded, for instance, in CAS 185185 with almost 60 cm. Differences in the relative tail length (“1/4 of total length” vs. “1/3” in najadum) are correlated with the number of subcaudals (see below). The tail/body ratio in Coluber atayevi is 0.32-0.36 (3 3 0.34-0.36, 2 2 0.32-34). Body length for the examined northeast Iran Platyceps najadum (all females) ranges from ca. 25 to 84 cm. FMNH 141612 (sex unknown) has a snout-vent length of ca. 64 cm, ZISP 18624 from Turkmenistan ca. 32,5 + 13 cm. The tail/body length ratio in these specimens is 0.31 (BMNH 1920.3.20.3) to 0.39. The examined paratypes of Coluber atayevi have a dark spot below the eye and the nape and neck are ocellated. Usually, there are two to five ocelli (and transverse bars in CAS 185185) followed by up to five longitudinal rows of small dark dots extending to midbody or beyond (e.g., CAS 185185-86, 185189, 185191); posteriorly, they are reduced to small points situated mid-dorsally. Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) emphasise that “brown colors prevail instead of olive-green ones” as in Platyceps najadum. However, the coloration of the Slender racer includes olive, brownish, or grey hues, and there is no character of dorsal colour pattern allowing a distinction of these taxa. To sum up, “significant morphological divergence” between Atajev’s racer (Saivan population) and Platyceps najadum as stated by Tunijev & Shammakov (1993) does not correspond to the facts. However, qualitative differences vis-a-vis Slender racers from more western regions exist in the degree of separation of the posterior chin shields, relative tail length, and peculiarities of the temporal scales as well as low ven- tral and subcaudal counts that are, strangely enough, not notified by Tunijev & Shammakov (1993). In at least nine paratypes of Coluber atayevi, viz., CAS 182948-50, 185185 (right side), 185186, 185190-91, 185193, and 185194 (left), the upper first temporal is vertically divided. No information regarding the remaining type material (CRS series) is available (Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993: Tbs 1-2). In any case, this configuration is uncommon in Platyceps najadum (e.g., MHNG 2626.56). The Saivan specimens (CAS series) have 203-224 ventrals (4 4 203-209, 2 2 214-224) and 94-104 subcaudals (dd 94-104, £ £ 97-101) compared to 205-225 (dd) and 208-236 (9 ?) ventrals and 100-140 (3 &) and 103-137 (2 2) subcaudals in Platyceps najadum (see Morphology). Tunijev & Shammakov (1993: Tb. 2) gave 197-214 ventrals and 90-106 subcaudals for the type series of Coluber atayevi (sexes not separated)2). In P. najadum from Iran examined for the purpose of this study there are 207-236 (4 d 207-222, 2 2 219-236) ventrals and 107-133 (Sd 109-132, 29 107-133) subcaudals. ZISP 18624 (2) from Turkmenistan has 222 ventrals and 125 subcaudals (not 112 as erroneously stated by Ananjeva & Orlov, 1977). 2) According to Tunijev & Shammakov (1993: Tb. 1), a paratype deposited in the Caucasian Reserve, Sochi (CRS 424) has only 190 ventrals and 90 subcaudals. 534 B. SCHÄTTI The sum of the ventral and subcaudal counts for the Saivan series (examined specimens) ranges from 299-322 (dd 299-313, 2? 314-322). These values are usually considerably higher in Platyceps najadum. Only in the case of three males from the Krasnodar Region (ZISP 3695: 316, ZISP 14092: 309) and the Ararat area (NMP6V 35564.1: 314) they are below 320 (ZSM 55.1972 has 321). Females normal- ly have values distinctly over 330 and at least 324-325 in the Ararat area, Georgia and Dagestan (MTKD 14274, NMP6V 35564.2, and ZISP 11151); BMNH 1920.3.20.3 from Gorgan (Golestan) has 329 (222 ventrals, 107 subcaudals). Varenczov’s (1894) presumably lost specimen from the Gaudan road (see Distribution), probably a female, had 225 ventrals and 101 subcaudals (tail incomplete?). The description of Atajev’s racer is based on a comparison of the type series in the CRS collection (holotype and nine paratypes) collected around Saivan with a limited number (ten specimens) of Platyceps najadum “from various areas of the Caucasian Isthmus” and information from literature including questionable data on P. collaris Müller [as Coluber rubriceps (Venzmer)]. Except for the type series of Coluber atayevi, no morphological data are reported for populations from the Bakharden region (i.e., Kara Kala, Mt. Khozly). This is also true for specimens from collecting sites between Kénekesir and Mt. Dushak along the border region with Iran (Fig. 2). By all means, the subadult female from Firjuza (ZISP 18624) with 347 ventrals and subcaudals (see above), entire (unfrag- mented) anterior temporals, a low (first) and high posterior reduction at 64-65 %ven, and a dorsal colour pattern composed of a collar and distinct bars along the neck conforms to typical Platyceps najadum auct. The configuration of the chin shields and temporals (see above) as well as particularly low ventral and subcaudal counts in the Saivan population are probably due to a genetic bottleneck?). Molecular data reveal divergence of the Saivan population vis-à-vis Platyceps najadum auct. (Fig. 3). However, the genetic distance is smaller than between typcial specimens of the Slender racer examined for the purpose of this study and MHNG 2626.56 from the northern Zagros range. The reader may argue that COI and 12S rDNA data were used for the tree reconstruction (Fig. 3) although a number of COI sequences are missing. However, conspecific samples with a complete data set are available, giving the tree some significance. Unweighted and weighted MP analyses of both gene fragments resulted in the same topology. Bootstrap values with 5000 replicates are virtually identical with those presented in the phylogeny (Fig. 3). Uncorrected genetic distances within the Platyceps najadum group are 5.2% (in prep.), 8.6% for P. collaris vs. P. najadum, and 8.5-12.3% for Hemorrhois hippocrepis vs. the remaining species analysed within the scope of this study. Based on morphological and molecular data, Coluber atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov is considered a subspecies of Plaryceps najadum Eichwald with a limited 3) “Increasing climatic aridization in the Holocene can be the cause of disappearance of C.[olu- ber] atayevi in the foothills and severe restriction of its area in the middle-altitude and high- altitude parts of the western and central Kopet-Dag and, possibly, to the breakup of the area into several local refuges. The “primitive” morphological features were preserved in the absence of contacts with closely related forms” (Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993: 8). PLATYCEPS NAJADUM AND COLUBER ATAYEVI 535 Platyceps najadum atayevi* Platyceps najadum ssp. Platyceps najadum ssp. Platyceps najadum ssp.* Platyceps collaris Platyceps ventromaculatus Platyceps elegantissimus Platyceps karelini x Platyceps cf. rhodorachis Platyceps rogersi Platyceps florulentus Platyceps variabilis* Hemorrhois hippocrepis —— 10 changes FIG. 3 Weighted maximum parsimony (MP) tree of two partial gene sequences, COI and 12S rDNA (only 12S in taxa with an asterisk) and the Palaearctic horseshoe snake Hemorrhois hippocrepis (L.) as out-group. Bootstrap values (1000 replicates) from weighted (upper) and unweighted (lower values) MP analysis. geographic distribution. Supposedly, P. najadum as understood in this paper is made up of several distinct taxa including incipient species, and this systematic complex is in need of a more detailed investigation (in prep.). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author is grateful to the following persons for the loan of specimens from the collections in their respective care: Natalja Ananjeva and Ilja S. Darevskij (St. Petersburg), E. Nicolas Arnold and Colin McCarthy (London), Lilia Capocaccia and Roberto Poggi (Genoa), Robert C. Drewes and Jens V. Vindum (San Francisco), Ulrich Gruber (Munich), Rainer Giinther (Berlin), Ivan Ineich (Paris), Konrad Klemmer and Günther Köhler (Frankfurt on Main), Jiri Moravec (Prague), Franz Tiedemann (Vienna), and Harold C. Voris (Chicago). Vincent Ziswiler and Paul Ward provided 536 B. SCHÄTTI laboratory facilities, and Urs Utiger (all Zurich) performed the molecular analyses. I express a most special thank you to Ted Papenfuss and Robert Macey (Berkeley) for the tissue sample of a paratype of Coluber atayevi. Corinne Charvet drew the illustration of the chin region and the distribution map. Alan Resetar (Chicago) helped to clarify collecting sites of the Street expedition to Iran. REFERENCES ADAMEC, L. W. 1981. Historical Gazetteer of Iran. Vol. 3. Meshed and Northeastern Iran. Graz, Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt, XIX + 708 pp. ANANJEVA, N. B. & ORLOV, N. L. 1977. On the records of the snake Coluber najadum (Eichw.) in southwestern Turkmenia. Transactions of the Zoological Institute of the Academy of Sciences ofthe USSR 74: 14-16 [in Russian with English summary]. ANDERSON, S. C. 1999. The lizards of Iran. Ithaca (New York), Society for the Study of Amphi- bians and Reptiles, VII + 442 [+ 4] pp. ATAJEV, Ch. 1985. Presmykajuszeziesja gor Turkmenistana [Mountain reptiles of Turkmenistan]. Ashkhabad, Ylym, 344 pp. ATAJEV, Ch., KHOMUSTENKO, J. & SHAMMAKOv, S. 1991. The new data about distribution and quantity of some rare species of snakes in south-western Kopet-Dag. Herpetological Researches [Leningrad] 1: 51-53 [in Russian with English summary]. ATAJEV, Ch. & SHAMMAKOV, S. 1990. Novje dannje o rasprostranenij i chislennosti nekotorykh uzkoarealnykh 1 periferijnykh vidov presmykajuszczikhsja turkmenistana [New data on the distribution and abundance of some reptile species with restricted or peripheral ranges in Turkmenistan]. /zvestija Akademij Nauk Turkmenskoj SSR (Serija Bio- logicheskich Nauk) 1990(3): 69-71. ATAJEV, Ch., TUNUEV, B. & SHAMMAKOV, S. 1994. Data on status of some rare and little-known species of reptiles in Kopetdag. /zvestija Akademii Nauk Turkmenistana (Serija Bio- logicheskich Nauk) 1993(4): 15-21 [in Russian with English summary]. BANNIKOV, A. G., DAREVSKU, I. S., ISZCZENKO, B. G., RUSTAMOV, A. K. & SZCZERBAK, N. N. 1977. Opredelitel zemnovodnykh i presmykajuszezikhsja fauny SSSR [Determination guide to the amphibians and reptiles of the fauna of the USSR]. Moskva, Prosveszczenje, 414 pp. BARAN, I. 1976. Türkiye yılanlarının taksonomik revizyonu ve cografî dagilislari [Taxonomic re- vision of the Turkish snakes and their geographic distribution]. /zmir, Türkiye bilimsel ve teknik arastirma kurumu, IX + 177 pp. BLANFORD, W. T. 1876. Eastern Persia. An account of the journeys of the Persian boundary Commission 1870-71-72. Vol. II. The Zoology and Geology. London, Macmillan & Co., VII + 516 pp. BLYTH, E. 1860. Report of Curator, Zoological Department. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 29(1): 87-115. BosRINSKU, N. 1923. Opredelitel zmej Turkestanskogo kraja [Determination guide to the snakes of the Turkestan region]. Tashkent, Sredke-Aziatskij Gosudarstvennij Universitet [Zoo- logicheskij Institut Kabinet zoologij pozvonochnykh]. BOGDANOV, O. P. 1962. Presmykajuszcziesja Turkmenii [Reptiles of Turkmenistan]. Ashkhabad, Izdatelstvo Akademii Nauk Turkmeniskoj SSR, 233 [+ 2] pp. CATTANEO, A. 2001. L’erpetofauna delle isole egee di Thassos, Samothraki e Lemnos. Bolletiino del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Venezia 52: 155-181. CZAREVSKU, S. 1915. Katalog kollekzij museja pri zoologicheskom kabinete I. Petr. universiteta II. Presmykajuszeziesja (Reptilia) [Catalogue of the collections in the Zoological Museum of the Petrograd University. Reptilia]. Travaux de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Petrograd, Section de Zoologie et Physiologie [4] 43(3): 1-102. DAREVSKW, I. S. & ORLOV, N. L. 1994. The systematic position of the slender racer Coluber najadum (Eichwald) from south-east Azerbaijan, and some remarks on the herpeto- logical fauna of this region. Russian Journal of Herpetology 1(2): 93-97. PLATYCEPS NAJADUM AND COLUBER ATAYEVI 537 DAREVSKI, I. S. & SZCZERBAK, N. N. 1993. Coluber najadum (Eichwald, 1831) — Schlanknatter (pp. 131-144). In: BÖHME, W. (ed.). Handbuch der Reptilien und Amphibien Europas. Band 3/I. Wiesbaden, Aula-Verlag, 479 pp. DERJUGIN, K. M. 1905. Zamjetka o jaszczericzakh 1 smjekh iz Zakaspijskoj oblasti [On the lizard and snake fauna of the Transcaspian Region]. Travaux de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de St.-Pétersbourg, Comptes rendus des séances (1) 36(1): 42-46. DUMERIL, A. M. C., BIBRON, G. & DUMERIL, A. 1854. Erpétologie générale ou Histoire naturelle complète des reptiles. Vol. 7(1). Paris, Roret, XVI + 780 pp. EICHWALD, E. 1831. Zoologia specialis quam expositis animalibus tum vivis, tum fossilibus potissimum Rossiae in universum, et Poloniae in specie, in usum lectionum publicarum in Universitate Caesarea Vilnensi. [Vol. 3] Pars posterior. Vilnae, J. Cavadski, 404 pp. Farris, J. S. 1989. The retention index and the rescaled consistency index. Cladistics 5: 417-419. FELSENSTEIN, J. 1985. Confidence limits on phylogenies: an approach using the bootstrap. Evolution 39: 783-791. FRYNTA, D., MORAVEC, J., CIHAKOVA, J., SADLO, J., HODKOVA, Z., KAFTAN, M., KODYM, P., KRAL, D., PITULE, V. & SEINA, L. 1997. Results of the Czech Biological Expedition to Iran; Part 1. Notes on the distribution of amphibians and reptiles. Acta Societatis Zoologicae Bohemicae 61: 3-17. JAN, G. 1863. Elenco sistematico degli ofidi descritti e disegnati per l’Iconografia generale. Milano, A. Lombardi, VII + 143 pp. KESSLER, K. F. 1872. Kollekzija presmykajuszczikhsja 1 zemnovodnykh, pri-obretennykh dlja zoologicheskogo kabineta S.-Peterburgskogo [Collection of reptiles and amphibians of the zoological Museum of St. Petersburg]. Travaux de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de St.-Pétersbourg 3: [p. VI]. LATIFI, M. 1991. The snakes of Iran [1985]. LEVITON, A. E. & ZuG, G. R. (ed.). Oxford (Ohio), Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles, VII + 159 pp. [translated from Farsi]. MERTENS, R. 1940. Bemerkungen tiber einige Schlangen aus Iran. Senckenbergiana 22(1/6): 244-259. MERTENS, R. & MULLER, L. 1928. Liste der Amphibien und Reptilien Europas. Abhandlungen der senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft 41(1): 1-62. MULLER, F 1878. Katalog der im Museum und Universitätskabinet zu Basel aufgestellten Amphibien und Reptilien nebst Anmerkungen. Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel 6: 561-709. NIKOLSKIJ, A. M. 1899. Reptiles, amphibies [sic] et poissons, recueillis pendant le voyage de Mr. N. A. Zaroudny en 1898 dans la Perse. Annuaire du Musée zoologique de l’Académie Imperiale des Sciences de St.-Petersbourg 4: 375-417 [in Russian]. NIKOLSKIJ, A. M. 1905. Presmykajuszczijasja i zemnovodnyja rossijskoj imperij (Herpetologia rossica). Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St-Pétersbourg (8) 17(1): ü + 517 pp. NIKOLSKW, A. M. 1916. Fauna Rossji i sopredelnykh stran. Presmykajuszczjasja. Tom 2. [Fauna of Russia and adjacent countries. Reptiles. Vol. 2]. Petrograd [St. Petersburg], Akad. Nauk, 349 pp. RUSTAMOV, A. K. & SHAMMAKOV, S. M. 1979. Redkie i ischezajuszezie vidy reptilij Turkmenistana [Rare or disappearing reptile species of Turkmenistan] (pp. 139-146). In: Okhrana prirody Turkmenistana [Turkmenistan Nature Preservation]. Ashkhabad, Ylym. RUSTAMOV, A. K. & SHAMMAKOV, S. M. 1982. On the herpetofauna of Turkmenistan. Vertebrata Hungarica 21: 215-226. SCHATTI, B. 1993. Coluber Linnaeus, 1758 — Zornnattern (pp. 69-71). In: BÖHME, W. (ed.). Handbuch der Reptilien und Amphibien Europas, Band 3/I. Wiesbaden, Aula-Verlag, 479 pp. SCHATTI, B., MAUNOIR, P. & BARAN, I. 2001. Taxonomie, Morphologie und Verbreitung der Masken-Schlanknatter Coluber (s. 1.) collaris (Müller, 1878). Revue suisse de Zoologie 108(1): 11-30. 538 B. SCHÄTTI SCHATTI, B. & MCCARTHY, C. 2001. Coluber (sensu lato) schmidtleri n. sp. from the southern Zagros Mountains in Iran (Squamata: Colubridae). Herpetozoa 14(1/2): 81-89. SCHATTI, B. & UTIGER, U. 2001. Hemerophis, a new genus for Zamenis socotrae Günther, and a contribution to the phylogeny of Old World racers, whip snakes, and related genera (Reptilia: Squamata: Colubrinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 108(4): 919-948. SHAMMAKOV, S. 1971. K voprosy o gerpetofaune predgornoj ravninj kopetdaga [Herpetofauna of the Kopet Dag piedmont plain]. /zvestija Akademij Nauk Turkmenskoj SSR (Serija Biologicheskikh Nauk) 1971 (5): 49-55 [with English summary]. SHAMMAKOV [SCHAMMAKOV], S., ATAJEV, CH. & RUSTAMOV, E. A. 1993. Herpetogeographical map of Turkmenistan. Asiatic Herpetological Research 5: 127-136. STARKOV, V. G. 1988. Novje dannje po gerpetofaune zapadnogo Kopetdaga [New data on the herpetofauna of the western Kopet Dag]. Izvestija Akademii Nauk Turkmenskoj SSR (Serija Biologicheskikh Nauk) 1988 (6): 66-67. STRAUCH, A. 1873. Die Schlangen des Russischen Reichs, in systematischer und zoogeo- graphischer Beziehung [geschildert]. Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg (7) 21(4): 1-287. SWOFFORD, D. L. 1998. PAUP*: phylogenetic analysis using parsimony (and other methods). Version 4.0b10 for Mac. Sunderland, Sinauer. SZCZERBAK, N. N., KHOMUSTENKO, J. D. & GOLUBEV, M. L. 1986. Zemnovodnje i presmyka- juszcziesja kopetdagskogo goszapovednika i prilezhaszczikh k nemu territorij [Amphibians and reptiles of the Kopet Dag Reserve and adjacent territories] (pp. 76- 110). In: SZCZERBAK, N. N. (ed.). Priroda zentralnogo Kopetdaga [Nature of the Central Kopet Dag]. Ashkhabad, Ylym, 193 pp. SZCZERBAK, N. N. & GOLUBEV, M. L. 1981. Novje nakhodki zemnovodnykh i presmyka- juszczikhsja v srednej Asij i Kazakhstane [New findings of amphibia and reptiles in Middle Asia and Kazakhstan]. Vestnik Zoologii 1981 (1): 70-72. TERENTJEV, P. V. & CHERNOV, S. A. 1936. Kratkij opredelitel zemnovodnych i presmyka- juszczichsja SSSR [A short determination guide to the amphibians and reptiles of the USSR]. Moskva & Leningrad, Gosudarstvennoje Uchebno-Pedagogicheskoe Izda- telstvo, 95 pp. TUNHEV [TUNIYEV], B. S & SHAMMAKOv, S. M. 1993. Coluber atayevi sp. nov. (Ophidia, Colubridae) from the Kopet-Dag Mountains of Turkmenistan. Asiatic Herpetological Research 5: 1-10. UTIGER, U., HELFENBERGER, N., SCHÄTTI, B., SCHMIDT, C., RUF, M. & ZISWILER, V. 2002. Molecular systematics and phylogeny of Old and New World ratsnakes, Elaphe auct., and related genera (Reptilia, Squamata, Colubridae). Russian Journal of Herpetology 9(2): 105-124. UTIGER, U. & SCHATTI, B. 2004. Morphology and phylogenetic relationships of the Cyprus racer, Hierophis cypriensis, and the systematic status of Coluber gemonensis gyarosensis Mertens (Reptilia: Squamata: Colubrinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 111(1): 225-238. VARENCZOV, P. 1894. Fauna zakaspijskoj oblasti. I. Nabljudenja nad posvonochnymi i spiski zhivotnykh, najdennykh v 1890-92 gg. [Fauna of the Transcaspian Region. Observations of the vertebrates and list of the animals met with in 1890-92] (pp. 3-38). Jn: Prilozhenje k obzoru Zakaspijskoj oblasti za 1892 god [Supplement to the survey of the Transcaspian area in 1892]. Ashkhabad. ZARUDNYJ, N. A. 1898. Marshrut N. A. Zarudnago po vostochnoj Persij v 1898 g. [Itinerary of N. A. Zarudnyj in eastern Persia in 1898]. Annuaire du Musée zoologique de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg 3: I-VII. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 539-550; septembre 2004 New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand II Pakawin DANKITTIPAKUL! & Xin-Ping WANG? ! Terrestrial Arthropod Research Unit, Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Chiang Mai University, Chiang Mai 50200, Thailand. 1 The University of Auckland, Private Bag 92019, Auckland, New Zealand. 2 Research Associate, Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, CA 94118, USA. 2 Coordinator of Statistical Research, Brooks Center for Rehabilitation Studies, Health Science Center, University of Florida, P.O. Box 100185, Gainesville, FL 32610, USA. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand II. - Four new coelotine spiders are described from the provinces of Chiang Mai and Lamphun in northern Thailand. The species Draconarius lateralis sp. n., D. paralateralis sp. n. and D. pseudolateralis sp. n. belong to a species group here called the /ateralis group. Draconarius elatus sp. n. is unique among coelotines in its peculiar male palp and is placed in a group of its own, the elatus group. Comments on the distribution and diversity of coelotines in northern Thailand are given. Keywords: Araneae - Amaurobiidae - Coelotinae - Draconarius - new species - taxonomy - zoogeography - Thailand. INTRODUCTION This paper is the second contribution to the knowledge of the spider family Amaurobiidae of Thailand. In our previous publication on the subfamily Coelotinae, which gives the first record of amaurobiids from Thailand, six new species have been described (Dankittipakul & Wang, 2003). These include five Draconarius species from Chiang Mai Province and a Coelotes species from Chiang Rai Province. In the present paper we describe four additional new species from the provinces of Chiang Mai and Lamphun. These species do not fit well into any coelotine genus and are placed only tentatively in Draconarius at this moment. Three of them, D. lateralis sp. n., D. para- lateralis sp. n. and D. pseudolateralis sp. n., belong to a distinct lineage, here called the /ateralis group, and can be recognized by laterally expanded spermathecae and bifurcate conductor apices. The fourth species, D. elatus sp. n., belongs to a group of its own, here called the elatus group, which differs from all other coelotines by its small size, short and elevated RTA, short cymbial furrow, reduced tegular sclerite, and large embolic base. The species groups established here are entirely phenetic and a phylogenetic analysis, including the species groups assigned by Wang (2002) and (2003), is required. Manuscript accepted 25.02.2004 540 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG MATERIAL AND METHODS All illustrations were made with an Olympus SZX-9 stereomicroscope equipped with a drawing tube. Body measurements are in millimetres. Measurements of leg segments were taken from the dorsal side. Epigyna were drawn in natural and cleared state (immersing in lactic acid for 20-30 minutes). Male palps were drawn in retrolateral and ventral view. The specimens examined are deposited in the collections of the Museum d’histoire naturelle, Geneve (MHNG), in the Department of Ento- mology at the California Academy of Sciences (CAS), and in Pakawin Dankittipakul’s collection (PDC) which will also be deposited in the MHNG. Abbreviations used in the text and in the figures: ALE, anterior lateral eyes; AME, anterior median eyes; C, conductor; CD, copulatory duct; CL, conductor lamella; DC, dorsal apophysis of conductor (= conductor dorsal apophysis according to Wang, 2002); E, embolus; LE, lateral eyes; ME, median eyes; MOQ, median ocular quadrangle; PA, patellar apophysis; PLE, posterior lateral eyes; PME, posterior median eyes; RDTA, retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis (= lateral tibial apophysis according to Wang, 2002); RTA, retrolateral tibial apophysis; SH, spermathecal head. TAXONOMY Draconarius Ovtchinnikov, 1999 The lateralis group Females can be recognized by the absence of epigynal teeth and the presence of laterally extended spermathecae; males by the absence of a median apophysis and the presence of a bifurcate conductor apex. The /ateralis group species are similar to D. penicillatus (Wang et al., 1990) by having laterally extended spermathecae but differ by the absence of epigynal teeth in females and by the absence of a median apophysis and the presence of a bifurcate conductor apex in males. Draconarius lateralis sp. n. Figs 1-4 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province, Chiang Dao District, Doi Chiang Dao Wildlife Sanctuary, Pha Taeng at the foot of Doi Chiang Dao, 500 m. Type material: Holotype: Ö , from the type locality, evergreen forest along stream, pitfall trap, 23.xi.-22.xii.1990 (MHNG). Paratypes: 146 , 19, same data as for holotype (MHNG); 34, pitfall trap, 25.x.-23.x1.1990 (MHNG); 66, pitfall trap, 22.x11.1990-15.1.1991 (CAS, PDC AM- 0451); 39, pitfall trap, 15.i.-23.11.1991 (MHNG, CAS, PDC AM-0452 ). All specimens leg. P. J. Schwendinger. Etymology: The specific name refers to the laterally extended spermathecae. Diagnosis: Males can be distinguished from those of D. paralateralis sp. n. and D. pseudolateralis sp. n. by the long patellar apophysis of the palp and the broad conductor apex bifurcation (Figs 1, 2); females by the anteriorly situated atrium (Fig. 3). Description: è (holotype). Total length 9.64. Carapace 4.54 long, 3.21 wide. Abdomen 4.62 long. COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND II 541 Fics 1-4 Draconarius lateralis sp. n., 4 holotype (1, 2) and 2 paratype (3, 4). Left palp, ventral (1) and retrolateral (2) view. Epigynum, ventral view (3). Vulva, dorsal view (4). Scale lines 0.5 mm (1, 2), 0.25 mm (3, 4). Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.18, ALE 0.18, PME 0.15, PLE 0.15; AME- AME 0.10, AME-ALE 0.10, PME-PME 0.18, PME-PLE 0.21, ALE-PLE 0.10; MOQ 0.43 long, anterior width 0.40, posterior width 0.43. Clypeus height 0.17. Promargin of chelicerae with 5 teeth, retromargin with 5. 542 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 4.33 3.95 3.50 4.16 Patella + Tibia 4.21 4.51 3 4.96 Metatarsus 4.34 SB 3.61 4.35 Tarsus 351 2.92 2.52 21/8) Total 16.19 SA 13.34 16.20 Palp (Figs 1, 2): Patellar apophysis (PA) fairly long, with pointed apex; retro- lateral tibial apophysis (RTA) occupying more than half of tibial length; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis (RDTA) short, triangular, close to RTA; cymbial furrow 3/4 of cymbial length; basal lamella of conductor (CL) large; conductor (C) broad, with broad apex bifurcation; dorsal apophysis of conductor (DC) small; median apophysis absent; embolus (E) long, slender, originating posteriorly. ? (paratype). Total length 10.91. Carapace 4.65 long, 3.13 wide. Abdomen 6.01 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.15, ALE 0.25, PME 0.25, PLE 0.20; AME- AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.13, PME-PME 0.10, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.13; MOQ 0.56 long, anterior width 0.46, posterior width 0.58. Clypeus height 0.13. Promargin of chelicerae with 5 teeth, retromargin with 5. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.61 3:35 2.80 3.86 Patella + Tibia 4.53 4.01 3.04 4.53 Metatarsus 3.30 2.60 DES 3.76 Tarsus 2.01 1.59 1.39 1.62 Total 13.45 1155 9.74 1387, Epigynum and vulva (Figs 3, 4): No epigynal teeth present; atrium situated quite far anteriorly, with widely recurved anterior ridge, internal structure visible through thin tegument; copulatory ducts (CD) broad, situated anteriorly, strongly scle- rotized; spermathecal heads (SH) located posteriorly; spermathecae laterally extended and convoluted. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality in one of the rare evergreen low land forest of northern Thailand. Draconarius paralateralis sp. n. Figs 5-10 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province and District, Doi Suthep-Pui National Park, Doi Suthep, forest above Pin Pak Pai Waterfall and Tham (cave) Ryssie, 1180 m. Type material: Holotype: ¢, from the type locality, pitfall trap, 4.x1.-6.xii.1987 (MH- NG). Paratypes: from the type locality, 49, pitfall trap, 1.-30.1.1987 (MHNG, CAS, PDC AM- 0453); 19, pitfall trap, 18.1.-19.11.1986 (MHNG); 2°, pitfall trap, 30.111.-28.1v.1987 (MHNG, CAS); 16, pitfall trap, 4.1.-7.11.1988 (CAS); Doi Pui, 1580 m, 24 , leaf litter sample, 26.x.2000 (MHNG TH00/02). All specimens leg. P. J. Schwendinger. Etymology: The specific name derives from the similarity between D. paralateralis sp. n. and D. lateralis sp. n.; both possess laterally extended spermathecae. COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND II 543 Fics 5-10 Draconarius paralateralis sp. n., 3 holotype (5, 6), d paratype (7, 8) and © paratype (9, 10). Left palp, ventral (5) and retrolateral (6) view. Conductor (7). Patellar and tibial apophyses (8). Epigynum, ventral view (9). Vulva, dorsal view (10). Scale lines 0.5 mm (5-8), 0.25 mm (9, 10). Diagnosis: Males can be distinguished from those of D. lateralis sp. n. and D. pseudolateralis sp. n. by their short conductor apex bifurcation (Fig. 7) and by a blunt patellar apophysis on the palp (Figs 6, 8); females by the presence of a triangular ridge on the epigynum (Fig. 9), by relatively small copulatory ducts, and by large lateral ex- tensions of their spermathecae (Fig. 10). Description: 3 (holotype). Total length 10.05. Carapace 4.72 long, 3.21 wide. Abdomen 5.12 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.18, ALE 0.23, PME 0.19, PLE 0.20; AME- AME 0.11, AME-ALE 0.76, PME-PME 0.20, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.10; MOQ 544 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG 0.55 long, anterior width 0.50, posterior width 0.54. Clypeus height 0.24. Promargin of chelicerae with 5 teeth, retromargin with 5. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.54 3.35 3.02 4.06 Patella + Tibia 4.56 4.05 3.55 4.75 Metatarsus 3.43 2.90 DT 3.66 Tarsus 1.70 TRS, 1.43 1.51 Total 13.23 11.81 10.71 13.98 Palp (Figs 5-8): Patellar apophysis relatively short, with blunt apex; RTA long; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis slightly separated from RTA; cymbial furrow more than half of cymbial length; basal lamella of conductor large; conductor broad, with small apex bifurcation (Fig. 7); dorsal apophysis of conductor small; median apophysis absent; embolus long, slender, originating posteriorly. ? (paratype). Total length 10.63. Carapace 4.96 long, 3.25 wide. Abdomen 5.13 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.18, ALE 0.20, PME 0.16, PLE 0.20; AME- AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.10, PME-PME 0.19, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.07; MOQ 0.57 long, anterior width 0.50, posterior width 0.52. Clypeus height 0.22. Promargin of chelicerae with 5 teeth, retromargin with 4. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 4.39 4.10 3.64 4.37 Patella + Tibia SD 5102 2410) 5.55 Metatarsus 4.59 4.05 3.82 5.06 Tarsus 4.27 218 1.73 2.05 Total 18.97 15.30 11.89 17.03 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 9, 10): No epigynal teeth present; epigynum with an- terior triangular ridge; atrium small; copulatory ducts round, anteriorly situated, strongly sclerotized; spermathecal heads posteriorly located; spermathecae with large and strongly convoluted lateral extensions. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. All specimens ex- amined were collected in evergreen hill forest between 1000 m and 1600 m. Draconarius pseudolateralis sp. n. Figs 11-14 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province and District, Doi Suthep-Pui National Park, Doi Suthep, near Monthathan Waterfall, 650 m. Type material: Holotype: 4, from the type locality, pitfall trap, 14.x11.1986-10.1.1987 (MHNG). Paratypes: 116, 39, same data as for holotype (MHNG; CAS; PDC AM-0456-9); 1d, 19, 650 m, pitfall trap, 30.xi.-14.xii.1996 (MHNG); 134, 650 m, pitfall trap, 10.1.- 26.11.1997 (MHNG; CAS); 276, 22, 650 m, pitfall trap, 10.i.-6.11.1997 (MHNG); 2¢, 500 m, leaf litter sample, 15.1.1986 (MHNG). All leg. P. J. Schwendinger. Chiang Mai Province, Chomthong District, Doi Inthanon National Park, Doi Inthanon: 500 m, deciduous dipterocarp forest, pitfall trap: 14, 25.i-26.11.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul & S. Sonthichai (PDC AM-0460): 28, 25.xii.1999-25.1.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul & S. Sonthichai (PDC AM-0461-2); 750 m, COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND II 545 Fics 11-14 Draconarius pseudolateralis sp. n., d holotype (11, 12) and © paratype (13, 14). Left palp, ven- tral (11) and retrolateral (12) view. Epigynum, ventral view (13). Vulva, dorsal view (14). Scale lines 0.5 mm (11, 12), 0.25 mm (13, 14). deciduous dipterocarp-pine forest, 3 2, leaf litter sample, 15.xii.1999, leg. P. Dankittipakul & S. Sonthichai (MHNG; CAS); Pha Mon, 1000 m, pine forest, 16, 27.xi.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG). Lamphun Province, Mae Tha District, Doi Khun Tan National Park, Doi Khun Tan, 750 m, deciduous dipterocarp forest, 16, collected 20.x.2002, molted 20.xii.2002, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG). 546 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Etymology: The specific name derives from the similarity between D. pseudolateralis sp. n., D. paralateralis sp. n. and D. lateralis sp. n., all of which possess laterally extended sper- mathecae. Diagnosis: Males can be distinguished from those of D. lateralis sp. n. and D. paralateralis sp. n. by a short, blunt patellar apophysis of the palp and by a long, slen- der conductor apex bifurcation (Figs 11, 12); female by large copulatory ducts situated close to each other (Fig. 14) and by differences in their atrial shapes (Fig. 14). Description: & (holotype). Total length 8.45. Carapace 4.83 long, 3.31 wide. Abdomen 3.64 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.15, ALE 0.18, PME 0.16, PLE 0.18; AME- AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.07, PME-PME 0.15, PME-PLE 0.20, ALE-PLE 0.07; MOQ 0.47 long, anterior width 0.42, posterior width 0.46. Clypeus height 0.24. Promargin of chelicerae with 5 teeth, retromargin with 5. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 4.03 5:55 3.25 3.96 Patella + Tibia DI 4.32 SA 5.08 Metatarsus 3.92 3.30 3.10 4.15 Tarsus 2.05 1.84 1.56 1.90 Total 15.13 13.01 11.62 15.09 Palp (Figs 11, 12): Patellar apophysis short, with blunt apex; RTA long; retro- lateral dorsal tibial apophysis slightly separated from RTA; cymbial furrow more than half of cymbial length; basal lamella of conductor large; conductor broad, with one small and one large apex bifurcation; dorsal apophysis of conductor small but larger than in the previous two species; median apophysis absent; embolus long, slender, pos- terior in origin. ? (paratype). Total length 9.05. Carapace 4.51 long, 3.10 wide. Abdomen 3.50 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.10, ALE 0.15, PME 0.15, PLE 0.16; AME- AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.07, PME-PME 0.15, PME-PLE 0.18, ALE-PLE 0.07; MOQ 0.45 long, anterior width 0.36, posterior width 0.45. Clypeus height 0.23. Promargin of chelicerae with 5 teeth, retromargin with 5. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.30 3.05 23 3:99 Patella + Tibia 4.21 3.56 3.03 4.06 Metatarsus 3.05 2.62 225 3.33 Tarsus 1.32 1.30 1.13 1.62 Total 12.08 10,53 9.14 12.56 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 13, 14): No epigynal teeth present; atrium small, umbrella-shaped, much wider than long (Fig. 13); copulatory ducts round, anteriorly situated and close to each other; spermathecal heads round, posteriorly located; spermathecae large and strongly convoluted lateral extensions (Fig. 14). COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND II 547 Distribution and habitat: Known from four localities with seasonally dry and fairly disturbed habitat in northern Thailand. The elatus group Females can be recognized by their long epigynal teeth and broad, round sper- mathecae; males by the small size, the elevated, short RTA (less than half of tibial length), the very short cymbial furrow (almost invisible), the reduced tegular sclerite, and the large embolic base. Both sexes have three promarginal (one of them are tiny and almost invisible) and three retromarginal cheliceral teeth (tiny, bud-like and not sharp). Draconarius elatus sp. n. Figs 15-18 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province and District, Doi Suthep-Pui National Park, Doi Suthep, Tham Ryssie, 1180 m. Type material: Holotype: d, from the type locality, evergreen hill forest, pitfall trap, 4.x11.1986-2.1.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG). Paratypes: from the type locality, 19, 134 , pitfall trap, 30.iii.-28.1v.1987 (MHNG); 34, 19, pitfall trap, 22.iv.-7.vi.1986 (CAS); 14, pitfall trap, 18.iii.-22.iv.1986 (MHNG); 14, pitfall trap, 30.11.1987 (MHNG); 1 à, pitfall trap, 19.i1.-18.111.1986 (MHNG); 29, pitfall trap, 2-29.viii.1987 (MHNG); 46 , pitfall trap, 30.v.- 2.vii.1987 (MHNG), 126, 19, pitfall trap, 28.iv.-30.v.1987 (MHNG). All leg. P. J. Schwendinger. Doi Suthep, 960 m (evergreen hill forest): 19, pitfall trap, 30.vii.30.viii.1986 (MHNG); 16, pitfall trap, 2.i.-5.iii.1987 (MHNG); 16, pitfall trap, 5.iii.-4.iv.1987 (MHNG); 24, pitfall trap, 28.iv.-30.v.1987 (MHNG); 26, pitfall trap, 4-28.iv.1987 (MHNG); 19, pitfall trap, 26.111.-30.vi1.1996 (MHNG). All specimens leg. P. J. Schwendinger. Chomthong District, Doi Inthanon National Park, Doi Inthanon: 19 , 1780 m (evergreen hill forest), 3.111.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 34, 1500 m (evergreen hill forest), pitfall trap, 21.1x.-23.x.1999 (CAS); 16, pitfall trap, 20.11.-25.111.2000 (CAS); 16 , leaf litter sample, 25.11.2000 (PDC AM 0156); 26 , pitfall trap, 25.iv.-27.v.2000 (PDC AM 0157-8); 19, leaf litter sample, 15.X.1999, (CAS); 19, leaf litter sample, 25.iii.2000 (PDC AM 0159); 16, pitfall trap, 25.v.-24.vi.2000 (PDC AM 0160). 14, 510m (dry dipterocarp forest), pitfall trap, 25.vi.-29.vii.2000 (CAS); 24, 29, leaf litter sample, 29.iv.2000 (PDC AM 0161-64). 1 9, 750m (dipterocarp forest with pines), leaf litter sample, 15.xii.1999 (CAS); 1 9, leaf litter sample, 15.v.2000 (CAS); 14, 1000 m (dry dipterocarp forest with pines), pitfall trap, 23.xi.-25.x11.1999 (PDC AM 0165); 16, pitfall trap, 26.iii.-29.1v.2000 (PDC AM 0166); 1 4, pitfall trap, 25.v.-24.vi.2000 (PDC AM 017); 19, pitfall trap, 26.iv.-27.v.2000 (MHNG); 1°, leaf litter sample, 29.vii.2000 (PDC AM 0168). All latter specimens leg. S. Sonthichai & P. Dankittipakul. Etymology: The specific name refers to the short, elevated RTA in males of this species. Diagnosis: Males can be easily recognized by the short (less than half of tibia length), broadly rounded, strongly elevated RTA, the very short cymbial furrow, the reduced tegular sclerite, and the broad embolic base (Figs 15, 16); female by their long epigynal teeth and broad, round spermathecae (Figs 17, 18). D. elatus sp. n. is usually less than 5 mm long and thus one of the smallest known coelotines. Description: è (holotype). Total length 3.78. Carapace 1.67 long, 0.74 wide. Abdomen 1.56 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.09, ALE 0.10, PME 0.08, PLE 0.11; AME- AME 0.07, AME-ALE 0.06, PME-PME 0.06, PME-PLE 0.13, ALE-PLE 0.03; MOQ 0.27 long, anterior width 0.25, posterior width 0.26. Clypeus height 0.13. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth (including a tiny tooth), retromargin with 3 small, bud-like teeth. 548 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Fics 15-18 Draconarius elatus sp. n., ¢ holotype (15, 16) and © paratype (17, 18). Left palp (partly ex- panded), ventral (15) and retrolateral (16) view. Epigynum, ventral view (17). Vulva, dorsal view (18). Scale lines 0.5 mm. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 1.62 1.44 1237, 1.79 Patella 0.62 0.62 0.55 0.65 Tibia 1.337] 1.10 1.03 1.62 Metatarsus 1.24 1.03 1.24 1.89 Tarsus 0.96 0.86 0.82 1.10 Total 5.81 5.05 5.01 7.05 COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND II 549 Palp (Figs 15, 16): Patellar apophysis small; RTA strongly elevated, broadly rounded, short, less than half of tibial length; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis short, wide; cymbial furrow very short, almost invisible; conductor with broad base and slender apex; dorsal apophysis of conductor present; tegular sclerite reduced; median apophysis spoon-like; embolic base large; embolus relatively short, originating posteriorly. 2 (paratype). Total 3.55 length. Carapace 1.41 long, 0.69 wide. Abdomen 1.00 long. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.09, ALE 0.14, PME 0.10, PLE 0.11; AME- AME 0.06, AME-ALE 0.36, PME-PME 0.10, PME-PLE 0.13, ALE-PLE 0.06; MOQ 0.27 long, anterior width 0.24, posterior width 0.27. Clypeus height 0.12. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth (including a tiny tooth), retromargin with 3 small, bud-like teeth. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 1.62 1.44 1.34 118722 Patella 0.55 0:59 0.58 0.58 Tibia 1.48 1177, 1.00 1.68 Metatarsus 1.20 1.03 1.34 1.93 Tarsus 193 0.93 0.82 19197 Total 5.98 Su 5.08 7.08 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 17, 18): Epigynal teeth long; atrium short and broad, situated posteriorly above epigastric furrow (Fig. 17); copulatory duct small; sper- mathecae broad, round, slightly separated from each other (Fig. 18). Distribution and habitat: Known from deciduous and evergreen forests in the Doi Suthep-Pui (960-1180 m) and Doi Inthanon (510-1000 m) National Parks. ZOOGEOGRAPHY Draconarius paralateralis sp. n. and D. elatus sp. n. are here reported from evergreen hill forests at about 1100-1600 m on Doi Suthep-Pui, whereas D. pseudo- lateralis sp. n. was collected from dry dipterocarp forests at lower altitudes (500-650 m) on the same mountain. Another species, D. anthonyi Dankittipakul & Wang, was previously reported near the summit of Doi Pui (1500-1680 m), which is only about 1 km away from the summit of Doi Suthep (Dankittipakul & Wang, 2003). The syn- topic occurrence of four congeneric species (D. paralateralis sp. n., D. pseudolateralis sp. n., D. elatus sp. n. and D. anthonyi), partially separated by altitude, is remarkable and emphasizes the high biodiversity of this mountain. Four species are also known from a nearby mountain (Doi Inthanon), i.e. D. elatus sp. n., D. inthanonensis Dankittipakul & Wang, 2003, D. siamensis Dankittipakul & Wang, 2003, and D. sub- ulatus Dankittipakul & Wang, 2003. Although it is not clear whether the species of the lateralis group are really congeneric with other members of Draconarius, each moun- tain evidently harbors four amaurobiids species. At present a total of ten coelotine species are known from Thailand. 550 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG It is also interesting to note that although D. paralateralis sp. n. and D. pseudolateralis sp. n. are represented by fairly low numbers of mature males and females, the corresponding numbers of immature specimens collected are rather high. They were present in several instars at any time, indicating that the spiders live for more than one year. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to Dr Peter J. Schwendinger for providing material from his private collection and for the loan of specimens from the MHNG. We thank Dr Charles Griswold for allowing the depository of some types in the collection of the Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences. Work on this paper was carried out while the first author was based at Chiang Mai University. He is grateful to Prof. Saowapa Sonthichai for providing research facilities there. The Thailand Research Fund TRF/BIOTEC Special Program for Biodiversity Research and Training Grant (project number BRT_R 145002) supported the first author at the beginning of this project. The Royal Forest Department gave permission to collect spiders in protected areas. REFERENCES DANKITTIPAKUL, P. & WANG, X.-P. 2003. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amauro- biidae) from northern Thailand I. Revue suisse de Zoologie 110(4): 723-737. OVTCHINNIKOV, S. V. 1999. On the supraspecific systematics of the subfamily Coelotinae (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) in the former USSR fauna. Tethys Entomological Research |: 63-80. WANG, X. P. 2002. A generic-level revision of the spider subfamily Coelotinae (Araneae, Amaurobiidae). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 269: 1-150. WANG, X. P. 2003. Species revision of the coelotine spider genera Bifidocoelotes, Coronilla, Draconarius, Femoracoelotes, Leptocoelotes, Longicoelotes, Platocoelotes, Spiri- coelotes, Tegecoelotes, and Tonsilla (Araneae, Amaurobiidae). Proceedings of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences 54(26): 497-660. WANG, J. F., YIN, C. M., PENG, X. J. & XIE, L. P. 1990. New species of the spiders of the genus Coelotes from China (Araneae: Agelenidae) (pp. 172-253). In: Spiders in China: One Hundred New and Newly Recorded Species of the Families Araneidae and Agelenidae. Hunan Normal University Press. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 551-562; septembre 2004 An enigmatic cave-dwelling ground beetle: Trechus barratxinai Espanol, 1971 (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Trechinae, Trechini)* Vicente M. ORTUNO Departamento de Biologia Animal, Facultad de Biologia, Universidad de Alcala, E-28871 Alcala de Henares, Madrid, Spain. E-mail: vicente.ortuno@uah.es An enigmatic cave-dwelling ground beetle: Trechus barratxinai Espanol, 1971 (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Trechinae, Trechini). - An im- portant population of Trechus barratxinai Espanol, 1971 was discovered in the Penyes de Roset, near the type locality (abyss of Barratxina, Xixona- Alicante, East Spain). This species, originally considered as cavernicolous, shows epigeal and lapidicolous life habits, as now discovered. A detailed laboratory study revealed the presence of wings which had been overlooked in the concise description of the species. The development of wings confirms the suspicion that, as in other species in this genus, 7. barratxinai has geophilic, lucifugous and hygrophilous habits but is not a cavernicolous (troglobiont) species. The species description is completed with details on the anatomy of the female genitalia. Also, the taxonomic position of T. bar- ratxinai is questioned and its position within the “7. austriacus-group”, near T. diecki Putzeys 1870, its geographical neighbour, is proposed. Finally, the first data on the species biology and on its habitat characteristics are given. Keywords: Carabidae - Trechus - redescription - systematics - ecology - caves - Iberian Peninsula. INTRODUCTION Trechus Clairville, 1806 is a large genus, including more than 500 species (Casale et al., 1998), with new ones being discovered every year. Presently it is known from the Holarctic region and East Africa. From the Iberian Peninsula 49 species are recorded (Serrano, 2003); of these, 18 have strictly hypogeous life with morphological adaptations to the subterranean environment, but only 14 of these species are known exclusively from caves. As for the Spanish-Levante fauna, the following are the known hypogeous Trechus species, all of them limited to the Alicante province: T. martinezi Jeannel, 1927, T. alicantinus Espafiol, 1971, T. beltrani Toribio, 1990 and 7. barratxi- nai Espafiol, 1971. The first three species belong to the same species group, whilst the position of T. barratxinai is enigmatic, it only has been found once in the abyss of Barratxina in Xixona (Alicante, Spain). The citation of the species in the Cave of the * This work has been funded by the Ministerio de Ciencia y Tecnologia within the “Ramon y Cajal” plan. Manuscript accepted 04.02.2004 552 V. M. ORTUNO Farallön, Riöpar (Albacete, SE Spain) (Lencina er al., 1990) probably refers to an undescribed species of Trechus. Espanol (1971) placed T. barratxinai into the planipennis-pandellei-group (Trechus pyrenaeus-group and Trechus pandellei-group sensu Jeannel, 1927). The author asserts that this species is the first cave-dwelling of the mentioned group, whereas other species of the group are epigeous and more or less orophilous. Neither its status as cavernicolous species (Jeanne, 1976; Sendra & Zaragoza, 1982; Zaragoza & Sendra, 1988; Belles, 1987; Zaballos & Jeanne, 1994) nor the close affinities with T. planipennis Rosenhauer, 1856 from Sierra Nevada (Espanol, 1971) had ever been questioned. Based on new morphological and ecological data the author is reconsidering the affinities of this species within the genus Trechus. MATERIAL AND METHODS Examined specimens of 7. barratxinai: 3 males, 2 females, Penyes de Roset, 850 m.s.m., 30SYH17, Xixona (Alicante), 23-3-2003, V.M. Ortufio & J.A. Zaragoza leg. 10 males, 7 females, idem, 7-5-2003, V.M. Ortufio & J.A. Zaragoza leg. 8 males, idem, 15-6-2003, V.M. Ortufio leg. The specimens are deposited in the collection of V.M. Ortufio (Dept. of Animal Biology, Alcalä University, Spain) and 2 males, 2 fe- males in the Museum d’histoire naturelle Genève (Switzerland) and 1 male and 1 fe- male in the collection M. Toribio (Tres Cantos, Spain). Also, the following Trechus have been examined in this study: 7. martinezi (three specimens from Cueva de las Maravillas, Alicante; with aborted wings), T. quadristriatus (Schrank, 1781) (six specimens from Tres Cantos, Madrid, with func- tional wings), 7. diecki Putzeys, 1870 (eight specimens from caves in Andalucfa) and T. planipennis (two specimens from Laguna de las Yeguas, Sierra Nevada, Granada). Other species of Carabidae (accompanying fauna) have also been studied. All measurements were made using a calibrated ocular grid set in a microscope and stereomicroscope ocular. The measurements of the wings are summarised in Table I. Two indices proposed by Den Boer et al. (1980) were used to estimate relative wing length (RL) and relative wing area (RA): RL = MLW /MLE; RA = MLW x MWW / MLE x MWE (MLW = maximum wing length: MLE = maximum elytron length; MWW = maximum wing width; MWE = maximum elytron width). The aedeagus was extracted from the abdomen and separated from the tergal apodemal ring; the parameres were separated from the associated membranes in the surface of the median lobe. After examination, genital preparations were included in DMHF (dimethyl hydantoin formaldehyde) and put on over acetate sheet. A routine procedure was followed to prepare the female reproductive appendages for scanning microscopy. The last abdominal segments of the female were gently squeezed with forceps and introduced in saturated solution of KOH for 8 hours. They then were washed in Scheerpeltz’s solution and opened dorsally for checking the alkaline digestion. Staining was carried out with Chlorazol black E® in watery solution for 1-3 minutes under visual control. The excess of dye was removed by washing in KOH and the structures washed again in Scheerpeltz’s solution. The dissected structures were placed in a watchglass with Scheerpeltz’s solution under a stereo- AN ENIGMATIC CAVE-DWELLING GROUND BEETLE 553 microscope with a drawing tube for observation and drawing. Selected dissections were mounted onto a slide and made permanent. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION REDESCRIPTION OF TRECHUS BARRATXINAI ESPANOL, 1971 (Figs 1, 2, 3a-b, 4a-b) Diagnosis. Winged species (brachypterous). Macrophthalmic, depigmented with microreticulate integument. Pronotum transverse and slightly cordate: hind angles sharp and sides slightly sinuous in basal margin. Elytra convex, slightly protruding shoulders, with five well-defined striae (the 6th and 7th not very defined, almost miss- ing the striae). Both sexes show similar external morphology, except for the first two segments of anterior tarsus dilated in males. Median lobe of the aedeagus slightly curved; inner piece of median lobe simple. Female genitalia: genital shield with a line of thorn-shape setae on gonosubcoxite; spermatheca long and slender lacking sper- mathecal gland. Description. Length: 3,9-4,9 mm (Fig. 1). Head (to anterior end of clypeus) a little wider than long; in dorsal view two deep frontal sulci border ocular areas on both sides and fronto-clypeal area towards the center. Eyes large but not prominent (ocular convexity not very conspicuous). Tempora almost as long as the eyes. Antennae fili- form, densely setulose, in particular from 2nd to 11th antennomere. Mandible promi- nent, sharp. Labial and maxilary palps as typical in the genus. Cephalic chaetotaxy: two pairs of supraocular setae (anterior and posterior); two setae at both sides of clypeus (outer one largest); six setae on labrum, lateral setae more elongate; one seta in sulcus of each mandible. Pronotum one third wider than long, with the sides slightly sinuous in basal half; maximum width slightly anterior the middle half; basal margin rectilinear and smoothly broken toward the rear angles; basal foveae smooth and deep; hind angles sharp and slightly diverging. Disk convex, divided lengthway by central sulcus branch- ing off towards anterior and posterior angles. Lateral channel with regular width. Pronotal chaetotaxy: one anterior seta on each side (almost in the first third) and one posterior seta next to hind angle. Elytra oval-shaped, approximately three times longer than wide; humeral mar- gin well-defined, basally right and perpendicular to the sagittal plane. Disk convex with transverse microsculpture (Fig. 2a); five well-defined striae (1st-Sth), the 6th and 7th almost missing. Elytral chaetotaxy: marginal umbilical series typical of Trechus (humeral area with four equidistant setae; subapical area with four setae, two anterior and two posterior). Each elytron with one setigerous pore beginning at 2nd stria (scutellar pore), two discal setae in the 3rd stria (anterior seta in anterior quarter and posterior setae behind half), similarly subapical seta present at end of 2nd-3rd stria, two smaller ones near apical margin. Elytra with sparse micropubescence (only visible with the microscope). Short wings (brachypterous species) (Fig. 2b), only a little longer than the ely- tra (Table I). Legs long and slender, without special characteristics; foretibia with a longitu- dinal sulcus; first two tarsal segments of male foreleg dilated. 554 V. M. ORTUNO Fic. 1 Habitus of Trechus barratxinai Espafiol, 1971 (Scale: 1 mm). AN ENIGMATIC CAVE-DWELLING GROUND BEETLE 555 FIG. 2 Morphological details of Trechus barratxinai Español, 1971: a) elytral microsculpture; b) wing. (Scale a: 0.05 mm; scale b: 1 mm). Aedeagus 0.6 mm long, (Figs 3a-b) with the median lobe not very arched; short, thick and blunt apex; apical lamina subsymmetrical. Distal extreme transforming into sagittal lamina. Inner sac very simple with a triangular lamina; there is superimposed a field of spines in the wall of the praeputial tube. Parameres similar, but of different lengths, both tetrasetulose in distal extreme. Female genitalia (Figs 4a-b): external genitalia formed by dimerous IX gonopods (gonocoxites and gonosubcoxites) and IX laterotergites. Each gonocoxite 556 V. M. ORTUNO FIG. 3 Aedeagus. Trechus barratxinai Espanol, 1971: a) median lobe, left and right paramere in lateral view; b) median lobe in dorsal view. Trechus diecki Putzeys, 1870 from Covadura (Sorbas, Almeria): c) median lobe in lateral view. (Scale a,b,c: 0.2 mm). AN ENIGMATIC CAVE-DWELLING GROUND BEETLE 557 FIG. 4 Female genitalia in ventral view. Trechus barratxinai Español, 1971: a) left genital shield; b) spermathecal complex. Trechus diecki Putzeys, 1870 from Covadura (Sorbas, Almeria): c) sper- mathecal complex. (Scale a: 0.1 mm; scale b,c: 0.3 mm). 558 V. M. ORTUNO unguiform, with two thorn-shaped setae of considerable size on dorsal surface (the largest located near external edge). Small groove near apex and above ventral surface, with two fine sensorial setae. Gonosubcoxite subtriangular, a little longer than wide and oblique with respect to laterotergite, with four large thorn-shaped setae; smaller setae (1 to 2) found in other areas close to base. Wing-shape, slightly sclerotized IX laterotergite with one group of setae over basal margin (approximately 20) and one more internal group (approximately 6). Internal genitalia completely membranous; tube-shaped vagina-bursa; spermatheca digitiform (long and narrow) with a diverti- culum in the basal tract; associate gland absent (spermathecal or accessory gland). The odd oviduct makes contact with spermathecal complex at the same point as where the spermatheca opens, displaying some longitudinal folds; interior densely covered in microfringes. Variability. Important morphological variations have not been observed, and the same applies to wing development: the relative length and relative area of the wings is very similar in eight specimens randomly selected (5 males and 3 females) (Table I; Fig. 5). Remarkable size differences among imagoes have been observed (see above). TAXONOMIC POSITION AND BIOGEOGRAPHICAL COMMENTS The overall body shape (tempora, pronotum and basal foveae, elytra) and the development of the wings (brachypterous species) in 7. barratxinai are discordant with the features of both the 7. pyrenaeus-group and the 7. pandellei-group. Also, the aedeagus of 7. barratxinai is very different from that shown by the species in these TABLE I. Values for six quantitative characters used in the analysis of Trechus wings. MLW = maximum wing length; MWW = maximum wing width; MLE = maximum elytron length; MWE = maximum elytron width; RL = relative wing length (in mm); RA = relative wing area (in mm?). sex MLW MWW MLE MWE RL RA Trechus barratxinai 1 female 2.99 1.20 2.81 0.84 1.06 1.52 2 f 2.81 1.02 2.63 0.98 1.06 1.11 3 male 2.58 0.80 2.41 0.89 1.07 0.96 4 2.99 0.93 Dexa 0.98 11117 1.11 5 f 3.03 0.98 2.63 0.98 1.15 1.15 6 m 3.21 1.16 2.67 1.07 1.20 1.30 7 m 2.99 1.02 2.63 1.02 1513 1.112) 8 m 2.67 0.84 2.36 0.93 1.13 1.02 Trechus quadristriatus | m 5.26 2.18 2.67 0.84 1.97 SU 2 f SALE 1.96 2.67 0.80 1.92 4.70 3 f 4.37 1.83 2.41 0.89 1.81 SN 4 m 4.68 1.60 2.54 0.89 1.84 3.31 5 m SAIT 1.91 DID, 0.98 1.90 3.70 6 f 5.13 1.91 2.63 0.93 1.95 4.00 Trechus martinezi DD Bram © N Nn © Oo un NESS © m — WW Uo © — OO © © 1 AN ENIGMATIC CAVE-DWELLING GROUND BEETLE 559 O T. quadristriatus Relative wing area(mm 5) T. barratxinai T. martinezi "0,0 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2,0 2,4 Relative wing length (mm) FIG. 5 Wing development in three species of Trechus: T. martinezi Jeannel, 1927 (species with aborted wings), T. barratxinai Espafiol, 1971 (brachypterous species) and 7. quadristriatus (Schrank, 1781) (species usually with functional wings). groups, including 7. planipennis, supposedly the most closely related species. Relationships of 7. varendorffi Deville, 1903 from Corsica and 7. planipennis from Sierra Nevada are quite close (demonstrated by several morphological characters and the aedeagus structure due to their common origin in the old Corso-Betican mountain range -Early Oligocene-), and it would not be surprising if, according to taxonomic and geographical criteria, 7. barratxinai showed a great resemblance and also a certain eco- logical relationship with the two species mentioned. But on the contrary, there is a great morphological difference between 7. barratxinai and the species of the 7. pyrenaeus- group (see above). Probably 7. barratxinai may in fact be a species of the Trechus aus- triacus-group, with a great morphological resemblance of 7. barratxinai with T. diecki (see below); also, both species are geographical neighbours. The 7. austriacus-group proposed by Jeannel (1927), at the moment and with some upgrades, is formed by three lineages. A first subgroup is formed by Trechus crucifer La Brülerie, 1875 (different areas in the eastern Mediterranean), Trechus schmalfussi Baehr, 1983 (Grecia), Trechus creticus Moravec, 2000 (Crete), Trechus diecki diecki Putzeys, 1870 (Southern Spain), Trechus diecki maculipennis Bedel, 1897 (Algeria) and, as proposed here, Trechus barratxinai (Alicante, Spain). A second subgroup, known from the Middle East, is formed by Trechus saulcyi Jeannel, 1921, Trechus libanensis La Brülerie, 1875 and Trechus pamphylicus Jeanne, 1996. Finally, if we accept the synonymies proposed by Casale & Laneyrie (1982), the third subgroup is monospecific and is formed by Trechus austriacus Dejean, 1831, from central and eastern Europe, but also from 560 V. M. ORTUNO Middle East. However, this subgroup should be throughly revised to clarify the status of some taxa synonymised by Casale & Laneyrie (1982) such as: Trechus subacumi- natus Fleischer, 1898, Trechus labruleriei Jeannel, 1921, Trechus angustus Sahlberg, 1908 and Trechus olympicus La Brulerie, 1876. Thus, in my opinion, the evidence for a close relationship between 7. barratxi- nai and T. diecki is rather strong. Many morphological characteristics are common to both species in the same phyletic line, in particular the genital (male and female) ana- tomy. The aedeagus is almost identical in both species (Figs 3a,c), as well as the parts of the inner sac that show great taxonomic and systematic significance. A supple- mentary argument for a close relationship between T. barratxinai and T. diecki is the extraordinary resemblance of the female genitalia in both taxa, in particular in the sper- mathecal complex (Figs 4b,c): both genitalia have a long, digitiform spermatheca with a diverticulum in the basal tract. On the contrary, T. plannipennis shows a more simple structure without diverticulum that, in turn, is different and more complicated than other Trechus genitalia (see, e.g., Salgado & Ortuno, 1998). From all this evidence I propose that the ancestors of 7. barratxinai took refuge during the Miocene in eastern Iberia. Subsequent climatic changes during periods of high dryness decimated this phyletic line. They found shelter in “area-islands” with high humidity and low temperature, an optimal combination for this hygrophilous species, the Penyes de Roset being one of these refuges (also, other hygrophilous cara- bids and Prionoglaris stygia Enderlein, 1909 a troglophilous Psocoptera, have been located there). In spite of the taxonomic relationship of 7. barratxinai and T. diecki, it is possible to differentiate both species by the following characteristics: 7. diecki presents dark pigmentation, tetramaculate elytra, deeper striae (6th and 7th well-defined) and convex interstriae, deeper microreticulation integument (especially in the elytra), shorter tempora and aedeagus with median lobe not very arched; 7. barratxinai shows unicoloured and depigmented integument, more superficial striae (6th and 7th not well- defined) and not very convex interstriae, shallow microreticulation, longer tempora and, finally, slightly more arched median lobe. ECOLOGICAL FEATURES The Penyes de Roset is a very special area in the orography from Alicante province. They are cliff-rocks of calcareous character. Many of the rocky walls collapsed and formed abyss and cracks of tectonic origin. The substrate is very spongy and porous in the base of the cliff-rocks forming screes. This place rises on a vast xeric landscape of the Subcomarca from Canal de Xixona, forming small havens of high humidity and low temperature. In view of these peculiarities, it deserves mention a small list of the more common rupicolous plants: Hedera helix L., Pistacia terebinthus L., Umbilicus horizontalis (Guss.) DC.; Lavatera maritima Gouan, Ruscus aculeatus L., Verbascum sp., Rosmarinus officinalis L., Thymus sp., and different species of Asplenium and Sempervivum. Many geophilic carabids of extreme or limited habitats show stable populations. In these cases dispersal is not necessary and the imagoes fix their brachypterous condition (Darlington, 1943). This same phenomenon occurs in 7. barratxinai, that has AN ENIGMATIC CAVE-DWELLING GROUND BEETLE 561 stabilized the character “reduced wings” (Fig. 5). According to this distribution model we are dealing with a telospecies or senile species (now in contraction; see Rapoport, 1975: 68). T. barratxinai is very lucifugous hiding in shady areas and accidentally inside the abyss and cracks. T. barratxinai should not be considered as a cavernicolous species (without further qualification) and much less as troglobite (for example, see Jeanne, 1976). In any case, there are reasons to believe that it is a troglophilous species; this eco-physiological trend is favoured by the “pre-adaptation” within this Trechus lineage (hygrophilous and lucifugous species), and also by the very cracked substratum with numerous underground refuges. The troglophilous behaviour of T. barratxinai also appears in other species of the group (or phyletic line) of Trechus austriacus. For example, the epigeous species T. austriacus is located in the caves of the Balkan Peninsula (Jeannel, 1941) and Bulgaria (Heynderycx, 1996); T. saulcyi appears in caves of Turkey, Syria and Cyprus, occasionally (Decu er al., 2001); T. diecki is common, but not exclusive, in the caves of the south-eastern of the Iberian Peninsula (Mateu, 1956; Jeanne, 1967; Tinaut, 1998); Finally, 7. crucifer is known as troglo- philous species in some areas of the southern and northern Mediterranean (Coiffait, 1954; Heynderycx, 1996). To conclude, 7. barratxinai is a geophilic, lucifugous and hygrophilous species that, however, lacks important adaptive features to the subterranean environment: the wing is much less reduced than in cavernicolous species, for example 7. martinezi (Fig. 5). On the other hand, some species have large wings and are capable of flight (7. quadristriatus, which exceptionally might be brachypterous) (Fig. 5); the wings of 7. barratxinai do undoubtedly not allow flight (Fig. 2b, 5). This species has lapidicolous life in fresh and humid places of the Penyes de Roset; in this area the temperature is about 15°C during summer. The very cracked substratum facilitates colonization of the abyss (specimen of the type series) and the mesocavernous shallow substratum (8 specimens studied in this work). 7. barratxinai coexists with other species of carabids, e.g. Carabus (Mesocarabus) helluo Dejean, 1826, Orthomus expansus Mateu, 1952, Percus (Pseudopercus) guiraoi Pérez-Arcas, 1869, Laemostenus (Pristonychus) terri- cola (Herbst, 1783), Platyderus sp., Cryptophonus tenebrosus (Dejean, 1829), Har- palus (Harpalus) atratus Latreille, 1804, Harpalus (Harpalus) wagneri Schauberger, 1926, Licinus punctatulus granulatus Dejean, 1826 and Brachinus (Brachynidius) sclopeta (Fabricius, 1792), some of them previously not recorded from the Spanish- Levante. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to express my thanks to Juan A. Zaragoza for his collaboration in the biospeleological expeditions of 2003 and an anonymous reviewer for helpful comments on a first draft. I also thank Jaime Potti for his revision of the English. REFERENCES BELLES, X. 1987. Fauna cavernicola i intersticial de la peninsula ibérica i les illes balears. CSIC., Ed. Moll, Mallorca, 207 pp. CASALE, A. & LANEYRIE, R. 1982. Trechodinae et Trechinae du Monde. Tableau des sous- familles, tribus, series phylétiques, genres, et catalogue general des espèces. Memoires de Biospéologie 9: 1-226. 562 V. M. ORTUNO CASALE, A., VIGNA-TAGLIANTI, A. & JUBERTHIE, Ch. 1998. Coleoptera Carabidae (pp. 1047- 1081). Jn: JUBERTHIE, C. & DECU, V. (eds). Encyclopaedia Biospéologica. Vol. 2. Société de Biospeologie, Moulis-Bucarest. COIFFAIT, H. 1954. Mission Henri Coiffait au Liban (1951). Coléoptères cavernicoles et endoges. Archives de Zoologie Experimentale et Generale 91(4): 423-436. DARLINGTON, P.J., Jr. 1943. Carabidae of mountains and islands: data on the evolution of isolat- ed faunas, and on atrophy of wings. Ecological Monographs 13: 37-61. DECU, V., JUBERTHIE, Ch., BAKALOWICZ, M. & TABACARU, I. 2001. Turquie (pp. 2007-2026). In: JUBERTHIE, C. & DECU, V. (eds). Encyclopaedia Biospéologica. Vol. 3. Société de Biospéologie, Moulis-Bucarest. DEN Boer, P.J., HUIZEN, T.H.P., DEN BOER-DAANJE, W., AUKEMA, B. & DEN BIEMAN, C.F.M. 1980. Wing polymorphism and dimorphism in ground beetles as stages in an evo- lutionary process (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Entomologia Generalis 6(2-4): 107-134. EsPaNOL, F. 1971. Nuevos tréquidos cavernicolas de la fauna española (Col. Caraboidea). Publicaciones del Instituto de Biologia Aplicada de Barcelona 51: 89-96. HEYNDERYCX, J. 1996. Les Carabidae troglobies de Bulgarie. Lambillionea 96(2): 292-294. JEANNE, C. 1967. Carabiques de la Péninsule Ibérique (5° note). Actes de la Société linnéenne de Bordeaux 104(10), ser. A: 3-22. JEANNE, C. 1976. Carabiques de la Péninsule Ibérique (2° supplément). Bulletin de la Société linnéenne de Bordeaux 6(7-10): 27-46. JEANNEL, R. 1927. Monografie des Trechinae. Morphologie comparée et distribution géo- graphique d’un groupe de Coléoptères (II livraison). L’Abeille 33: 1-592. JEANNEL, R. 1941. Faune de France, Coléoptères Carabiques, Première Partie. Lechevalier, Paris, 571 pp. LENCINA, J.L., ANDUJAR, A. & RUANO, L. 1990. Algunas citas de interés de la fauna de coleöpteros de la provincia de Albacete. Revista de Estudios Albacetenses 27: 101-121. MATEU, J. 1956. Atranus collaris (Menetries) (Col. Carabidae). Género y especie nueva para la fauna espafiola y observaciones sobre caräbidos ibéricos. Eos 32(1-4): 135-140. Rapoport, E.H. 1975. Aerografia. Estrategias geogräficas de las especies. Fondo de Cultura Economica, Mexico, 214 pp. SALGADO, J.M. & ORTUNO, V.M. 1998. Two new cave-dwelling beetle species (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Trechinae) of the Cantabrian Karst (Spain). The Colepterists Bulletin 52(4): 351-362. SENDRA, A. & ZARAGOZA, J.A. 1982. Invertebrados cavernicolas del Pais Valenciano. Lapiaz 10: 14-22. SERRANO, J. 2003. Catalogo de los Carabidae (Coleoptera) de la Peninsula Ibérica. Monograffas S.E.A. 9. Sociedad Entomolögica Aragonesa, Zaragoza, 130 pp. TINAUT, A. 1998. Artrépodos terrestres de las cavidades andaluzas. Zoologica baetica 9: 3-28. ZABALLOS, J.P. & JEANNE, C. 1994. Nuevo catalogo de los caräbidos (Coleoptera) de la Peninsula Ibérica. Monografias S.E.A. 1. Sociedad Entomolögica Aragonesa, Zaragoza, 159 pp. ZARAGOZA, J.A. & SENDRA, A. 1988. Fauna cavernicola de la provincia de Alicante. Ayudas a la investigaciön 1984-1985. Inst. Est. “Juan Gil-Albert”. Diputaciôn de Alicante 3: 11-35. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 563-565; septembre 2004 Une espèce nouvelle de Pseudosinella provenant du Portugal (Insecta: Collembola). XVII® contribution Maria Manuela DA GAMA Instituto do Ambiente e Vida, Departamento de Zoologia da Universidade de Coimbra, 3004-517 Coimbra, Portugal. A new species of Pseudosinella from Portugal (Insecta: Collembola). XVIIth contribution. - Pseudosinella angelae sp. n. is described from a typical Mediterranean landscape dominated by Quercus suber L. in the surroundings of Lisbon. Morphological comparison with similar species is made, in order to establish the genealogical position of the new species. Keywords: Insecta - Collembola - Pseudosinella - new species - Portugal. INTRODUCTION Cette étude s’insere dans un projet financé par l’Union Européenne, ‘BIOASSESS — European Biodiversity Assessment Tools’, dont l’objectif principal consiste dans le développement d’un groupe d’instruments efficaces pour l’évaluation de la biodiversité, afin de contröler les changements dans les patrons de biodiversité des organismes vivants. Ces changements sont causés par les modifications dérivées de politiques communautaires dans l’usage du sol, comme l’agriculture, la sylviculture, l’urbanisme, etc. Les matériaux qui concernent la description de cette espèce nouvelle ont été récoltés dans un bois méditerranéen typique, dont l’espece dominante est le chéne- liege (Quercus suber). Il s’agit d’une zone ou l’intervention humaine est faible, située sur le rivage gauche du fleuve Tage à 20 km de Lisbonne. Les types de la nouvelle espèce sont déposés au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève (MHNG) et au Musée Zoologique de l’Université de Coimbra (MC). Pseudosinella angelae sp. n. Figs 1-2 STATION ET TYPES Portugal, Companhia das Lezirias, environs de Lisbonne, bois “montado” de chéne-liège (Quercus suber) avec une strate herbacée dominée par Cistus salvifolius L., Calluna vulgaris (L.) Hull et Ulex australis Clemente. L’holotype et 2 paratypes, en préparation, IV. 2002, sont déposés au MHNG. 4 paratypes, en préparation, IV. 2002, sont déposés au MC. DESCRIPTION Taille: 0,8-1 mm. Le pigment bleu se trouve uniquement dans les 2+2 yeux, de taille identique, placés l’un à côté de l’autre. Rapport entre la longueur des antennes et Manuscrit accepté le 28.11.2003 564 M. M. DA GAMA ‚N / 5: No | SI a FIG. 1 Pseudosinella angelae sp. n.: Chétotaxie dorsale de l’abd. II, côté gauche. FIG. 2 Pseudosinella angelae sp. n.: Griffe 3, face antérieure. UNE NOUVELLE ESPECE DE PSEUDOSINELLA 565 la diagonale céphalique variant de 1,2 à 1,4. L’organe antennaire III présente la structure habituelle. Articles antennaires sans écailles. Macrochètes dorsaux: R011/10/0101+2. Le macrochete céphalique dorsolatéral est accompagné d’une trichobothrie. Chétotaxie de l’abdomen II: pa B qj (Fig.1). Soie accessoire ‘s’ de l’abdomen IV absente. Base du labium: M, Mr E L, L;: r est rudimentaire et les autres soies sont distinctement ciliées. La dent impaire de la griffe est située à environ 68-70% de sa créte interne et la dent proximale postérieure est un peu plus développée que la dent proximale antérieure (Fig. 2). Empodium lancéolé. Ergot tibiotarsal non spatulé. Les dents apicale et anteapicale du mucron sont subégales. DISCUSSION La formule chétotaxique des macrochètes dorsaux, de l’abdomen II et de la base du labium de la nouvelle espèce est identique à celle de P. zygophora (Schille, 1908) et de P. picta Börner, 1903, qui ne possèdent pas non plus de soie accessoire s sur l’abdomen IV. Néanmoins P. angelae sp. n. se distingue de ces deux espèces par le nombre des yeux (5+5 chez P. zygophora et 4+4 chez P. picta) et par des petits details concernant la structure de la griffe, de l’empodium et de l’ergot tibiotarsal. Ces trois espèces doivent appartenir à la lignée généalogique dérivée de Lepido- cyrtus pallidus Reuter, 1890 emend. Gisin, 1965 (Gisin, 1967; Gama, 1984): p présent sur l’abdomen II, r rudimentaire sur la base du labium. P. obanae Gruia, 1998, provenant de Roumanie, qui fait partie de cette méme lignée généalogique, semble se distinguer de la nouvelle espèce uniquement par la chétotaxie du thorax II sans macrochètes. Toutefois la disposition des yeux est différente, car ils sont placés l’un derrière l’autre chez P. obanae et l’un à côté de l’autre chez P. angelae sp. n. BIBLIOGRAPHIE GAMA, M. M. da 1984. Phylogénie des espèces européennes de Pseudosinella (Collembola: Entomobryidae). Annales de la Société royale zoologique de Belgique 114: 59-70. GISIN, H. 1967. Espèces nouvelles et lignées évolutives de Pseudosinella endogés. Memorias e Estudos do Museu zoolögico da Universidade de Coimbra 301: 1-21. GRUIA, M. 1998. Sur la faune de Collemboles de l’écosystème exokarstique et karstique de Movile (Dobrogea du Sud, Mangalia, Romania). Mémoires de Biospéologie 25: 45-52. 22 N j de II 4 7 i pa Ve: ee Lee | TN L A % À a STE | | x 2 J 9 2A REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 567-583; septembre 2004 Une nouvelle espèce d’Hyperolius du Cameroun (Amphibia, Anura, Hyperoliidae) Jean-Louis AMIET 48, rue des Souch£res, F-26110 Nyons. A new species of Hyperolius from Cameroon (Amphibia, Anura, Hyper- oliidae. - Previously mentioned as “Hyperolius sp. 6”, Hyperolius cameru- nensis sp. n. is distributed in a small area of south-west Cameroon. It differs from related species by its phase III colour pattern, with dorsum marked of more or less numerous large rounded red spots, and ventrum brightly coloured of orange and white-speckled black. This pattern is exhibited by females and about a quarter of the reproducing males. In phase II, H. came- runensis is very similar to H. riggenbachi, but it is smaller and has a broader head. H. camerunensis is a farmbush species, differing from other Cameroonian anurans by its horizontal and vertical distribution. A definition of the species group to which it is related is proposed. Keywords: Amphibia - Anura - Hyperoliidae - Hyperolius - Cameroon - systematics - ecology. INTRODUCTION La batrachofaune du Cameroun peut étre estimée à environ 200 espèces, dont plusieurs ne sont pas encore décrites. Parmi ces dernières se trouve l’Hyperolius qui fera l’objet de cet article. Reconnu comme espèce distincte et probablement nouvelle il y a déjà une trentaine d’années, il n’a été jusqu’ici mentionné que sous le nom d’«Hyperolius sp. 6» (Amiet, 1975). Grâce au travail d’ensemble que Schigtz (1999) a consacré aux rainettes africaines, il est possible de confirmer qu’il s’agit effectivement d’une espèce nouvelle pour la science, et apparemment endémique du sud-ouest du Cameroun. MATERIEL ET METHODES Les 82 spécimens étudiés ci-après ont tous été captures de nuit par l’auteur. Les mâles ont, en général, été repérés grâce à leur activité vocale; les femelles ont été trouvées en compagnie des mâles, deux étant même en amplexus. Il s’agit donc dans tous les cas d’individus adultes. Un élevage à partir d’une ponte produite par l’un des couples a permis de connaître la livrée juvénile. Dans plusieurs stations où l’espèce a été entendue, il n’y a pas eu de prélè- vement de spécimens. Une vérification de visu a été faite dans les sites où elle pouvait être syntopique d’Hyperolius riggenbachi (Nieden, 1910), car les cris des deux espèces se ressemblent beaucoup. Manuscrit accepté le 08.12.2003 568 J.-L. AMIET Les données faunistiques de la carte de la Fig. 3 incluent les relevés auditifs. Pour plus de précisions sur les méthodes de relevé bio-acoustique et de cartographie, on pourra se reporter à Amiet (1983). Dans le tableau 1, les coordonnées géographiques sont celles des mailles (carrés de 10 minutes de côté) où les spécimens ont été capturés. TABLEAU 1. Principales données relatives au matériel d’H. camerunensis étudié. Explications dans le texte sous «Matériel étudié». Nombre de Numéros de Localité Coordonnées Altitude Date de spécimens collection de la maille capture 9 M2, 1 M3 71.332-341 Ebone 9°50'-10° x 4°50'-5° 450-500 30.11.71 2M2,2M3,1F 71.508-509; 71.539 ; Mwandong 9°40'-50' x 4°50'-5° = 1200 29.IV.71 71.604-605 6 M2, 1F 71.719-725 Santchou 9°50'-10° x 5°10'-20' = 700 24.V.71 1 M3 71.758 Fotabong 9°50'-10° x 5°30'-40' 1050-1100 30.V.71 1 M3 71.849 Mwakoumel 9°40'-50' x 4°50'-5° = 1200 26.V.71 4M2 71.789-792 Mwakoumel 9°40'-50' x 4°50'-5° = 1200 30.V.71 3M2 71.1082-1084 Santchou 9°50'-10° x 5°10'-20' = 700 22.IX.71 1M2 72.089 Ebone 9°50'-10° x 4°50'-5° 450-500 29.1.72 4 M2, 4 M3 72.223-230 Manengolé 9°50'-10° x 4°50'-5° = 600 23.11.72 3M3 73.033-035 Mwakoumel 9°40'-50' x 4°50'-5° = 1200 23.1.73 2 M2, 2M3 73.542-545 Bakwat 9°50'-10° x 4°50'-5° = 850 26.X11.73 2M2,1M3,1F 75.089-90; 75.153-154 Mankwat 9°50'-10° x 5°00'-10' = 950 23.11.75 5 M2, 1 M3 75.231-233; 75.245-247 Falaise des Mbos 10°00'-10' x 5°20'-30' = 900 25.V.75 6 M2, 1F 79.068-074 Magba 11°10'-20' x 5°50'-6° =700 23.V1.79 1 M2, IF 79.099-100 Ndikitolé 10°40'-50' x 4°40'-50' = 750 28.V1.79 2M2,1M3,1F 80.078-80; 80.082 Mélong II 9°50'-10° x 5°00'-10' = 850 05.V11.80 1F 80.081 Ekom Nkam 10°00'-10' x 5°00'-10' = 600 07.V11.80 1F 81.032 Falaise de Foréké 10°00'-10' x 5°20'-30' = 1100 20.11.81 1 M3,1F 81.036-37 Falaise de Foréké 10°00'-10' x 5°20'-30' = 850 20.11.81 2 M2 82.004-005 Bodipo 10°40'-50' x 4°20'-30' = 700 28.1.82 3 M2 86.021-023 Makouopnsap 11°00'-10' x 5°10'-20' 600-650 18.111.86 3 M2 86.029-031 Yambeta 10°50'-11° x 4°40'-50' = 700 16.X.86 Les mensurations ont été faites au pied à coulisse, au dixième de mm, pour la longueur museau-anus (L), la largeur de la tête, en arrière des yeux (T) et la longueur de la jambe, du milieu du genou au milieu du talon (J). Pour la téte, les rapports morphometriques ont été établis à partir de dessins à la chambre claire de la téte, vue de dessus, de 10 individus pris au hasard. Les rapports sont calculés à partir des valeurs suivantes: — espace entre les narines (IN), — distance entre la narine et la commissure palpébrale antérieure (NO), — distance entre les deux commissures palpébrales (OE), — largeur de la téte en arrière des yeux (T). La description des livrées, particulièrement importante pour les Hyperolius, est basée sur les notes de terrain, les spécimens préservés et, surtout, 64 diapositives de nombreux spécimens photographiés sur le vif. Les vocalisations de trois individus ont été enregistrées sur le terrain, dans des localités différentes (magnétophone Uher Report 4000), et ont fait l’objet de sona- NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 569 grammes réalisés au Laboratoire de Zoologie de l’Université de Copenhague grâce à l’obligeance de A. Schigtz. Les noms des auteurs et les dates de publication des noms d’espèces cités dans le présent travail n’ont pas été mentionnés dans le texte. On les trouvera ci-après, les genres et les espèces étant classés par ordre alphabétique: Afrixalus dorsalis (Peters, 1875), A. paradorsalis Perret, 1960, Amnirana albolabris (Hallowell, 1856), Bufo maculatus Hallowell, 1855, Chiromantis rufescens (Giinther, 1868), Hyperolius acuti- rostris Peters, 1875, H. adametzi Ahl, 1931, H. balfouri (Werner, 1907), H. bolifambae Mertens, 1938, H. bopeleti Amiet, 1979, H. cinnamomeoventris Bocage, 1866, H. concolor (Hallowell, 1844), H. fusciventris Peters, 1876, A. guttulatus Güther, 1858, H. kuligae Mertens, 1940, A. ocellatus Günther, 1858, H. pardalis Laurent, 1947, A. phantasticus (Boulenger, 1899), H. platyceps (Boulenger, 1900), H. riggenbachi (Nieden, 1910), H. tuberculatus Mocquard, 1897, H. viridiflavus (Duméril & Bibron, 1841), Leptopelis aubryi (Duméril, 1856), L. calcaratus (Boulenger, 1906), L. notatus (Buchholz & Peters, 1875). Hyperolius camerunensis sp. n. MATERIEL ETUDIE Le tableau 1 donne pour chacun des prélèvements, classés par ordre chronologique, les informations suivantes: — nombre de spécimens (M2: mâles en livrée de phase II, M3: mâles en livrée de phase III, F: femelles); — numéros de collection de l’auteur; — localité d’origine, telle qu’elle figure sur les étiquettes de collection (il s’agit en général de petits villages relativement proches des points de capture effectifs des spécimens; les localités Mwakoumel et Mwandong, ainsi que Falaise des Mbos et Falaise de Foréké, sont en fait synonymes); — coordonnées géo- graphiques de la maille de 10 minutes de côté où ont été trouvés les spécimens; — altitude du site de capture; — date de capture. Holotype: mâle de Bakwat, 26.XII.1975, déposé au Musée d'histoire naturelle de Genève sous le numéro MHNG 2643.57 (n° Amiet: 73.544). Principaux caractères mentionnés ci-après. Paratypes: tous les autres spécimens du tableau 1. Vingt d’entre eux sont déposés au Musée de Genève sous les numéros MHNG 2643.58 à 82, vingt autres au Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris sous les numéros MNHN 2003.0040 à 2003.0064. DIAGNOSE Hyperolius de taille moyenne, à museau court et tégument lisse, proche d’H. riggenbachi, dont il diffère par sa tête plus large, sa taille plus faible et, surtout, par sa livrée en phase III: — dos et flancs, ou seulement ces derniers, ornés de taches rouge vif, la plupart sub-circulaires, entourées d’un liséré clair, — face ventrale orange dans sa partie centrale, noire avec de gros points blancs sur sa périphérie. Espèce parasylvicole endémique du sud-ouest du Cameroun. ETYMOLOGIE Le nom spécifique fait allusion au fait que cette espèce est propre au territoire camerounais. DESCRIPTION 1 — Principaux caractères de l’holotype Mensurations (en mm) et proportions (en %): L: 24; T: 9,1; avant-bras, du coude au poignet; 5,8; cuisse; 10,2; J: 12,1; pied, tarse compris: 17,8; T/L: 37,9; J/L: 50,4; 570 J.-L. AMIET IN/T: 28,1; NO/IN; 72,7; NO/OE: 60,5; bord postérieur du disque gulaire/largeur de la mandibule au méme niveau: 37,4. Livrée: livrée diurne de phase III. En alcool: face supérieure de la tête, du corps, des avant-bras et des jambes, et tranche externe des pieds de teinte gris clair, avec des macules de forme arrondie ou grossièrement bacilliforme de teinte rouge grenat, plus foncé sur le pourtour, et entourées d’un mince liséré jaune clair; flancs de méme cou- leur, les taches étirées longitudinalement et s’étendant jusqu’à la région loréale. Dessous des régions pectorale et abdominale blanchätre, le tégument opaque; cuisses, pieds et mains teintés d’orangé très pâle. Pigmentation dorsale et latérale sur le vif: voir photo d de la planche I. 2 — Habitus, proportions Espèce de taille moyenne pour le genre (moyenne pour 73 mâles: 2,4 cm, pour 9 femelles: 3 cm), de forme plutôt ramassée et aplatie dorso-ventralement, la tête rela- tivement large, un peu plus chez le mâle (moyenne T/L: 37,51%) que chez la femelle (36,08%). Par leur habitus, les mâles ressemblent à ceux d’H. ocellatus (plus petits) ou d’H. riggenbachi (plus grands et un peu plus élancés) et les femelles à celles d’H. pardalis. Si on compare les mâles d’H. camerunensis à ceux d’H. riggenbachi, très ressemblants en phase II, on constate (Tab. 2 et histogrammes de la Fig. 1) que: — 1°) H. camerunensis est plus petit qu’H. riggenbachi, avec une moyenne de 23,94 mm pour le premier et de 27,76 pour le second, — 2°) la tête est proportionnellement plus large chez camerunensis que chez riggenbachi, avec des rapports T/L de 37,5% et 32,5% respectivement. Sur la face supérieure du corps et des membres, le tégument est lisse, d’aspect satiné; sur la face ventrale, il est plus mince et transparent, sauf chez les individus en phase III (voir ci-après), chez lesquels il est opaque. Il n’y a aucune trace de spinosite. Les seuls reliefs tégumentaires correspondent à quelques petites excroisssances rictales. Museau très court, obtus: vu en plan, il apparaît tronqué ou très légèrement arqué entre les narines; la distance entre la commissure palpébrale antérieure et la narine (NO) représente entre les deux tiers et les trois quarts du diamètre de l’ceil (OE), et des 2/3 aux 4/5 de la distance entre les narines (Tab. 2). Narines largement écartées, séparées par un espace qui atteint presque le tiers de la largeur de la téte en arrière des yeux (Tab. 2). Canthus très largement arrondi. Tympans non différenciés, comme chez les autres Hyperolius, cependant perceptible chez certains spécimens fixés en Eclairage rasant. Membres sans particularités notables. Doigts (Fig. 2) avec des disques ter- rninaux bien développés, un peu plus larges que longs aux doigts 2, 3 et 4. Ils sont réunis par une petite palmure ne dépassant guère, au doigt 3, le premier tubercule sous- articulaire, mais se prolongeant le long des doigts jusqu’aux disques. Les disques des orteils (Fig. 2) sont aussi larges (1 et 5) ou un peu plus larges (2, 3 et 4) que longs. Le développement de la palmure pédieuse est semblable à celui de nombreux autres Hyperolius: de part et d’autre de l’orteil 4, elle s’étend jusqu’au tubercule sous-articu- laire distal mais se poursuit en une étroite frange jusqu’au disque. NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 571 TABLEAU 2. Quelques mensurations et rapports morphométriques chez H. camerunensis et, pour comparaison, chez l’espèce voisine A. riggenbachi. Abréviations: voir «Matériel et méthodes». L m J DIE "I SINTANENOIN (NO/0E È N 73 73 73 73 73 10 10 10 S max. 280 108 148 40,88 54,89 32,00 91,20 75,60 S min. 210 77 10200 33,46, 45:65, 28.10.28. 772207 759,60 È moyen 23940 1899 1228 371,51 5123 2896 77,40) 67.23 sl &c.-t. 15 5,8 8,6 kam 222 132 7,08 5,4 << 2 | x N 30 30 30 30 30 10 10 10 È max. 308 102 14853642 52,38 33337 | 105,88 178126 S min. 240 80 1149 2729,82) 45.125 25,207 77000. 55.81 = Moya 217.6 3037 13620 32.54 49109152929 1280,45 | 6591 = Gero Se 6,4 8,6 STA 712690 3:07 10,66 6,04 È N 9 9 9 9 9 S max 324 119 172 3710453555 5 min. 270 99 130 33,89 46,42 ù moy. 293,4 1059 148,6 36,08 50,58 Sx éc.-t. 16,5 6,9 27 132,56 = a 2 | $ N 6 6 6 6 6 à max. 380 126 200 33,06 52,91 à min. 285 97 1390052758 47.94, È moy. 336 HID 2 1168:32 33710850 = éc.-t. — 38,4 11,8 235000073 (2510: 3 — Caractères sexuels secondaires Taille. Les mâles sont plus petits que les femelles, la taille moyenne des premiers (23,94 mm) représentant environ 80% de celle des secondes (29,34 mm), mais il y a un léger chevauchement des valeurs de la longueur museau-anus: le plus grand mâle mesure 28 mm et la plus petite femelle 27 mm. Glande (ou disque) gulaire. De forme trapézoïdale ou sub-rectangulaire, son extension transversale est très variable: la largeur de son bord postérieur peut repré- senter de 37% à 69% de celle de la mandibule, mesurée au même niveau (mensurations effectuées sur 6 mâles pris au hasard). Glandes tégumentaires. Dans la région pectorale et sur la face interne de l’avant-bras, le tégument est, chez les mâles, un peu épaissi et piqueté de pores. Ces aires glandulaires, qui existent chez divers autres Hyperolius, ne sont pas toujours faciles à observer. 4 — Livrée Bien mieux que les critères de forme et de proportions, les caractéristiques de la livrée permettent de séparer cette espèce des espèces voisines. H. camerunensis peut se présenter sous des livrées très différentes, qui se succèdent dans le temps et correspondent donc à des phases, et non à des morphes. 572 J.-L. AMIET BH. riggenbachi | OX. camerunensis | Pourcentages 210-229 230-249 250-269 270-289 290-309 Classes L Pourcentages 29-30,9 31-329 33-349 35-369 37-38,9 39-409 Classes T/L Fic. 1 Variation de la taille (L) et du rapport largeur de la tête / longueur museau-anus (T/L) en pour- centage du nombre d'individus chez 30 mâles d’H. riggenbachi et 73 mâles d’H. camerunensis. NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 973 5 mm FIG. 2 Face palmaire de la main, à gauche, et face plantaire du pied, à droite, chez un individu d’H. camerunensis (n° 79.073). Trois phases peuvent être reconnues, évidemment reliées par des intermédiaires: — phase 1: livrée des juvéniles néo-métamorphosés; — phase IT: livrée arborée, sur les sites de reproduction, par une proportion importante des mâles, de l’ordre de 75%; — phase III: dans les mêmes conditions, elle correspond à la livrée des autres mâles et de la totalité des femelles. La livrée varie aussi en fonction du cycle nycthéméral (en fait, avec la lumière et l’hygrométrie), et il y a donc, pour toutes les phases et leurs inter- mediaires, une «livrée diurne» et une «livrée nocturne». Cette variation affecte essen- tiellement la face dorsale; elle entraîne une modification des couleurs, en particulier des contrastes, mais non des dessins (constituant le «patron» ou «pattern»). Phase I. — Le tégument de la face dorsale, légèrement transparent, est d’un vert jaunätre passant au turquoise vers l’arrière, assez régulièrement piqueté de chro- matophores brun-noir. Deux fines lignes blanches latéro-dorsales partent de l’aine, passent au-dessus de l’ceil, se prolongent sur le canthus et se rejoignent au bout du museau (PI. I, k). En livrée nocturne, les lignes claires ressortent moins sur le fond et les chromatophores ont tendance à former des taches nébuleuses plus foncées qui parsèment la face dorsale. Ventralement, le tégument est transparent, vert teinté de turquoise, et il n’y a aucune trace de pigment jaune ou rouge. 574 J.-L. AMIET Phase II. — En livrée diurne, toute la face supérieure est d’un vert pâle, plus ou moins nuancé de jaune ou de turquoise. Les lignes latéro-dorsales sont relativement plus larges que dans la phase précédente (de l’ordre de 1,5 à 2 mm) et d’un blanc pur (pl. I, a). En livrée nocturne, le contraste entre le fond et les bandes s’atténue. La pigmentation foncière, plus ou moins envahie de taches sombres, est alors d’un vert terne, pouvant tirer sur le brun clair. Les bandes latéro-dorsales deviennent d’un brun rougeätre ferrugineux et sont bordées par des concentrations de chromatophores brunätres. C’est le cas aussi pour les canthus, ornés de bandes brunes plus ou moins larges, pouvant persister longtemps après l’éclaircissement de la livrée nocturne (PI. I, betc). Sous les membres et la gorge, le tégument est transparent, vert clair teinté de jaune ou de turquoise. L’aspect du reste de la face ventrale varie suivant le degré d’évo- lution de la livrée. Dans un premier stade, le tégument de la poitrine et de l’abdomen, opaque, est d’un blanc pur sauf, éventuellement, une «réserve» transparente médio- abdominale (PI. I, j, individus de gauche). A un stade un peu plus avancé, la zone trans- parente disparaît alors que la face ventrale devient jaune citron, la pigmentation blanche ne subsistant qu’en périphérie, dans la région latéro-ventrale, où elle s’étend sur la moitié inférieure des flancs. Le disque gulaire est jaunätre. Les doigts et les orteils sont vert-jaune avec, chez certains individus, un léger lavis rouge. Phase III. — La livrée, très différente des précédentes, est caractérisée par des macules de couleur rouge sur le dos et les flancs, ou seulement sur ces derniers. Ce système chromatique permet de séparer d’emblée H. camerunensis des espèces voisines. Livree diurne. Toutes les parties apparentes en position de repos ont une teinte foncière claire, allant du gris perle au bistre verdätre, en passant par le jaune-beige, le gris-beige ou le bistre. Sur ce fond ressortent des taches bien circonscrites, arrondies ou, plus rarement, étirées; de couleur rouge vif, elles sont irrégulièrement bordées de noiràtre et entourées d’un mince liséré clair. Le nombre, la taille et la répartition de ces taches montrent une importante variabilité individuelle entre les deux extrêmes suivants: — taches nombreuses mais relativement petites sur tout le dos ainsi que sur les avant-bras et les jambes, — ou taches localisées sur les flancs et la région loréale, de forme plutôt étirée que circulaire, le restant de la face dorsale étant uni (Pl. I, dà g et i). Livrée nocturne. Le fond va du gris brunätre au brun chocolat, les macules sont d’un rouge grenat et les lisérés clairs plus apparents (PI. I, h). Face ventrale. Elle est caractérisée par le contraste entre deux types de pigmen- tation différents: — une pigmentation hétérogène, constituée de gros points blancs sur un fond noir ou noiràtre, — une pigmentation unie, orange vif ou rouge corail. La première s’étend sur le pourtour de l’abdomen, d’où elle remonte sur les flancs, sur la région gulaire, qu’elle envahit plus ou moins, et sur le dessous des jambes et des membres antérieurs. La pigmentation orange couvre tout l’abdomen, une plus ou moins grande partie de la gorge et le dessous des cuisses. La pigmentation rouge est propre aux pieds et aux mains. Les femelles se distinguent légèrement des mäles par leur maculation plus contrastée et mieux circonscrite, ainsi que par leurs couleurs encore plus éclatantes (PI. I, j, individus de droite). NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 575 PLANCHE I. Variation du chromatisme chez H. camerunensis. De aä c, mäles en phase II (a: livrée diurne, b et c: livrée nocturne); de d ah, mâles en phase III (d: holotype, h: livrée nocturne très foncée); i: femelle; j: face ventrale de deux mâles en phase II (à gauche) et d’un mâle et une femelle en phase III (à droite); k: jeune individu en phase I. Tous les individus sont à la méme échelle, sauf ceux des figures j et k. 576 J.-L. AMIET Livrées intermédiaires. — Le passage de la phase I (juvéniles obtenus par élevage à partir d’une ponte) à la phase II (mäles adultes trouvés sur les sites de reproduction) n’est pas connu. On peut supposer que l’un des deux caractères propres à la phase II, l’opacification du tégument ventral, se produit tardivement puisque chez certains individus elle n’est pas encore complète quand ils arrivent sur les sites de reproduction. Aucun des 73 mäles capturés ne présente de livrée réellement intermédiaire entre les phases II et III. Deux individus montrent toutefois quelques petites taches noirätres irrégulières sur les flancs, amorces du dessin noir et blanc beaucoup plus étendu de la phase III; chez l’un, les bandes latéro-dorsales sont encore perceptibles, alors qu’elles ont disparu chez l’autre. Un caractère de transition plus fréquent chez les mâles en phase II est la présence d’un lavis rouge sur les doigts et les orteils, annonçant la coloration rouge corail caractéristique de la phase III. On peut déduire des observations précédentes que le développement de la livrée de phase III a lieu après la première période de reproduction, mais il subsiste deux interrogations sur les modalités de ce processus: —1°) la transition est-elle rapide (c’est le cas chez H. concolor, où le passage à la phase verte unie se fait en quelques heures: obs. pers.), ou se déroule-t-elle progressivement pendant les quelques mois qui séparent la première et la seconde périodes de reproduction; — 2°) tous les mâles sont- ils susceptibles de passer à la phase III, ou bien certains restent-ils «bloqués» en phase II? Seuls des élevages de longue durée permettraient de répondre à ces questions. DISTRIBUTION ET ECOLOGIE La présence d’H. camerunensis a été relevée dans 24 stations qui se répartissent entre 17 carrés de 10 minutes de côté. Si on compare le second chiffre à celui qu’atteignent des espèces affines (A. ocellatus: 105, A. bolifambae: 40, H. pardalis: 38) ou se reproduisant dans des biotopes similaires (A. tuberculatus: 80, H platyceps: 59, H. cinnamomeoventris: 53, H. kuligae: 41), on pourrait considérer H. cameru- nensis comme une espèce plutôt rare. Il faut toutefois relativiser ce point de vue en tenant compte de son extension géographique. Comme le montre la carte de la Fig. 3, celle-ci se limite en fait à une faible portion du territoire camerounais, à tel point qu’H. camerunensis y est, avec A. adametzi, l’espèce la moins largement répandue du genre (exception faite des avancées d’espèces «occidentales»). Dans les limites de ce domaine restreint, l’espèce apparaît plutôt comme commune, les carrés où elle a été trouvée représentant environ 60% des carrés prospectés. Son aire de répartition dessine une bande grossièrement en forme de V, d’une centaine de km de largeur au maximum, recouvrant les piedmonts et les basses pentes des massifs avancés de la Dorsale camerounaise (monts Koupé, Nlonako et Manengouba) ainsi que la vallée du fleuve Mbam, affluent de la Sanaga coulant à l’est des plateaux bamiléké et bamoun. Il est possible qu’elle s’étende un peu plus vers le nord, aussi bien pour sa branche ouest que pour sa branche est, car la batrachofaune de ces secteurs est mal connue; en revanche, une plus grande extension vers l’ouest et le sud, régions densément prospectées, est improbable. NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN SI a N H.riggenbachi 3 CAE +4 i / H. pardalis [ 1 È © H.camerunensis + ee 7 t+ 12 | |__| N - 4 Ô NL N_N Si It ; T il | In T ® 4 us 7 Et ® a N à EEE +— 4 V4 — —| |A [Alesis SENESE g" T LE SÌ VA | VAVAVAVA DI 71 |] IZ | | | LEALI 7 AE + ALE — A \ IS us VAVAVA 114 on 100km Pele bol [7 is VAVA el (N ZA Z a ni | FIG. 3 Carte du Cameroun au sud du 8° paralléle montrant la distribution d’H. camerunensis et de deux especes apparentees, H. riggenbachi et H. pardalis. La trame correspond a des carrés de 10 minutes sexagésimales de côté. La courbe de niveau de 900 m ainsi que le cours du fleuve Sanaga et de son affluent le Mbam ont été figures. Cette aire présente la particularité de recouper des territoires climatiques et des types de végétation très différents. Dans sa partie ouest et sud-ouest, la pluviosité est très élevée, avec une moyenne annuelle de précipitations atteignant au moins deux metres, et souvent beaucoup plus. La végétation, luxuriante, a pour climax la forét sem- pervirente de type atlantique (ou biafréen). Au contraire, la partie sud-est et est corre- spond à une des régions les moins arrosées du Cameroun méridional, avec des moyennes annuelles pouvant s’abaisser jusqu’à 1,5 m. Elle est couverte de savanes et de galeries ou massifs de forêt semidécidue (ou mésophile), qui représente le climax. L’amplitude d’extension verticale d’H. camerunensis est d’un peu moins de 1000 m: les stations les plus basses, entre Nkongsamba et Yabassi, se situent vers 450 m, les plus élevées, sur les pentes sud du plateau bamiléké («falaise des Mbos») atteignent 1200 m. L’espéce est ainsi représentée dans environ les deux-tiers supérieurs de l’étage planitiaire et dans la frange inférieure de l’étage submontagnard (sensu Letouzey, 1968). H. camerunensis n’est donc pas un orobionte, mais ce n’est pas non plus une espèce planitiaire au sens strict puisqu'il manque dans la plaine littorale et le bassin de Mamfé. Ce type de distribution, illustré par le transect de la fig. 4, est exceptionnel dans la batrachofaune camerounaise. "UNOI9WE NP IsOno-Pns 9] suep (‘q ‘H) apquinfijog ‘H 39 (1H) Iy>pquasdıı ‘H ‘soulyge soogdso xnap ap 19 (‘0 ‘H) Sısuoundoums ‘HP UONNQUISIP E] Joredu09 op Juenaunıod 199SULI], ‘ AE un 091 OtI OZI 001 08 09 Ov 07 = à QE soqW sap aureld SpzIon] aure]d epenod L op = 007 SOQUN Sep astefeg 2 \ 3 ee = 0001 equresduoyN 9Y9ITUrEq neoyeld 0021 MSS 578 NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 579 H. camerunensis est une espèce «parasylvicole», c’est-à-dire inféodée aux milieux secondarisés résultant de la destruction ou de la dégradation de la forét, en général sous l’action de l’homme (cf. Amiet, 1989). En période de reproduction, les mäles peuvent étre entendus dans des brousses secondaires plutöt denses, constituées de grandes Graminées, de Marantacées, de Zingibéracées, d’arbustes héliophiles et de rejets d’arbres forestiers. De tels milieux sont particulièrement fréquents là où les routes et pistes recoupent des cours d’eau. Dans la partie orientale de son aire, où la forêt laisse souvent la place à de grandes étendues de savanes, H. camerunensis évite celles-ci et se cantonne dans les zones dégradées des galeries forestières. A sa limite supérieure d’extension, dans la «falaise des Mbos», il se mêle à A. riggenbachi, «descendu» du plateau bamiléké. Dans ce site, la ressemblance des livrées de phase II et des vocalisations rend la distinction des mâles difficile sur le terrain, mais la syntopie des deux espèces a été confirmée par la capture de femelles qui, elles, ne posent pas de problème d’identification. Bien que les postes de chant des mâles ne soient jamais bien loin de petites rivières ou de ruisseaux, il est probable que le développement des têtards, comme chez tous les Hyperolius, se déroule dans des collections d’eau stagnante ou faiblement renouvelée qui en sont proches. La distribution d’H. camerunensis ne correspond à aucun des «aréotypes» qui peuvent être reconnus dans la batrachofaune camerounaise. Sa localisation à l’ouest de la Sanaga suggère une appartenance à 1’«élément ouest-camerounais» (Amiet, 1975), ensemble d’une douzaine d’espèces endémiques concentrées dans le sud-ouest du Cameroun (certaines peuvent déborder légèrement sur le territoire nigérian, dans les Rumpi Hills). La partie occidentale de son aire de répartition coïncide effectivement avec le «centre de gravité» de l’élément ouest-camerounais, mais il s’en distingue très nettement par l’importante extension de son domaine vers le nord-est et l’est, sans équivalent chez les autres espèces de cet ensemble. Un autre élément de divergence réside dans son écologie parasylvicole, car toutes les espèces de l’élément ouest- camerounais sont fondamentalement sylvicoles. De façon plus générale, on relèvera le caractère paradoxal que présente une distribution aussi limitée, alors que les Anoures parasylvicoles sont d’ordinaire largement répandus (y compris hors du Cameroun) et que l’espèce est assez euryécique pour prospérer aussi bien dans des régions hyper- humides (avant-postes de la Dorsale camerounaise) que dans des régions relativement sèches (vallée du Mbam). CYCLE ANNUEL D'ACTIVITÉ VOCALE, PHONOCENOSES ET VOCALISATIONS Le graphique de la figure 5 montre la distribution dans le temps des relevés durant lesquels H. camerunensis a été entendu. Les enseignements à en tirer sont limités car les prospections dans la zone de distribution de l’espèce ont été trop inéga- lement réparties dans l’année. Un fait s’en dégage toutefois: l’activité vocale peut se poursuivre tout au long de l’année, avec probablement un maximum bien marqué en début de saison des pluies, c’est-à-dire de mars à mai suivant les secteurs. Ce cycle correspond tout à fait au schéma général, semi-opportuniste, déjà décrit pour les espèces parasylvicoles (Amiet, 1989). Dans les zones climatiques où l’espèce est 580 J.-L. AMIET $ © x © fa © = = 2 = © zZ or NW HRN WN 00 OO Jan Fév Mar Avr Mai Jun Jul Aou Sep Oct Nov Dec Mois Fic. 5 Distribution par mois des relevés au cours desquels a été notée l’activité vocale d’H. cameru- nensis. représentée, les petites saisons séches (juillet-aoüt) sont atténuées, voire nulles, et il n’y a alors qu’une seule saison des pluies: il serait intéressant de savoir s’il existe, comme dans les régions a climat équatorial typique à quatre saisons, un second maximum, et quand il se situe. Le terme de «phonocénose» a été proposé récemment pour désigner «des ensembles d’espèces qui exercent leur activité vocale... pendant la méme période de l’année et dans des sites présentant des caractéristiques écologiques similaires» (Amiet, 2001). Pour la même raison que précédemment, la mise en évidence des phonocénoses auxquelles participe H. camerunensis est fortement biaisée. Quelques points peuvent cependant être dégagés de la comparaison des 30 relevés (effectués dans 24 sites) au cours desquels H. camerunensis a été entendu. — L'espèce la plus fréquemment associée à H. camerunensis a été une autre rainette des formations secondaires boisées: Afrixalus paradorsalis (24 relevés sur 30). — Vient ensuite Leptopelis calcaratus (13/30), espèce forestière qui déborde souvent sur les formations secondaires quand elles jouxtent la forêt et sont suffi- samment riches en buissons et petits arbres. — Parmi les autres espèces préférant le farmbush arboré, ont été aussi relevés Leptopelis aubryi (9/30), Hyperolius ocellatus (7/30), plus forestier que parasylvicole, Chiromantis rufescens (5/30) et Leptopelis notatus (6/30), qui recherche surtout les raphiales et galeries marécageuses. — Parmi les espèces les plus typiques des formations secondaires, on note encore la fréquence de Bufo maculatus (10/30), Amnirana albolabris (10/30) et Hyperolius tuberculatus (7/30). NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 581 — Dans la partie est de l’aire d’H. camerunensis, ainsi que dans la plaine des Mbos, l’extension des savanes se traduit par la présence d’espèces de farmbush riche en Graminées (Afrixalus dorsalis: 5/30), voire d’espèces savanicoles (Hyperolius balfouri: 4/30). Les appels sont de brefs trilles, rapidement répétés, dont les sonagrammes de la Fig. 6a et b montrent la structure. Celle-ci, dans ses grandes lignes, est semblable à celle des appels des autres espèces du méme groupe (voir ci-après), en particulier H. riggenbachi (Fig. 6c et d). La comparaison des sonagrammes d’individus des deux espèces (y compris ceux qui n’ont pas été reproduits ici) montre que les trilles d’H. camerunensis sont émis dans la bande de 4 à 5 kHz, alors que ceux d’H. riggen- bachi se situent dans celle de 3 à 4 kHz. Effectivement, quand les deux espèces sont réunies sur un méme site de reproduction, leurs appels, malgré leur ressemblance, peuvent être distingués par la tonalité plus aiguë et plus claire d’H. camerunensis, s’op- posant à celle, plus grave et comme «räpeuse», d’H. riggenbachi. Aux trilles peuvent se substituer des «djuitt», notes brèves et appuyées (Fig. 6e), qui paraissent émises lorsqu’un mäle pergoit un autre individu dans son champ visuel. Ces cris brefs s’entendent surtout au crépuscule, quand les mäles prennent possession de leur poste de chant, source fréquente de rivalité entre individus proches. AFFINITÉS Parmi les 24 espèces d’Ayperolius de la faune camerounaise, quatre doivent être rapprochées d’H. camerunensis: H. ocellatus, H. pardalis, H. riggenbachi et H. bolifambae. Toutes partagent en effet, de façon exclusive, la combinaison de carac- tères suivante: — 1°) livrée en phase I verte avec de fines lignes latéro-dorsales claires; — 2°) absence totale de patron MD, c’est-à-dire de macules dorsales symétriques autres que les bandes latéro-dorsales (Amiet, 1978); — 3°) livrée en phase III vivement colorée, aussi bien sur la face ventrale que sur la face dorsale (sauf, pour ce dernier point, chez H. bolifambae); — 4°) vocalisations constituées de trilles; — 5°) écologie parasylvicole, jamais savanicole; — 6°) distribution limitée à l’Afrique centrale. Le second caractère est important, car il sépare radicalement les espèces de ce groupe de celles, relativement nombreuses dans la batrachofaune camerounaise, qui arborent un patron de type MD, soit dans une livrée unique (comme A. acutirostris ou H. bopeleti, par exemple), soit dans une livrée correspondant à une morphe (A. platy- ceps ou H. adametzi, par exemple) ou à une phase (H. concolor). Le troisième carac- tere pourrait suggérer un rapprochement avec les nombreuses formes du «groupe viri- diflavus», sensu Schigtz (1999), souvent pourvues, au moins sur la face dorsale, d’une livree très colorée, parfois considérée comme «aposématique». Il ne s’agit là que d’une convergence car ce groupe, comme l’a souligné Schigtz (op. cit.), possede de nom- breux caractères propres qui le différencient de tous les autres Hyperolius, y compris les espèces mentionnées ci-dessus. En revanche, les caractères précédents, sauf le dernier, se retrouvent chez une espece polytypique à distribution occidentale, atteignant l’ouest du Cameroun: A. fus- civentris. Comme un phénomène de convergence portant sur l’ensemble de ces carac- tères est improbable, on peut considérer que H. fusciventris est phylétiquement proche 582 J.-L. AMIET FIG. 6 Sonagrammes de deux individus d’H. camerunensis (a et b: cri normal, e: cri court) et, pour comparaison, de deux individus d’H. riggenbachi (c: H. r. hieroglyphicus, d: H. r. riggenbachi). a: Mwakoumel, 26.V.71, b: Bakwat, 26.XII.73, c: Fongo-Tongo, 28.IV.71, d: Ribao, 22.XII.71, e: Bakwat, 26.XII.73 (même individu que b). Sonagrammes A. Schigtz et Laboratoire de Zoo- logie de l’Université de Copenhague. NOUVELLE ESPECE D’HYPEROLIUS DU CAMEROUN 583 des espèces discutées ici. Des affinités, plus lointaines, paraissent aussi exister avec deux autres espèces représentées dans la faune camerounaise, H. guttulatus et H. phan- tasticus. Si, en s’appuyant sur les caractères morphologiques, on essaye de concevoir les relations phylétiques à l’intérieur du groupe formé par les espèces affines d’H. camerunensis, on peut admettre qu’ H. ocellatus et H. bolifambae sont relati- vement éloignés des trois autres espèces. Le premier s’en sépare, entre autre, par l’évo- lution des bandes latéro-dorsales, qui fusionnent sur le museau en formant un triangle caractéristique, et aussi par l’habitus des femelles, plus «longiligne» que chez les autres espèces. Le second se distingue par son habitus (museau plus pointu) et sa livrée dorsale en phase III dépourvue de maculation foncée, arborée par tous les mâles parvenus au stade reproducteur. Parmi les trois espèces restantes, H. camerunensis paraît plus proche d’H. riggenbachi (similitude des livrées en phase II, de la pigmen- tation ventrale en phase III et des vocalisations) que d’H. pardalis, avec lequel il partage toutefois la variabilité de la maculation dorsale en phase III chez les mâles. REMERCIEMENTS Plusieurs collègues m’ont apporté leur aide pour le présent travail: A. Schigtz a réalisé les sonagrammes, J.-L. Perret a relu le manuscrit et V. Mahnert m’a offert toutes les facilités pour le publier. Qu'ils trouvent ici l’expression de ma gratitude pour leur amicale collaboration. RÉFÉRENCES AMIET, J.-L. 1975. Écologie et distribution des Amphibiens Anoures de la région de Nkongsamba (Cameroun). Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 20: 33-107. AMIET, J.-L. 1978. A propos d’Hyperolius platyceps (Boulenger), H. kuligae Mertens et H. adametzi Ahl (Amphibiens Anoures). Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 25: 221-256. AMIET, J.-L. 1983. Un essai de cartographie des Anoures du Cameroun. Alytes 2(4): 124-146. AMIET, J.-L. 1989. Quelques aspects de la biologie des Amphibiens Anoures du Cameroun. Année Biologique 28(2): 73-136. AMIET, J.-L 2001. Un nouveau Leptopelis de la zone forestière camerounaise (Amphibia, Anura, Hyperoliidae). Alytes 19(1): 29-44. LETOUZEY, R. 1968. Etude phytogéographique du Cameroun. Encyclopédie Biologique, LXIX. P. Lechevalier, Paris, 508 pp. SCHISTZ, A. 1999. Treefrogs of Africa. Chimaira, Frankfurt am Main, 350 pp. Haba | epi. 0 Ben n Manu sati eee A REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 585-598; septembre 2004 Contributi al riordinamento sistematico dei Peritelini paleartici V. Istituzione di un nuovo genere e descrizione di due nuove specie (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Entiminae) Helio PIEROTTI! & Cesare BELLO2 I strada di Selvana 1, I-31100 Treviso (Italia). 2 via Vespucci 11/a, I-31033 Castelfranco Veneto (Italia). Contributions towards a taxonomic rearrangement of Palaearctic Peritelini. V. Erection of a new genus and description of two new species (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Entiminae). - The authors diagnose a new genus of Palaearctic Peritelini: Heteromeiropsis gen.n., for Heteromeira zariquieyi Solari, 1954 (comb.n.), and describe two new species of this genus. A dichotomic key as well as illustrations of their genital apparatuses are also provided. Keywords: Coleoptera - Curculionidae - Peritelini - Heteromeiropsis gen. n. - taxonomy. INTRODUZIONE Heteromeira è un genere creato da Solari (1954) con specie-tipo Meira varie- gata A. & F. Solari, 1903, per raggrupparvi “tutte le specie di Meira e Pseudomeira degli autori, le quali hanno il margine esterno dello scrobo nettamente curvato e che per ciò non possono essere ascritte a Pseudomeira, Dolichomeira, Meira, perchè in questi tre generi il margine esterno dello scrobo è quasi retto”. Lo stesso autore distingueva poi Heteromeira (e Meira) da Pseudomeira e Dolichomeira per il rostro nelle prime “diviso dal capo, almeno superiormente”. In realtà, quest’ultimo carattere non è, tuttavia, presente in Heteromeira zariquieyi — endemica della Spagna nord-orientale (Catalogna) e descritta da Solari nel medesimo lavoro — mentre già la descrizione originale evidenziava che “la nuova specie ... si dis- tingue a prima vista da tutte le specie descritte ... per l’appendice squamulata dello scrobo tanto sviluppata, che raggiunge la fronte e così profonda da rendere fortemente angoloso fino all’altezza della fronte il suo margine interno, (laddove) nelle altre Heteromeira manca l’appendice dello scrobo ed il rostro è arrotondato fra la fine dello scrobo e la fronte (per cui, in definitiva,) zariquieyi non ha affini fra le specie del genere Heteromeira”. Se a questo carattere esattamente rilevato da Solari (1954) si aggiungono gli altri più oltre evidenziati, sembra giustificato proporre, per Heteromeira zariquieyi e per le due nuove specie affini che vengono qui descritte, l’istituzione di un nuovo genere. Manoscritto accettato il 23.04.2004 586 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ Sul punto, ci sembrano del resto assolutamente condivisibili le considerazioni svolte da Dellacasa et al. (2001). Le collezioni nelle quali sono conservati gli esemplari studiati sono indicate con le seguenti sigle rispettive: BEL collezione Bellò - Castelfranco Veneto (Treviso - Italia) MHNG collezione Muséum d’histoire naturelle - Genève PIE collezione Pierotti - Treviso (Italia) SOL collezione Solari (in Museo Civico di Storia Naturale - Milano) TOS collezione Torres Sala (in Museo Valenciano de Historia Natural - Valencia) CHIAVE Chiave per il riconoscimento del nuovo genere nell’ambito dei Peritelini europei. 1 Rostro in visione dorsale delimitato all’apice da un robusto cercine davanti alla base di tutto il bordo anteriore dello pterigio. Protibie sul bordo esterno distintamente allargate all’apice OR She Da (Centricnemus, Peritelus, Simo partim) - Rostro in visione dorsale delimitato all’apice dal bordo anteriore dello pterigio, talora con un breve accenno di cercine sul prolungamento del bordo laterale del clipeo. Protibie sul bordo esterno allargate, diritte o smussate:all’apice... 7... Ne A A TE 2 2 Rostro normalmente arrotondato ai lati dell’epifront (Meira, Gymnomorphus, Pseudomeira, Dolichomeira, Heteromeira, Meirella, Lepretius, Leptomeira) - Rostro appiattito dorsalmente ai lati dell’epifronte fin presso il margine OCUIATE Re aie none QI LEE ELLES 3 3 Vertice non più alto del margine oculare. Pterigi molto sviluppati. Staturamassiore: 9 92729 OE (Simo partim) - Vertice distintamente più alto del margine oculare. Pterigi non o appena SalentiStaturaminore #6 :9-52 Mme m. en Heteromeiropsis gen. n. DESCRIZIONE DEL NUOVO GENERE Heteromeiropsis gen. n. Heteromeira Solari, 1954: 40 partim; Pierotti & Bellö, 1998: 97 partim; Alonso Zarazaga & Lyal, 1999: 171 partim; Alonso-Zarazaga, 2002: 24. Diagnosi. Specie di dimensioni medie o piccole (3,9-5,2 mm.), caratterizzate - rispetto alle altre specie attribuite al gen. Heteromeira - da pterigi non particolarmente salienti, sutura frontale distinta, rostro appiattito dorsalmente ai lati dell’epifronte fin presso il margine oculare, sutura epicranica indistinta, clipeo incavato, vertice distinta- mente piü alto del margine oculare e da sacco interno del pene munito di un’armatura orifiziale, costituita da una placca munita di una spinula, due armature mediane ed un’armatura genitale, quest’ultima di tipo periteloide “puro” (espressione con la quale intendiamo fare riferimento alla struttura dell’armatura genitale comune a Peritelus familiaris Boheman, sphaeroides Germar e ruficornis Brisout, mentre le altre PERITELINI PALEARTICI V 587 Heteromeira ne presentano una “versione” caratteristica). Le specie appartenenti al gen. Heteromeira, inoltre, non superano ad occidente la Liguria orientale, la Corsica e la Sardegna. Specie tipo. Heteromeira zariquieyi Solari, 1954. Descrizione. Forma allungata. Vestitura dorsale costituita da squame rotondeg- gianti, fortemente embricate, terree, unicolori o qua e là più chiare, spesso disposte a formare una fascia longitudinale mediana sul pronoto e macchie irregolari e mal deli- mitate sulle elitre, e da setole più o meno allungate. Capo debolmente ipognato. Rostro breve, più o meno trasverso, in visione dorsale delimitato all’apice dal bordo anteriore dello pterigio, appiattito dorsalmente ai lati dell’epifronte fin presso il margine oculare; clipeo alquanto stretto, incavato e su- tura clipeo-frontale ribordata; pterigi non particolarmente salienti. Vertice distinta- mente più alto di quest’ultimo, più o meno sullo stesso piano dell’epifronte. Occhi sub- arrotondati o alquanto allungati (Fig. 1.a). Foramen occipitale subtriangolare (Fig. 1.d). Antenne con scapo discretamente robusto e funicolo ad articoli non progressivamente ingrossati; clava col primo articolo spesso più o meno peduncolato, almeno nella 9, munito di lunghe setole scure come gli articoli 4-7 del funicolo. Mandibole a funzio- namento orizzontale, robuste, tozze, a parete interna concava (Fig. 2.a); mascelle a galea modesta e lacinia bene sviluppata (Fig. 2.b); labium scutiforme (Fig. 2.c). Pronoto per lo più subquadrato o trasverso, raramente più lungo che largo, largo alla base più o meno quanto al margine anteriore, arrotondato ai lati. Elitre più o meno allungate, più o meno appiattite sul dorso, talora con la massima larghezza in corrispondenza degli omeri, più (4) o meno (9) affusolate nel- la regione apicale. I primi due ventriti rudimentali e fusi a ridosso del metasterno; i ventriti II-VII visibili e progressivamente poco ristretti, i primi due più sviluppati e fusi insieme ma ancora distinti, gli altri tre mobili (Fig. 1.c). Zampe robuste, con protibie incurvate verso l’interno avanti l’apice (Fig. 1.b) ed onichi bene sviluppati; unghie connate. Pene allungato (Fig. 3.b), fortemente sclerificato ai lati, discretamente sul lato ventrale, debolmente sul dorso, con sacco interno munito di un’armatura orifiziale, costituita da una placca munita di una spinula, due armature mediane spinuliformi e un’armatura genitale di tipo periteloide “puro” (Figg. 7, 8, 9); temones alquanto lunghi. Tegmen a manubrium discretamente breve (Fig. 3.a). Spiculum ventrale con manubrium allungato e margo apicalis della lamella più o meno profondamente inciso nel mezzo (Fig. 3.c). Coxiti privi di stili (Fig. 3.d). Spermateca di forma alquanto variabile, ma con cornus sempre bene sviluppato (Fig. 6). Derivatio nominis. Femminile, dalla somiglianza (opsis, in greco) con il genere Heteromeira Solari, 1954. Distribuzione geografica. Genere noto finora solo della Spagna orientale e della Francia sud-occidentale. Note ecologiche. Le specie assegnate a questo genere si rinvengono in lettiera di foresta a latifoglie o ai piedi di Quercus, Olea, Pistacia. 588 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ FIG. 1 Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi: a, capo in visione dorsale (schematico); b, protibia sinistra d (schematico); c, ventriti (schematico); d, foramen occipitale. TABELLA DELLE SPECIE DEL GEN. HETEROMEIROPSIS 1 Elitre anche presso l’apice con setole reclinate. Solco longitudinale mediano dell’epifronte interrotto presso la base di questa (Spagna centro-orientale: Valencia) MI: PIE E ee ee 3. H. valentiana sp. n. - Elitre sul dorso con setole sollevate, presso l’apice con setole semie- rette. Solco longitudinale mediano dell’epifronte prolungato fin sul vertice. Propigidio 9 a margine apicale largamente arrotondato o sub- troncato (Francia meridionale, Spagna settentrionale) .................. 2 2 Elitre piü allungate, con la massima larghezza in corrispondenza degli omeri, nel & particolarmente affusolate nella regione apicale. Pronoto con setole reclinate su tutta la superficie (Spagna nord-orientale: Catalosna)t. Pisces: E 1. H. zariquieyi (Solari, 1954) comb. n. PERITELINI PALEARTICI V 589 eet FIG. 2 Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi: a, mandibula destra dal lato interno, in visione ventrale; b, maxilla sinistra in visione ventrale; c, labium in visione ventrale. Scale: 0,10 mm. = Elitre meno allungate, a lati subparalleli, non particolarmente affusolate nella regione apicale. Pronoto sul dorso con un gruppo di setole semie- rette presso il margine anteriore (Francia sud-occidentale: Pyrénées- @rientales)k sh Bee az 2. A. loebli sp. n. DESCRIZIONE DELLE SPECIE 1. Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi (Solari, 1954) comb. n. Heteromeira zariquieyi Solari, 1954: 58; Pierotti & Bellò, 1994: 296; Pierotti & Bellò, 1998: 107; Alonso-Zarazaga, 2002: 24. Esemplari esaminati. Gerona: Figueras (BEL, PIE, holotypus in SOL), 10 Km. w Figueres, m. 75 (BEL, PIE), Camallera (BEL, PIE). 590 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ Fic. 3 Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi: a, tegmen (scala: 0,50 mm); b, pene in visione laterale (scala: 0,50 mm); c, spiculum ventrale (scala: 0,50 mm); d, coxiti (scala: 0,15 mm). Diagnosi. Specie di media statura (4,2-5,2 mm.), caratterizzata, rispetto alle altre specie del genere, da elitre particolarmente allungate nel d, a lati subparalleli ed apice marcatamente ogivale, da setole erette o sollevate sulle elitre ed, in particolare, rispetto ad A. loebli, da antenne con scapo un po’ più slanciato, da pene in visione dorsale tricuspidato nella regione apicale e da propigidio 9 a margine apicale larga- mente arrotondato (Figg. 1, 2, 3, 4.a, 5.a, 6). Descrizione. (Ancorchè dettagliata nel lavoro originale, riteniamo opportuno riproporla in termini omogenei con quella delle nuove specie qui di seguito descritte). Forma robusta, marcatamente allungata. Vestitura dorsale costituita da squame terree, che sulle elitre lasciano visibili le strie, e da setole robuste, erette o semierette sul vertice e sulle elitre, reclinate altrove. PERITELINI PALEARTICI V 59] ——— | FIG. 4 Apice del pene in visione dorsale: a, Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi; b, Heteromeiropsis loebli; c, Heteromeiropsis valentiana. Scala: 0,15 mm. Rostro subquadrato (6) o trasverso (¢), a lati debolmente convergenti in avanti; fronte, epifronte e vertice percorsi da un unico solco longitudinale mediano; pterigi poco salienti, ma distinti. Occhi subarrotondati o molto debolmente allungati, convessi, non sporgenti oltre le guance. Vertice stretto, poco più largo della fronte. Antenne discretamente robuste, soprattutto nella 2, con scapo più (6) o meno (9) progressivamente ingrossato dalla base verso l’apice; funicolo con i primi due articoli poco allungati, ornati anche di setole un po’ più larghe, appiattite, il secondo più corto dei due seguenti presi insieme, gli articoli 4-7 moniliformi nel à , trasversi nella 9; clava robusta con il primo articolo svasato (4 ) o peduncolato (9). Pronoto non o molto debolmente trasverso, sul disco con punteggiatura doppia, discretamente fitta. Elitre non o molto debolmente arrotondate ai lati, particolarmente allungate nel 3, più brevi e larghe nella 9, con la massima larghezza in corrispondenza degli omeri, distintamente ogivali nella regione apicale, con strie di punti ravvicinati evidenti, ciascuno con una microsetola allungata, ed interstrie debolmente convesse. Zampe robuste con protibie fortemente (4) o debolmente (£) incurvate verso l’interno avanti l’apice (Fig. 1.b) e con onichi particolarmente sviluppati. Propigidio a margine apicale troncato nel d, largamente arrotondato nella © (Fig. 5.a). Pene, in visione laterale, a marcata convessità dorsale, all’apice bruscamente incurvato (Fig. 3.b); in visione dorsale, distintamente tricuspidato nella regione apicale (Fig. 4.a); armature del sacco interno: Fig. 7. 592 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ FIG. 5 Propigidio 9 in visione dorsale: a, Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi; b, Heteromeiropsis loebli; c, Heteromeiropsis valentiana. Scala: 0,50 mm Tegmen: Fig. 3.a. Spiculum ventrale a margo apicalis distintamente inciso nel mezzo (Fig. 3.c). Coxiti allungati (Fig. 3.d). Spermateca: Fig. 6.a. Distribuzione geografica. Catalogna nord-orientale. La specie sembra diffusa, ancorché probabilmente in modo puntiforme, in tutta la provincia di Gerona. Località di cattura desunte dalla letteratura. Gerona: Figueras (1. cl.), Olot, Coll de Cannes. Note ecologiche. Raccolta in lettiera di Quercus ilex L. a Figueras ed in lettiera di Olea europaea europaea L. a Camallera. 2. Heteromeiropsis loebli sp. n. Serie tipica. Holotypus d: France, Pyr.-Or., Le Tech (tamisage), 15.1V.1977, Löbl (MHNG); paratypi: France, Pyr.-Or., Le Tech (tamisage), 15.1V.1977, Löbl (MHNG) 4 exx.; Pyrénées-Orientales, Le Tech, m. 560, N 42° 24° 443” E 02° 31’ 822”, 18.5.2003, Bellò (BEL) 14 exx., Pierotti (PIE) 14 exx. PERITELINI PALEARTICI V 593 ctu FIG. 6 Spermateca in visione laterale: a, Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi; b, Heteromeiropsis loebli; c, Heteromeiropsis valentiana. Scala: 0,10 mm. Diagnosi. Specie di statura media o piccola (3,9-4,9 mm.), caratterizzata da elitre non particolarmente allungate, ad apice deboimente ogivale, e da setole erette o semierette sul vertice, sul dorso del pronoto presso il margine anteriore e sulle elitre, reclinate altrove ed in particolare, rispetto ad H. zariquieyi, da antenne con scapo un po’ più robusto, da pene in visione dorsale a profilo cordiforme nella regione apicale e da propigidio 9 a margine apicale subtroncato. Descrizione. Forma robusta, discretamente allungata. Vestitura dorsale costituita da squame terree, qua e là più scure e da setole robuste, erette o semierette sul vertice, sulle elitre e sul dorso del pronoto presso il margine anteriore, qui rivolte un po’ in avanti verso l’interno, reclinate altrove. 594 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ FIG. 7 Heteromeiropsis zariquieyi: armature del sacco interno del pene: a, armature orifiziali; b, armatura mediana; c, armatura genitale. Scala: 0,10 mm. Rostro trasverso, a lati subparalleli (4 ) o debolmente convergenti in avanti (9); fronte, epifronte e vertice percorsi da un unico solco longitudinale mediano; pterigi pressochè nulli. Occhi subarrotondati o debolmente allungati, discretamente convessi, non sporgenti oltre le guance. Vertice stretto, poco più largo della fronte. Antenne robuste, soprattutto nella 9, con scapo ingrossato già nel primo terzo e funicolo con i primi due articoli poco allungati, ricoperti anche di setole distintamente più allargate ed appiattite, il secondo subeguale ai due seguenti presi insieme o un po’ più corto, gli articoli 4-7 moniliformi o talora (nella ©) trasversi; clava slanciata, col primo articolo brevemente svasato. PERITELINI PALEARTICI V 595 Fic. 8 Heteromeiropsis loebli: armature del sacco interno del pene: a, armature orifiziali; b, armatura mediana; c, armatura genitale. Scala: 0,10 mm. Pronoto più (2) o meno (d) trasverso, sul disco con punteggiatura doppia, discretamente fitta. Elitre più (6) o meno (9) allungate, con omeri smussati (4 ) o discretamente evidenti (9), largamente ogivali nella regione apicale, con strie di punti ravvicinati evidenti, ciascuno con una esilissima microsetola, ed interstrie debolmente convesse. Zampe robuste, con protibie un po’ incurvate verso l’interno avanti l’apice. Propigidio a margine apicale subtroncato anche nella 2 (Fig. 5.b). Pene, in visione dorsale, debolmente tricuspidato, con le cuspidi laterali arro- tondate (Fig. 4.b); armature del sacco interno: Fig. 8. Spiculum ventrale con margo apicalis della lamella debolmente inciso nel mezzo. Coxiti discretamente allungati. Spermateca: Fig. 6.b. Derivatio nominis. Dedichiamo la specie al suo primo raccoglitore, il dott. Ivan Löbl di Ginevra. 596 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ Fic. 9 Heteromeiropsis valentiana: armature del sacco interno del pene: a, armature orifiziali; b, ar- matura mediana; c, armatura genitale. Scala: 0,10 mm. Distribuzione geografica. Francia sud-occidentale (Pyrénées-Orientales). Note ecologiche. La specie è stata raccolta al vaglio, al margine di foresta di latifoglie. 3. Heteromeiropsis valentiana sp. n. Serie tipica. Holotypus d : Valencia, s.ra des Agulles, m. 390, cami de la font del barber, 2.11.2000, leg. Pierotti (MHNG); paratypi: ibidem, 2.11.2000, leg. Bello (BEL) 5 exx., (MHNG) 1 ex., leg. Pierotti (PIE) 5 exx.; Tabernes, Valencia, Hispania, coll. E.Moroder, 27.V.1934 (TOS) lex. Diagnosi. Specie di statura media o piccola (3,9-5 mm.), caratterizzata da elitre non molto allungate, ad apice un po’ arrotondato anche nel d, da setole reclinate sul dorso delle elitre e da propigidio d a margine apicale largamente lanceolato, papillato al centro. PERITELINI PALEARTICI V 597 Descrizione. Forma robusta, un po’ allungata. Vestitura dorsale costituita da squame scure con modesti riflessi metallici e da setole robuste, semierette sul vertice, reclinate sul pronoto e sul dorso delle elitre, alquanto sollevate presso l’apice delle elitre. Rostro trasverso, a lati debolmente convergenti in avanti; pterigi poco salienti. Occhi subarrotondati, poco convessi, non sporgenti oltre le guance. Vertice stretto, poco più largo della fronte, nel mezzo con una fossetta. Antenne con scapo discreta- mente robusto, debolmente ricurvo, progressivamente ingrossato dalla base verso l’apice; funicolo con i primi tre articoli poco allungati, ricoperti anche di setole larghe, terree con riflessi metallici, i tre seguenti submoniliformi ed il settimo un po’ più lungo che largo; clava alquanto allungata, con il primo articolo un po’ peduncolato. Pronoto trasverso, alquanto fittamente punteggiato sul disco. Elitre debolmente arrotondate ai lati, debolmente ogivali nella regione apicale, con strie di punti evidenti nonostante la vestitura, ciascuno con una microsetola allun- gata, ed interstrie alquanto convesse. Zampe robuste. Propigidio a margine apicale subtroncato nel d, largamente lanceolato, papillato all’apice, nella 9 (Fig. 5.c). Pene, in visione dorsale, progressivamente ristretto verso la regione apicale, qui debolmente e molto brevemente tricuspidato, con le cuspidi laterali molto arrotondate (Fig. 4.c); armature del sacco interno: Fig. 9. Spiculum ventrale con margo apicalis della lamella distintamente inciso nel mezzo. Coxiti allungati. Spermateca: Fig. 6.c. Derivatio nominis. Dalla regione di provenienza. Distribuzione geografica. Spagna orientale (Valencia). Note ecologiche. La specie è stata raccolta sotto Pistacia lentiscus L. RINGRAZIAMENTI Ringraziamo molto vivamente il Dott. Giulio Cuccodoro del Museum d’histoire naturelle di Ginevra ed il Dott. Sergio Montagud del Museo Valenciano de Historia Natural di Valencia, per averci affidato in studio i Peritelini delle collezioni conservate nei loro Istituti, consentendoci così di individuare le due nuove specie sopra descritte. BIBLIOGRAFIA ALONSO-ZARAZAGA, M.A. 2002. Lista preliminar de los Coleoptera Curculionoidea del area ibero-balear, con descripciön de Melicius gen.nov. y nuevas citas. Boletin de la S.E.A. - Sociedad Entomologica Aragonesa 31: 9-33. ALONSO-ZARAZAGA, M.A. & LYAL, C.H.C. 1999. A World Catalogue of Families and Genera of Curculionoidea (Insecta: Coleoptera) (Excepting Scolytidae and Platypodidae). Entomopraxis SCP Edition, Barcelona, 315 pp. DELLACASA, G., BORDAT, P. & DELLACASA, M. 2001. A revisional essay of world genus-group taxa of Aphodiinae (Coleoptera Aphodiidae). Memorie della Società Entomologica Italiana 79: 1-482. 598 H. PIEROTTI & C. BELLÒ PIEROTTI, H. & BELLÒ, C. 1994. Peritelini nouveaux ou intéressants de la faune thyrrénienne (Coleoptera Curculionidae Polydrusinae). 2° Contribution à la connaissance de la Tribu Peritelini. L’Entomologiste 50 (5): 289-296. PIEROTTI, H. & BELLO, C. 1998. Present knowledge of Palaearctic Peritelini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae: Polydrosinae). /n: COLONNELLI, E., Louw, S. & OSELLA, G. (eds). Taxonomy, ecology and distribution of Curculionoidea (Coleoptera: Polyphaga). XX I.C.E. (1996, Firenze, Italy). Atti del Museo regionale di Scienze naturali di Torino: 81-108. SOLARI, F. 1954. Proposta di un riordinamento delle Tribü degli Otiorhynchini e dei Peritelini e creazione di tre nuovi generi di questi ultimi (Col.Curculionidae). Memorie della Società Entomologica Italiana 33: 33-63. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 599-609; septembre 2004 First report of Tischeriidae (Lepidoptera) on the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador, with descriptions of two new endemic species Bernard LANDRY! & Lazaro ROQUE-ALBELO? 1 Muséum d’histoire naturelle, C. P. 6434, CH-1211, Geneva 6, Switzerland. E-mail: bernard.landry@mhn.ville-ge.ch 2 Charles Darwin Research Station, A.P. 17-01-3891, Quito, Ecuador; and Biodiversity and Ecological Processes Research Group, Cardiff School of Biosciences, Cardiff University, PO Box 915, Cardiff CF10 3TL, United Kingdom. E-mail: lazaro@fcdarwin.org.ec First report of Tischeriidae (Lepidoptera) on the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador, with descriptions of two new endemic species. - The family Tischeriidae is reported from the Galapagos Islands for the first time. The two species found on the archipelago (Astrotischeria scalesiaella B. Landry, sp. n. and A. alcedoensis B. Landry, sp. n.) are described and illustrated. Both species are presumed to be endemic and their larvae are leaf miners on Scalesia species, a group of endemic Asteraceae. Keywords: Micro moths - Astrotischeria - taxonomy - leaf miners - Scalesia - Asteraceae. INTRODUCTION The Tischeriidae (Tischerioidea) are a group of small, primitive moths belonging to the Monotrysian Heteroneura (Lepidoptera). They may be the sister- group of the Ditrysia (Nielsen & Kristensen, 1996; Kristensen & Skalski, 1998) although Davis (1986) presented an alternative hypothesis of relationships. Some 101 species are described so far, mostly from the Holarctic Region, but species are known also from the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Neotropical Regions (Puplesis & Diskus, 2003). Eleven species have been described from the Neotropics, but the region remains poorly known with regard to its leaf-mining fauna. The region with the most diverse tischeriid fauna is the Nearctic, with 48 described species (Davis, 1983). Larvae mine leaves of Fagaceae, Rosaceae, Asteraceae, Rhamnaceae, Malvaceae, and Tiliaceae, in decreasing order of importance, although Anacardiaceae, Apocynaceae, Combretaceae, Ericaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Hypericaceae, Sterculiaceae, and Theaceae are also used (Puplesis & Diskus, 2003). For the purpose of documenting the micro-moth fauna of the Galapagos archi- pelago, BL conducted fieldwork on most of the larger islands in 1989 and 1992. Since 1997, LRA and others at the Charles Darwin Research Station on Santa Cruz Island, Manuscript accepted 18.11.2003 600 B. LANDRY & L. ROQUE-ALBELO did more collecting and reared more immature stages, leading to a wealth of new information. This paper is part of a series begun in 1992 (Landry & Gielis, 1992) to describe new species and report on other native and introduced species of micro-moths in the Galapagos to develop a better understanding of this important group of insects for biodiversity management purposes. MATERIAL AND METHODS Most of the moths studied here were reared from mined leaves of Scalesia species (Asteraceae). Mined leaves were collected by staff of the Charles Darwin Research Station (CDRS), Santa Cruz Island, Galapagos, brought to their quarantine lab, and placed in cages. Emerging moths were collected and mounted. Two other series of specimens were available for study. The larger one was collected by BL in 1992 with a portable generator and a mercury-vapour lamp placed in front of a white sheet (see Landry & Gielis, 1992). The other series was collected at light in 1964 and was borrowed from the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. (CAS). The holotype and some paratypes of Astrotischeria scalesiaella will be deposited in the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva, Switzerland (MHNG). The other paratypes of A. scalesiaella will be deposited in the CAS, CDRS, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. (USNM), and The Natural History Museum, London, England (BMNH). The single known specimen of Astrotischeria alcedoensis is deposited in the MHNG. The species described here were determined to be new by comparing specimens with the types of seven of the Neotropical species, with the original and more recent descriptions of four species (Bourquin, 1962; Puplesis & DiSkus, 2003), and with the treatment of the North American species published by Braun (1972). The types of six Neotropical species described by Meyrick and Walsingham were examined at the BMNH. The type of Tischeria unicolor Walsingham is located in the Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Vienna, Austria (NMW) and was borrowed for examination. Genitalia were dissected after the abdomen had macerated in a cold 20% KOH solution overnight. The dissected parts were kept in lactic acid stained with orange G for description purposes. They were subsequently stained with chlorazol black and mounted on slides in Euparal. The head of one male specimen was similarly treated. The right pair of wings of one male specimen was removed, bleached, stained with acid fuchsin, and mounted in Euparal. Illustrations of the adult head and genitalia were made with the AutoMontage® system using a video camera mounted on a Leica MZ APO stereomicroscope or a Zeiss Axioskop compound microscope. The wing venation was drawn using a camera lucida mounted on a compound microscope. The descriptions and nomenclature of parts are based on Puplesis & Diskus (2003). Generic characters were not repeated. In the legs, wings, thorax, and abdomen only the lateral or dorsal exposed surfaces are described; the ventral or median surfaces of the legs are uniformly whitish beige. TISCHERIIDAE ON THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 601 SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT Astrotischeria Puplesis & Diskus, 2003 The genus was described to include a monophyletic group of species found on- ly in the New World. Thirty species are known, seven of which were described from the Neotropical Region (Argentina, Chile, Ecuador, Peru). Species of Astrotischeria are characterised by the following synapomorphies: presence of a dorsal arm on the valva; shortened uncus with arms (with some exceptions); long, distally bifurcated aedeagus; strongly developed anellus thickened laterally; enlarged vinculum; stronger development of microtrichia on the female tergite IX; slightly reduced, narrowed ovipositor lobes; greatly elongated mediobasal spur of the hind tibia, which is as long as the tibia; and use of Malvaceae and Aster- aceae as hostplants (Puplesis & Diskus, 2003). Astrotischeria scalesiaella B. Landry sp. n. Figs 1-2, 4-7, 9-12 Holotype è. [1] “ECU., GALAPAGOS/ Santa Cruz, Los/ Gemelos, 27.v.1992/ M[er- cury] V[apor] L[amp], /eg. B. Landry” (MHNG). Printed in black ink on white paper. [2] “Tischeria/ det. Davis 1993”. Hand-written on white card stock with black border in black ink except for black ink printed “det. Davis 19”. [3] “HOLOTYPE/ Astrotischeria/ scalesiaella/ B. Landry”. Hand-written in black ink on red card stock. Specimen in perfect condition. Paratypes, Ecuador: 12 6g, 10 22 from the Galapagos Islands. FLOREANA: 1 d (dissected, slide BL 1175), Cerro Pajas, 26.x11.1998, ex larva en Scalesia pedunculata (L. Roque). SANTA CRUZ: 1 2, Los Gemelos, 17.1.2002, [no emergence date], Minador de hojas Scalesia pedunculata (R. Boada); 1 3 (dissected, BL 1415), same data as holotype; 1 6, 1 ©, Los Gemelos, 2.ix.2001, emergio 10.ix.2001, Minador Scalesia pedunculata (L. Roque); 2 3, 1 2, Los Gemelos, 11.ix.2001, emergio 28.ix.2001, 30.ix.2001 and no emergence date, Criada en hojas Scalesia pedunculata (R. Boada); 4 4, Los Gemelos, xi.1999, [no emergence date], En Scalesia pedunculata (T. Poulson); 1 4, 2 2 (one dissected, BL 1417), Finca Vilema, 2 km W Bella Vista, 1.1v.1992, M[ercury] V[apor] L[amp] (B. Landry); 1 & (dissected, Wings BL 1416; Head BL 1420), E[stacion] Cfientifica] C[harles] D[arwin], 6.111.1992, U[Itra] V[iolet] L[ight] (B. Landry); 1 9, Steve Devine farm, 31.x.1999, [no emergence date], minador de hojas Scalesia pedunculata (C. Causton); 16 (dissected, BL 1418), 3 2, Horneman Farm, 220 m, 5.iv.1964 (D.Q. Cavagnaro). WoLF: 1 @ (dissected, BL 1419), 7.11.2002, Minador Scalesia baurii (L. Roque, C. Causton). Diagnosis. This species and the next are easily distinguished from other small Galapagos micro-moths with lanceolate wings by virtue of the combination of three characters of the head: 1- the presence of scales on the proboscis, 2- the drooping labial palpi, and 3- the rough vestiture of the vertex. This is a combination of characters found in all Tischeriidae. Gelechioidea have scales on the proboscis as well, and some have lanceolate wings, but their labial palpi are upturned and their vertex is not rough- scaled. Astrotischeria scalesiaella can be separated from A. alcedoensis by its smaller size (forewing length up to 3.02 mm in A. scalesiaella and 4.28 mm in A. alcedoensis), more prominent orange colour with more diffuse brown markings, wider, shorter and more angled uncus arms, apically thinner and more pointed dorsal lobes of the valva, and the shorter cucullus. The female of A. alcedoensis is unknown. Description. MALE (n=13) (Figs 1, 4, 6, 7, 9-12). Vertex vestiture a mixture of ochre and brown scales, the ochre scales bicoloured with a paler basal half, the brown scales with white on basal half and apex; frons vestiture (Fig. 4) mostly greyish brown, 602 B. LANDRY & L. ROQUE-ALBELO TISCHERIIDAE ON THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 603 shining, with row of white or pale ochre scales laterally and apically; interocular index (n=1): 1.76. Antenna 2/3 length of forewing (n=1); with 20 flagellomeres (n=1); scape and slender pecten brown and white, sometimes with some pale ochre scales; with 6 rows of scales on flagellomere I, with 2 rows on other flagellomeres; scales on flagel- lomeres with brown apex and white basal half; flagellomere I 3X length of flagellom- ere II; sensillae chaeticae about 1.5X length of flagellomere on flagellomere II, about 2/3 length of flagellomere on last one. Haustellum 3X length of labial palpus; scales on both beige, sometimes with brown laterally on labial palpus. Maxillary palpus 3-seg- mented, scaled only on third segment. Thorax mostly brown with beige-tipped scales, sometimes with ochre scales at tip of tegulae. Foreleg dark brown. Midleg femur dark brown laterally with pale ochre scales on dorsal edge and beige apically; tibia dark brown with beige on dorsal row of long and narrow scales, and apex; first tarsomere with scales dark brown on apical half and white on basal half; tarsomeres I-V mostly beige with apical dark-brown spot. Hind coxa dark brown with apical row of longer beige scales; femur mostly white; tibia dark brown with beige along ventral margin and on ventral and dorsal rows of long and thin scales, with pale ochre apically; tarsomeres dark brown. Forewing length: 2.46-3.02 mm (holotype: 2.81 mm). Venation (Fig. 9) with only Sc, R, Rs1, Rs4, MI, CuA, and 1A + 2A clearly defined; with a faint indica- tion of Rs3; 1A + 2A not forked at base. Length/ largest width: 0.25. With a patch of microtrichia in anal sector. Colour (Fig. 1) mostly dark brown with ochre scales along dorsal margin beyond middle, along cubital fold, in apical sector, and as a diagonal bar or large spot medially, with darker brown markings as two oblique bands before and beyond middle, first one more inclined than second; sometimes with more ochre scal- ing (fig. 2); sometimes mostly dark brown with a few ochre scales mostly in apical sec- tor; scales paler on their basal half, white on those with dark-brown apical half; fringe greyish brown. Hindwing venation only with Sc + R and A clearly visible. Sockets of the fringe scales forming spines especially conspicuous on costal margin. Without microtrichia. Colour brownish grey, with concolorous fringe. Abdomen greyish brown. Male genitalia (n=3) (Figs 7, 10-12). Socii short, with short, slender setae. Un- cus arms separate and connecting to tegumen at their most dorsal and most anterior points; each arm elongate, larger in middle, directed downward, flattened and narrowly rounded at apex, with a few short setae on dorsal and ventral edges beyond connection with tegumen. Tegumen hood-like, rounded dorsally and apically, with short setae dorsolaterally, with very narrow and strongly melanised anterior arms connecting with vinculum, with broader and lightly melanised posterior arms connecting with mem- branous ventral wall of tegumen. Vinculum rather broad, triangular in ventral view, without saccus. Anellus broad, lightly melanised, rectangular, with about five short Fics 1-8 Galapagos Astrotischeria spp. 1. Holotype of A. scalesiaella; 2. Female paratype of A. scale- siaella from Santa Cruz, Finca Vilema; 3. Holotype of A. alcedoensis from Isabela, Volcan Alcedo, reared from Scalesia affinis; 4. Head of male paratype of A. scalesiaella from type locality; 5. Leaf of S. pedunculata mined by A. scalesiaella on Los Gemelos, Santa Cruz; 6. Descaled head of male paratype of A. scalesiaella from Santa Cruz, Charles Darwin Station; 7. Male genitalia of paratype of A. scalesiaella from Floreana, Cerro Pajas, reared from Scalesia pedunculata; 8. Male genitalia of holotype of A. alcedoensis. 604 B. LANDRY & L. ROQUE-ALBELO SEELE EEE 47 re RE a Fic. 9 Wings of paratype male of Astrotischeria scalesiaella from Santa Cruz, Charles Darwin Station (frenulum broken) (scale: 0.5 mm) with details of the bases of the costal and inner margins (scale: 0.25 mm). setae ventrally. Valva with dorsal arm curved inward at right angle, narrowing, apically pointed, and with narrow apodemes projecting directly anteriorly; cucullus slender, slightly curving upward toward apex, with abundant short setation medially, apically not narrowing and rounded, about as long (1.06 X) as dorsal arm inclusive of apodeme. Aedeagus very narrow, slightly longer than vinculum + valva, divided in two divergent branches from about 2/3; each branch apically flattened and with bunch of slender spines and spinules; gonopore from about base of divergent branches. FEMALE (n=10). Antenna 0.62 length of forewing (n=1). Forewing length: 2.58-2.83 mm. Frenulum with two acanthae. Forewing length/ largest width: 0.25. Female genitalia (n=2) (Figs 16-21). Ovipositor lobes short and round, with rather stout and slightly curved peg setae, the most medially located ones apically bifurcated; median ridge between ovipositor lobes with a series of three pairs of short setae. Tergum IX a more or less triangular plate, slightly convex, with convex lateral margins, emarginated anterior margin, and straight posterior margin, the latter membranous and set with bunch of 3-4 setae on each side of middle, including one much longer than others; with strongly melanised narrow band at anterior and anterolateral margins connecting lateroanteriorly with bases of posterior apophyses; with long and sparse setation dorsally. Posterior lobes of sternum IX somewhat conical, slightly larger than ovipositor lobes, with short and long setae, with long, straight and apically narrow posterior apophyses extending beyond middle of segment VII; anterior lobes of sternum IX very narrow with short setae directed posteriorly; with two pairs of apo- TISCHERIIDAE ON THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 605 Fics 10-15 Male genitalia of Astrotischeria spp. 10-12. Paratype of A. scalesiaella, same specimen as fig. 7: 10. Posterior end of aedeagus; 11. Tegumen, uncus, and socii; 12. Dorsal arms of valvae, vin- culum, anellus. 13-15. Holotype of A. alcedoensis: 13. Posterior end of aedeagus; 14. Posterior end of tegumen, uncus, and socii; 15. Dorsal arms of valva. physes in membranous area anterior to oviporus: dorsal pair narrow, almost reaching as far as posterior apophyses (of sternum IX), apically acute; ventral pair broader, shorter, reaching slightly beyond anterior margin of sternum VIII. Tergum VIII a narrow rectangular and flat plate slightly broader posteriorly, with one anterolateral projection on each side directed ventrally and connected to anterior apophyses of sternum VIII slightly posterad to their middle. Sternum VIII a rather large concave plate extended laterally, with broadly rounded apical margin set with narrow spinelike 606 B. LANDRY & L. ROQUE-ALBELO projections. Ductus bursae with small elliptical plate set at right angle in bend beyond anterior end of shorter apophyses of sternum IX, also with thin spinelike scobination anteriorly from bend and until connection with corpus bursae, but more concentrated near tips of longer apophyses. Corpus bursae small and oblong, with tiny spinules on anterior half. Apex of tergum VII medially with joining pair of median arcs of closely set scale sockets with elongate narrow scales. Sternum VII terminating in small wider than long median lobe set with abundant and rather long setation. Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the generic name of the host plants. Biology. Adults were reared from leaf mines found on two species of Scalesia (Asteraceae): S. baurii Robins. & Greenm. and S. pedunculata Hook. filius. Distribution. Endemic to the Galapagos; found on Floreana, Santa Cruz, and Wolf. Remarks. In the female genitalia, my interpretation of tergum IX, which I believe is dorsal, between terga VIII and X, differs from that of Davis (1998) and Puplesis and Diskus (2003), who mention that it is ventral from the lobes of tergum X. In my view, tergum IX of these authors is actually sternum IX because of its position. In Davis’ (1998, fig. 6.8 N) schematic drawing of the female genitalia of Tischeria (now Coptotriche) citrinipennella (Clemens), there is no sclerite between tergum VIII and the ovipositor lobes of tergum X as in Astrotischeria scalesiaella (see Figs 18, 19). Astrotischeria alcedoensis B. Landry sp. n. Figs 3, 8, 13-15 Holotype 3. [1] “ECU. GALAPAGOS/ Isabela, V[olcan]. Alcedo, en/ Scalesia villosa affinis, 19 X/ 1999, emergio 29 X 1999/ L. Roque” (MHNG). Computer made in black on white paper with black borders on top and bottom. Hostplant species name crossed with pencil and new name added with pencil on last line with an arrow between the two names. [2] “MHNG/ Prép. micr./ No 2724 3”. Printed black on white card stock except for ink hand written “MHNG”, number and male sign. [3] “BL 1423 3”. Hand-written in black ink on green paper; upside down. [4] “HOLOTYPE/ Astrotischeria/ alcedoensis/ B. Landry”. Hand-written in black ink on red card stock. The right midleg and hindleg are in a gelatine capsule attached to the pin. The left hindleg is broken beyond the tibia. Diagnosis. See Diagnosis of Astrotischeria scalesiaella above to distinguish the two species from each other and from all other known micro-moths of the Galapagos. Description. MALE (n=1) (Figs 3, 8, 13-15). Vertex vestiture with erect scales usually tricolored, pale beige at their base, brown subapically, pale beige at their apex, with a few scales apically shining greyish brown, with appressed scales between antennal bases entirely pale beige; frons vestiture with shorter scales coloured as erect scales of vertex, but scales slightly paler at their base; interocular index not calculated. Antenna about 3/4 length of forewing; approximately 26 flagellomeres (head not mounted on slide); scape brown and white, with greenish-beige narrow pecten; flagellomere I with longitudinal rows of white and brown scales; other flagellomeres with basal scales pale beige and apical scales brown. Haustellum white and brown. Labial palpus dark brown laterally with white apex, pale beige medially. Maxillary palpus scaling probably white (not clearly visible). Thorax mostly with tricolored scales, dirty white at their base, brown subapically, ochre apically. Foreleg coxa with scales bicoloured dirty white at their base and brown at their apex (sometimes with apex a little paler beyond brown area), other parts dark brown except for pale beige TISCHERIIDAE ON THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 607 Fics 16-21 Female genitalia of Astrotischeria scalesiaella. 16-17. Paratype from Wolf, reared from Scalesia baurii: 16. Segments VIII-X and genitalia; 17. Apex of abdomen. 18-19. Paratype from Santa Cruz reared from Scalesia pedunculata: 18. Dorsal view of segments VIII-X; 19. Lateral view of same segments. 20-21. Same specimen as on figs 16-17: 20. Section of ductus bursae; 21. Corpus bursae. bases of tarsomeres II-IV and all of tarsomere V. Midleg as in foreleg except scales more bicoloured as on coxa and tarsomeres more pale beige except for small patch of brown at apex of tarsomeres II-IV. Hindleg apparently as in midleg, but damaged. Forewing length: 4.28 mm (holotype). Venation not studied. Colour a mixture of beige, brown, and ochre scales, the latter not present in the radial sector, the brown scales usually tricolored with white at base, brown on apical half and beige at apex as a narrow band; without strongly marked pattern in unique and somewhat damaged specimen, but possibly with submedian and postmedian oblique bands as in A. scale- 608 B. LANDRY & L. ROQUE-ALBELO siaella; fringe pale greyish ochre. Hindwing venation not studied; colour pale greyish beige; fringe pale greyish ochre. Abdomen colour not recorded. Male genitalia (n=1) (Figs 8, 13-15). Socii and uncus as in A. scalesiaella except arms of uncus more slender, slightly longer, less curved, and narrower apically. Tegumen as in A. scalesiaella except slightly broader and with broader posterior arms. Vinculum narrower, less triangular, than in A. scalesiaella. Anellus as in A. scalesiaella except for apparent absence of ventral setae. Dorsal arm of valva with distal half broader and not as narrowly pointed apically as in A. scalesiaella; cucullus as in A. scalesiaella except more distinctly bent at about 2/3 and longer, 1.44 X as long as dorsal arm inclusive of apodeme. Aedeagus as in A. scalesiaella except broadly curved (possibly an artefact) and base of two apical branches at about 4/5 length; gonopore not observed. FEMALE. Unknown. Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the collecting locality, Volcan Alcedo, on Isabela Island. Biology. The unique specimen was reared from a leaf of Scalesia affinis Hook. filius (Asteraceae). Distribution. Galapagos endemic; found on Isabela, Volcan Alcedo. Remarks. The poorly melanised spines of the apical end of the aedeagus (Fig. 13) may be the result of a premature death. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank the authorities of Galapagos National Park and those of the Charles Darwin Research Station for allowing fieldwork and for logistical support in 1989, 1992, and 2002. We are grateful to the Charles Darwin Foundation and the Galapagos Conservation Trust of England for providing financial support for BL’s investigations at the BMNH in 2000 and in the Galapagos in 2002. We owe a great deal of gratitude to Prof. Stewart B. Peck, Carleton University, Ottawa, for inviting BL to join his 1989 and 1992 Galapagos expeditions. This fieldwork was supported by an operating grant to Dr Peck from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada for field research on arthropod evolution. For their help and pleasant company in the field we thank Novarino Castillo, Charlotte Causton, Joyce Cook, Moraima Inca, Ricardo Palma, S. B. Peck, Bradley J. Sinclair, and Eduardo Vilema. We thank curators Don R. Davis (USNM), Sabine Gaal-Haszler (NMW), and Kevin Tuck (BMNH) for their permission to examine specimens in their care. We are thankful to Jean-François Landry, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, for his multi-faceted help while BL was in Ottawa working on Galapagos moths. Finally, we thank Florence Marteau (MHNG) for producing the plates and Don Davis, J.-F. Landry, and Rimantas Puplesis for their important comments on the manuscript. REFERENCES BOURQUIN, F. 1962. Microlepidopteros nuevos con sus biologias. Revista de la Sociedad Ento- mologica Argentina 23: 31-46. BRAUN, A. 1972. Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Microlepidoptera). Memoirs of the American Entomological Society 28: 1 + 148 pp. TISCHERIIDAE ON THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 609 Davis, D. R. 1983. Tischeriidae (p. 3). In: HoDGEs, R.W. et al. (eds). Check list of the Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico. E. W. Classey Ltd. and the Wedge Entomological Research Foundation, London, xxiv + 284 pp. Davis, D. R. 1986. A new family of Monotrysian moths from Austral South America (Lepi- doptera: Palaephatidae), with a phylogenetic review of the Monotrysia. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 434: iv + 202 pp. Davis, D. R. 1998. The Monotrysian Heteroneura (pp. 65-90). Jn: KRISTENSEN, N. P. (ed.). Hand- book of Zoology, Lepidoptera, Moths and Butterflies, Vol. 1: Evolution, Systematics, and Biogeography. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin & New York, x + 491 pp. KRISTENSEN, N. P. & SKALSKI, A. W. 1998. Phylogeny and Palaeontology (pp. 7-25). In: KRISTENSEN, N. P. (ed.). Handbook of Zoology, Lepidoptera, Moths and Butterflies, Vol. 1: Evolution, Systematics, and Biogeography. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin & New York, x + 491 pp. LANDRY, B. & GIELIS, C. 1992. A synopsis of the Pterophoridae (Lepidoptera) of the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador. Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 276: 1-42. NIELSEN, E. S. & KRISTENSEN, N. P. 1996. The Australian moth family Lophocoronidae and the basal phylogeny of the Lepidoptera-Glossata. Invertebrate Taxonomy 10: 1199-1302. PUPLESIS, R. & Diskus, A. 2003. The Nepticuloidea & Tischerioidea (Lepidoptera) - a global review, with strategic regional revisions. Lutute Publishers, Kaunas, 512 pp. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 611-630; septembre 2004 A revision of the Blattodea, Ensifera and Caelifera described by H. Fruhstorfer Hannes BAUR! & Armin CORAY? ! Department of Invertebrates, Natural History Museum, Bernastrasse 15, CH-3005 Bern, Switzerland. E-mail: hannes.baur@nmbe.unibe.ch (correspondence) 2 Natural History Museum, Augustinergasse 2, CH-4001 Basel, Switzerland. E-mail: armin.coray@balcab.ch A revision of the Blattodea, Ensifera and Caelifera described by H. Fruhstorfer. - Twelve taxa described by Fruhstorfer are revised, belonging to Blattodea: Blattellidae (1), Ensifera: Phaneropteridae (1), Tettigoniidae (4) and Caelifera: Acrididae (6). Name-bearing types are deposited in the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich (7), the Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich (1) and the Natural History Museums of Berlin (1) and Geneva (4). Syntype series of two taxa are missing. In seven cases lectotypes are here designated. Four new synonymies are established: Tettigoniidae: Ephippiger ephippiger eustra- tius Fruhstorfer, 1921 = E. diurnus Dufour, 1841; Ephippiger vicheti Harz, 1966 = E. persicarius Fruhstorfer, 1921 stat. rev.; Thamnotrizon chabrieri malachiticus Fruhstorfer, 1921 = Eupholidoptera chabrieri (Charpentier, 1825). Acrididae: Stenobothrus lineatus fervidior Fruhstorfer, 1921 = Stenobothrus lineatus (Panzer, 1796). The paper provides detailed informa- tion on name-bearing types, type localities and the current status of each taxon. Keywords: Blattellidae - Phaneropteridae - Tettigoniidae - Acrididae - new synonymy - lectotype designations - taxonomy - distribution. INTRODUCTION Hans Fruhstorfer (1866-1922) was a Swiss naturalist who mainly lived in Germany (Martin, 1922). Coming from a family in modest circumstances he quickly gained some wealth because of his extraordinary talents as a salesman of insects. His financial independence allowed him to travel extensively through South America and Asia where he spent most of his time collecting insects. His main interest was in butter- flies and due to innumerable publications and his contributions to the monumental work of Adalbert Seitz on Rhopalocera (butterflies) he became one of the best known lepidopterologists of his days (Martin, 1922). Apparently, he established an incredible number of almost 5000 new names (Seitz, 1922)! Only late in his life, Fruhstorfer developed a keen interest in orthopteroid insects. In a remarkably short time he Manuscript accepted 18.03.2004 612 H. BAUR & A. CORAY assembled a voluminous work in which he mainly investigated the distribution and ori- gin of Swiss grasshoppers, cockroaches, mantids and earwigs (Fruhstorfer, 1920a- 1920f, 1921a-1921c). For a very long time his main work “Die Orthopteren der Schweiz und der Nachbarländer...” (Fruhstorfer, 1921c) remained a cornerstone for faunistic research (Thorens & Nadig, 1997), some criticism by Ramme (1923) and Zeuner (1931) notwithstanding. Fruhstorfer (1920d, 1921c) also described a series of new taxa in Blattodea, Ensifera and Caelifera. Although the majority of these new names have merely infrasubspecific status, twelve were formally published in accor- dance with the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (1999, ICZN) and must be treated as available names (Table 1). In the past, however, many of Fruhstorfer’s taxonomic decisions did not receive the attention they deserved, which, in turn, is critical with respect to nomenclatural stability. We therefore present in this revision all TABLE 1. Synopsis of taxa established by Fruhstorfer Original names Valid names BLATTODEA Ectobius neolividus Fruhstorfer Ectobius vittiventris (A. Costa) ENSIFERA Barbitistes obtusus alpinus Fruhstorfer Barbitistes obtusus Targioni-Tozzetti Ephippiger cruciger eustratius Fruhstorfer syn. n. Ephippiger diurnus Dufour Ephippiger persicarius Fruhstorfer Ephippiger persicarius Fruhstorfer stat. rev.* Ephippiger plinianus Fruhstorfer Ephippiger bormansi Brunner v. W. Thamnotrizon chabrieri malachiticus Fruhstorfer syn. n. Eupholidoptera chabrieri (Charpentier) CAELIFERA Chrysochraon brachypterus chrysoberyllus Fruhstorfer Euthystira brachyptera (Ocskay) Omocestus haemorrhoidalis fantinus Fruhstorfer Omocestus haemorrhoidalis (Charpentier) Podisma alpina formosanta Fruhstorfer Miramella (Nadigella) formosanta (Fruhstorfer) Podisma alpina irena Fruhstorfer Miramella (Kisella) irena (Fruhstorfer) Podisma frigida strandi Fruhstorfer Bohemanella frigida (Boheman) Stenobothrus lineatus fervidior Fruhstorfer syn. n. Stenobothrus lineatus (Panzer) *= Ephippiger vicheti Harz syn. n. pertinent data for a proper taxonomic treatment of Fruhstorfer’s names. This includes detailed information on the name-bearing types, the type locality and the current status of the taxa concerned. The present paper is thus intended as a further step towards a List of Available Names (ICZN, Art. 79) in orthopteroid insects. MATERIAL AND METHODS Fruhstorfer’s insect collection is preserved in several different institutions (Horn er al., 1990) and probably also in some private collections. Horn et al. (1990) mention that a collection of Swiss “Orthoptera” had been donated in 1921 to the Swiss BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 613 Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich (ETHZ). A large part of the collection is also deposited at the Zoologische Staatssammlung München (Schönitzer, pers. comm.). This is not surprising, since Fruhstorfer moved to Munich shortly before his death (Martin, 1922). We traced further material in the Museums of Basle, Berlin, Geneva and Vienna, but specimens are likely to be encountered in many further collections. Fruhstorfer (1921c; Martin, 1922) was in contact with many colleagues and he certainly also exchanged some specimens. For instance, syntypes of several species were found in the Nadig collection in Geneva. Fruhstorfer’s collection has not been preserved in its original state. The speci- mens have been removed from their original drawers and have been integrated in general collections of the respective groups. This happened for instance in Zurich, Munich and Vienna. Fruhstorfer’s material can nevertheless be recognized because he properly labelled his specimens with printed or partly handwritten labels where he usually noted the locality, date and name of the collector (Figs la, 2a, 3b). The only difficulty is that he most often failed to add individual identification labels (see Fig. 2b). From a few remnants it is apparent that he had used single bottom labels (Fig. 1b) to denote a particular taxon in his collection. Such labels are now mostly lost, which renders the identification of particular specimens rather difficult. This is espe- cially true for the type series. Fruhstorfer based his new taxa solely on syntypes which he did not label specially. Therefore, we have accepted as syntypes only those speci- mens which could be unambiguously recognized by their data label, and which, of course, fit the description well. For instance, we consider as part of the type series of Chrysochraon brachypterus chrysoberyllus a specimen labelled “Claro 9.VIII.18” because Fruhstorfer (1921c: 95) cited exactly this locality and date in the original description. We thereby assume that he did not mix his new subspecies with any other grasshoppers mentioned from the same place, e. g. Omocestus haemorrhoidalis fanti- nus or Gomphocerus rufus. Such taxa can be easily separated, even by a beginner. However, Fruhstorfer evidently confounded the species of certain genera, for instance of Ectobius and Ephippiger (Ramme, 1923; Nadig, 1968). Here, we accepted only specimens with unique data labels as type specimens. A female Ephippiger labelled “Piandolce 31.X.18” (Figs 3, 6) in the Zoologische Staatssammlung München is thus regarded as part of the type series of E. plinianus because Fruhstorfer cited the respective data solely for this Ephippiger species. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEPOSITORIES ICZN International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, Fourth edition (1999) CAN Coll. Adolf Nadig, in MHNG CKH Coll. Kurt Harz, in MHNG ETHZ Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule, Entomologische Sammlung, Zürich, Schweiz MHNG Museum d’histoire naturelle, Genève, Suisse NHMB Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Schweiz NHMW Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Österreich NMBE Naturhistorisches Museum, Bern, Schweiz ZMB Zoologisches Museum, Berlin, Deutschland ZSM Zoologische Staatssammlung, München, Deutschland 614 H. BAUR & A. CORAY INFRASUBSPECIFIC NAMES Fruhstorfer (1921c) introduced a series of new names using the term “forma” or “forma nova” in combination with a binomen. The content of his descriptions un- ambiguously reveals that most of these names have merely infrasubspecific rank (ICZN, Art. 45.6.4). Fruhstorfer, apparently, denoted as a new form some outstanding morphs which differed in color or size from the majority of specimens of a variable species. In other words, he named some particular specimens instead of some popula- tion(s). We think, it is thus sufficiently clear that such “forms” can have no status in zoological nomenclature, since systematics aims at the delimitation of populations, not individuals (Mayr & Ashlock, 1991; Cracraft, 1997). For completeness, we list the respective names and summarize the content of their descriptions. We would like to stress that these names had never been adopted as the valid names of a taxon. They are not available and cannot enter the synonymy. The following nineteen names belong here: Barbitistes obtusus f. “picta” (p. 176, color variety); Barbitistes obtusus f. “viri- descens” (p. 176, color variety); Chorthippus dorsatus f. “nigripennis” (p. 130, color variety); Chorthippus dorsatus f. “pallilis” (p. 130, color variety); Conocephalus tuberculatus f. “persicaria” (p. 191, color variety); Gomphocerus rufus f. “alpicola” (p. 99, size and color variety); Gomphocerus rufus f. “insubrica” (p. 99, color variety); Gomphocerus rufus f. “murina” (p. 99, color variety); Gomphocerus rufus f. “pyg- maea” (p. 99, size variety); Gomphocerus sibiricus f. “deminutus” (p. 103, size variety); Gomphocerus sibiricus f. “viridopicta” (p. 103, color variety); Mecostethus grossus f. “vinula” (p. 143, color variety); Platycleis brachyptera f. “deminuta” (p. 221, 222, size variety); Platycleis brachyptera f. “restricta” (p. 220, 222, size and color variety); Platycleis brachyptera f. “rhaetorum” (p. 220, 222, color variety); Platycleis saussureana [sic] f. “rugosa” (p. 223, 224, size and color variety); Stauroderus miniatus f. “smaragdina” (p. 116, female color variety); Stenobothrus lineatus f. “interposita” (p. 108, color variety); Stenobothrus lineatus f. “myrina” (p. 108, color variety). The names of the four Platycleis-formae are in fact borderline cases. From their first mentioning and the descriptions, these names might be regarded as subspecific. On the other hand, Fruhstorfer evidently listed them in addition to a trinomen in his classification of taxa (see pp. 222, 224). In our opinion, this is a clear indication that he really intended to give them infrasubspecific rank. As we noted above, these names have never been used as the valid names of a taxon, Otte’s (1997: 289) adoption of “deminuta” in the rank of a species notwithstanding. A merely formal elevation in rank, however, does not make it an available name (compare ICZN, Arts. 11.5.2 and 45.5.1). The same applies in the case of Yin er al. (1996) who listed “Stauroderus miniatus smaragdina [sic] Fruhstorfer” as a valid name in their catalogue of World grass- hoppers. A further two names, Podisma alpina formosanta and P. a. irena, have also been introduced as “forma nova” by Fruhstorfer (1921c) but are considered as available names (see under their respective headings). BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 615 CATALOGUE OF TAXA ESTABLISHED BY FRUHSTORFER For easy access the taxa are arranged alphabetically within families, i.e. first the original genus then the species. After name, author, year, and page number where the species was first described, the name-bearing type (bold if designated here) and type locality are noted. Where possible the current spelling of a locality is given. Material starts with name-bearing types. Labels are cited in quotation marks, the text is rendered exactly as spelt, with semicolons separating the different labels. Mostly original labels are quoted only, beginning with the uppermost. Square brackets indicate additional information (such as a red label, print or handwriting, etc.). Remaining specimens of a type series are listed more summarily, their labels are cited only if necessary. Voucher specimens are detailed for difficult taxa in the Appendix, otherwise that material is summarized by reference to the respective depositories. Discussion provides further information on the type material and mentions additional specimens which are doubt- fully attributed to the type series or otherwise noteworthy. Taxonomic notes are usually included. Terminology and abbreviations of morphological terms follow Harz (1969, 1975). We apply the Phylogenetic Species Concept which makes no use of the sub- species category. Following this concept, populations are classified as species when they are diagnosably distinct from other populations by a unique combination of fixed character states (Cracraft, 1989; Nixon & Wheeler, 1990). Status finally lists current usage of a name. BLATTODEA BLATTELLIDAE Ectobius neolividus Fruhstorfer Ectobius neolividus Ramme & Fruhstorfer [sic], 1921c: 78, 79. Syntypes d & 2 2, Switzerland: Canton Ticino, Denti della Vecchia and Canton Grisons, Plotta near Soglio (CAN, ZMB [examined]). Material. Syntypes, CAN: 1 @ (directly pinned, right hind tarsus lacking) labelled “Soglio Anf. 8. [sic] 20 Fruhstorfer [print]; Ectob. © neolividus Fruhst. [Fruhstorfer’s hand, blue ink, label with border]; Ectobius vittiventris (COSTA) K. HARZ det. [print, blue ink]” (see Fig. 2) and 15 (directly pinned, left antenna, left hind leg and left hind tarsus lacking) labelled “Soglio Anf. 8. [sic] 20 Fruhstorfer [print]; Ectobius 6 vittiventris Costa [hand] Ramme det. [print]; Ectobius vittiventris (COSTA) K. HARZ det. [print, blue ink]”. ZMB: 1 @ (directly pinned, with ootheca; left antenna, right antenna partly, left fore and right mid leg beyond coxae and hind tarsi lacking) labelled “Dti Vecchia 5.IX.19 Fruhstorfer [print]”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 78) mentioned further material from the southern part of the Canton Ticino but did not specify the number of specimens he had. He (1921c: 79) also examined specimens in the MHNG from “Hyères”, “Sizilien” and “Curzole in Dalmatien” which could not be traced. The above specimens match the data given for only one species of Ectobius, E. neolividus, and are thus considered as syntypes. The collecting date on the labels of the two specimens from Soglio is indicated as beginning (= “Anf.”) of August whereas it was quoted as end of July by Fruhstorfer (1921c: 78). Because both dates essentially refer to the same time period, this minor discrepancy does not, in our opinion, disqualify the specimens as syntypes. 616 H. BAUR & A. CORAY E. neolividus has been introduced with “Ramme & Fruhstorfer” as authors. But from the contents the contribution of Ramme is not evident. It is also noteworthy in this context, that Ramme heavily criticized Fruhstorfer who, apparently, had mis- understood “Meine ausdrücklich als unverbindlich gekennzeichneten Mitteilungen...” on Ectobius (Ramme, 1923: 107). Hence, we consider Fruhstorfer as the only person responsible for both the name and the criteria of availability (ICZN, Art. 50.1), as was done by subsequent authors (Princis, 1971; Harz & Kaltenbach, 1976; among others). E. neolividus is currently considered to belong to E. vittiventris (see Ramme, 1923; Harz & Kaltenbach, 1976; Baur et al. 2004). This species is rather variable and might consist of a complex of sibling species (Bohn, pers. comm.). Therefore, we have refrained from the designation of a lectotype for E. neolividus. Status. Junior synonym of Ectobius vittiventris (A. Costa, 1847) (Ramme, 1923: 130). ENSIFERA PHANEROPTERIDAE Barbitistes obtusus alpinus Fruhstorfer Barbitistes obtusus alpina [sic] Fruhstorfer, 1920d: 77, 82, 85. Lectotype d, Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Monte Generoso, Crocetta, here designated (CAN [examined]). Material. Lectotype (directly pinned, right antenna partly and left hind tibia partly lack- ing) labelled “Generoso-Crocetta 29.VII.19 Fruhstorfer [print]”. Paralectotypes, ZSM: 1 d (directly pinned) labelled “Generoso-Crocetta 8.VIII.19 Fruhstorfer [print]; Barbitistes obtusus Targ.- Toz. det. D. R. Ragge. 1959 [print]”. ZSM: 1 2 (directly pinned) labelled “Generoso-Crocetta 1.IX.19 Fruhstorfer [print]”, “Barbitistes ob-tusus [sic] Targ. Toz. 9 [hand] det. K. Harz [print]”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer introduced Barbitistes obtusus alpinus in the “Tessiner Wanderbilder” (1920d: 77) where he provided a brief definition of the taxon using the following statement: “Der Barbitistes aber stellte sich beim Vergleich mit einem Anfang Juli bei Chiasso gefundenen Exemplar als eine interessante, verkleinerte und verdunkelte alpine Rasse von obtusus heraus, jetzt alpina Fruhst.”. The connotation as a race (“Rasse”) formally makes it a subspecific name. A more detailed diagnosis of B. o. alpinus (note that Barbitistes is masculine, hence B. o. alpinus) was given later by Fruhstorfer (1921c: 179). He (1920d: 77, 82, 85) collected 2 d,1 £ on three occasions during July to September 1919 near the south-western slope of Crocetta. The place is situated at about 1360 m altitude in the northern part of the Monte Generoso massif. The labels fit exactly the data given by Fruhstorfer (1920d, 1921c) for only one taxon of Barbitistes, B. o. alpinus. The lectotype is the smallest specimen of the type series and is thus closest to Fruhstorfer’s definition (1920d: 77). He also explicitly referred to the respective male on the same page. In order to ensure stability in the application of this name, we have chosen this specimen as the lectotype (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). Examination of the type series and much additional material (CAN, ETHZ, MHNG, NHMB, NMBE, ZSM) confirms the view of Nadig er al. (1991) that B. o. alpinus cannot be separated from B. obtusus which is widely distributed in the Canton Ticino (Thorens & Nadig, 1997). Status. Junior synonym of Barbitistes obtusus Targioni-Tozzetti, 1881 (Nadig et MOI 238): BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 617 Pizzo Leone | 15-1600 m. Type nua W372 OV Da CISA | ren ae LE 1 | Fryhstorfer 3 1a-b > Eph. = ephippiger | Soglio : (Fieb.)' ava | Anf.8.20 | [-Silvitola det. Nadig | ne 2 mio L'ontchss | = ES done Fam 21. Lectotype + = ae PEFISBIE sou . Fralet «for 1324 : SES ANS HARZ ser. | Ides. H. Baur 200% 2a-C 3a-e Fics 1-4 Labels on specimens, original size (our labels were omitted, except for figure 3e): (1) Para- lectotype 2 of Podisma alpina formosanta Fruhstorfer; Fig. 1b is a bottom label in Fruhstorfer’s handwriting. (2) Syntype of Ectobius neolividus Fruhstorfer; Fig. 2b is an original identification label by Fruhstorfer. (3) Lectotype of Ephippiger plinianus Fruhstorfer; Fig. 3b is a data label in Fruhstorfer’s handwriting. (4) Lectotype of Ephippiger cruciger eustratius Fruhstorfer; Fig. 4d shows a different handwriting and is probably not an original bottom label. TETTIGONIIDAE Ephippiger cruciger eustratius Fruhstorfer Ephippigera crucigera eustratia Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 231. Lectotype d, Switzerland, Canton Bern: Moutier, Klus, here designated (ETHZ [examined]). Material. Lectotype d (directly pinned, left antenna partly, left hind tarsus partly and right hind leg beyond coxa lacking, titillators damaged at base by pest insects) labelled “Type [print, yellow label with border]; 20.IX.19. Moutier Klöti [hand, label with border]; Eph. ephippiger [print] d [hand] Fieb. [print] vitium Harz f. silvicola [hand] det. Nadig [print]”. Two further labels were placed near the specimen. One label reads “var eustratia Fruhst. [hand, grey label with double border]”, the other one shows a note by Nadig “wohl eher: Eph. ephippiger F. var silvicola Az. Febr 1932 (Nadig.) vide Mit. S. E. G. 1932 [hand, label with double border]” (Fig. 4). Paralectotype, ETHZ: 1 d (directly pinned) with similar data to lectotype, considered as part of the type series. Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 231) mentioned material from “Solothurner Jura, Moutier” but did not specify the number of specimens he had. However, his short description was actually based on material which was collected in 1919 by E. Klöti- Hauser “an der Strasse die von Moutier durch die Birsschlucht nach Choindez führt” (Klöti-Hauser, 1922, see also Nadig, 1932). Of the seven males collected by Klöti- Hauser, only two survived in the ETHZ collection. The lectotype fits the original description and is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). The composition of the entire type series is uncertain and might include 618 H. BAUR & A. CORAY more than one taxon. The lectotype designation makes it clear to which taxon this name actually refers. The names of this and the following Ephippiger taxa first appeared in combination with Ephippigera Serville, 1831, an unjustified emendation of Ephippiger Berthold, 1827. These names have to be treated as though they were published in combination with Ephippiger (ICZN, Art. 51.3.1). Re-examination of the type series and additional material (Appendix) fully confirms the synonymy of E. c. eustratius with E. diurnus Dufour (see Nadig, 1932, sub E. vitium). Status. Junior synonym of Ephippiger diurnus Dufour, 1841 [= E. vitium of authors, not Serville, 1831]! syn. n. Ephippiger persicarius Fruhstorfer Fig. 5 Ephippigera persicaria Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 230, 33. Syntypes dd? 2, Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Monte Carasso, above Monti di Freghiscio and Alpe di Orina over Cugnasco (?depository [not located]). Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 230, 33) mentioned one female from Monte Carasso but did not specify the number of specimens he had from Alpe di Orina. The two localities are separated only by a distance of about three kilometres and are situated on the southern slopes of elevations north of the Piano di Magadino and the Ticino river. Monte Carasso is the name of a village at the bottom of the Ticino valley at about 230 m altitude. But according to Fruhstorfer (1921c: 33, 230), the specimen was found above Monte Carasso and near Monti di Freghiscio at about 1600-1700 m altitude. There is only one place at this altitude which is devoid of forest and therefore suitable as a habitat of Ephippiger, that is the south-western slope of the Cima della Pianca (Swiss grid co-ordinates 717.9/119.3, 1600-1700 m, see Appendix). Of the two Ephippiger species described by Fruhstorfer from the Canton Ticino, a few female syntypes of E. plinianus are kept at the ZSM (see below) but no specimen of E. persicarius could be traced so far. This is in contrast to Nadig’s claim (1960: 28, footnote) that “Die Type von E. pliniana [sic] ist unauffindbar (Nadig, 1931), jene von E. persicaria [sic], ein £ steckt ... in der Zoolog. Sammlung des bayerischen Staates in Miinchen [= ZSM]”. We thus assume that Nadig simply confounded the species names in his footnote. The information given by Fruhstorfer (1921c) concerning his Ephippiger material from the Canton Ticino is rather confusing and sometimes contradictory (see Zeuner, 1931 for a critical discussion). His descriptions of the new species, E. persi- carius and E. plinianus, are short and insufficient for their unambiguous recognition, original material is scarce. These shortcomings led to serious difficulties concerning ! Audinet-Serville (1831) introduced E. vitium as a replacement name for Locusta ephippiger Fabricius (= Gryllus ephippiger Fiebig, see Coray & Lehmann, 1998: 88), which is why the name has to be considered as a junior objective synonym of E. ephippiger (Fiebig) (ICZN, Art. 72.7). Hence, the name virium Serville cannot be retained to denote the Western European populations of the E. ephippiger species-aggregate, despite claims to the contrary in some recent works (Coray & Lehmann, 1998; Coray & Thorens, 2001). For the taxon in question, E. diurnus Dufour has been adopted (Kruseman, 1988; Oudman er al., 1990; Ingrisch & Köhler, 1998; all sub E. ephippiger diurnus). BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 619 the identity of the taxa involved and resulted, as we will show below, in the unjustified neglect of E. persicarius by Harz (1966) and subsequent authors. In an attempt to clarify the identity of E. persicarius, it is important to consider the distribution of the Ephippiger species in the Canton Ticino. More recent investigation have shown that only two species occur there, E. vicheti Harz and E. bor- mansi Brunner von Wattenwyl, of which detailed data on their horizontal and vertical distribution are available (Nadig, 1968; Thorens & Nadig, 1997; Baur, Rösti, pers. observation). A careful evaluation of these data in combination with a re-examination ofthe remaining material of the Fruhstorfer collection gave us new insights with regard to the identity of the taxa. Thus, it is evident from the type material deposited in the ZSM that E. plinianus belongs to E. bormansi (see below). Furthermore, we agree with Nadig (1968: 343) that specimens in the ETHZ and the NHMW identified by Fruhstorfer as E. perforatus (Rossi) (see Appendix) belong to E. vicheti and not to a third species. The identity of E. persicarius, finally, is less obvious because of a lack of syntypes and the poor original description. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 230) emphasised the violet or peachy coloration of his specimens which he collected late in the year. We observed that topotypical specimens are indeed darker in October (Fig. 5) than in the months before (Baur, Rösti, pers. observation). As pointed out by Zeuner (1931: 33, 34, sub E. vitium) the other characters given by Fruhstorfer lie within the range of variation of E. vicheti. Moreover, it is most revealing that only one species, E. vicheti, is present in the region where the two type localities of E. persicarius are situated. This is evident from the detailed studies by Nadig (1968) and Thorens & Nadig (1997) and from recent collections made by the senior author at the type localities. Following these investigations E. bormansi is known to occur only south of the Ticino river, where it is found on sunny slopes in grass and small shrubs from about 900 up to 1900 m altitude. E. vicheti is mostly a vicariate of E. bormansi that lives from the bottom of the valleys up to about 1100 (-1450) m altitude in fern (Pteridium), bushes and lower trees. But in places such as the elevations north of the Ticino river, where E. bormansi is absent, E. vicheti is also encountered at higher altitudes up to 1650 m (Nadig, 1968; Baur, Rösti, pers. observation). In conclusion, these findings leave no doubt that E. persicarius has to be regarded as a senior synonym of Ephippiger vicheti Harz, 1966 syn. n. (see also Nadig, 1968: 343, footnote). The identity of populations from the respective type localities has been demonstrated by several authors (Harz, 1966; Nadig, 1987) and is confirmed by examination of the holotype of E. vicheti (from Italy, Trentino, Storo) and much additional material from the respective regions (Appendix). E. persicarius evidently forms a diagnosably distinct taxon of the allopatric E. ephippiger species-aggregate (compare the distribution map in Detzel, 1998: 283). It occurs on the southern side of the Alps from the Piedmont (Italy) in the west (Nadig, 1987) to Styria (Austria) in the east and Istria (Croatia) in the south-east (Harz, 1966). It is separated from the Western European E. diurnus Dufour (type locality St.-Sever in France, Dept. Les Landes) by song characteristics (Duijm, 1990), the absence of a pronounced color polymorphism in adults (Hartley & Bugren, 1986), less strongly pointed male cerci, shorter titillators and the lack of paired sclerotized plates on the female subgenital plate (compare Duijm & Oudman, 1983, figures 1-2,4; sub E. ephippiger vicheti). The latter character state is shared with the eastern European E. 620 H. BAUR & A. CORAY ephippiger (Fiebig) (type locality Vienna in Austria) but this species has much longer titillators (see Nadig, 1987: 332, figure 16) and the apical part of the male cerci strong- ly pointed as in E. diurnus. Alleged character transitions in the Eastern refuge of E. persicarius (Harz, 1966, sub E. e. vicheti) might be the result of secondary hybrid zones which are irrelevant with regard to the classification of taxa as phylogenetic species (Cracraft, 1989). Our findings are in contrast to those of Hartley & Warne (1984) who syno- nymised E. persicarius (sub E. e. vicheti) with E. ephippiger. Their view probably led to the disregard of E. persicarius in a few subsequent works (Heller, 1988; Heller et al., 1998; Ragge & Reynolds, 1998), although in the most recent studies E. persicarius (sub E. vicheti) has been considered as a distinct taxon (Nadig, 1987; Otte, 1997; Thorens & Nadig, 1997; Ingrisch & Köhler, 1998; Coray & Thorens, 2001; Fontana et al., 2002; among others). We would like to stress that the proposed synonymy of Hartley & Warne is actually based on too little evidence (see also Nadig, 1987). Apparently, they (1984: 46) examined just “a few specimens” of E. persicarius from Lago Maggiore (Northern Italy) and another two specimens from Skopje (Macedonia) which they regarded as E. ephippiger but no topotypical material at all. Status. Ephippiger persicarius Fruhstorfer, 1921c stat. rev. Ephippiger plinianus Fruhstorfer Fig. 6 Ephippigera pliniana Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 233. Lectotype 9, Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Val Morobbia, Monti Piandolce, here designated (ZSM [examined]). Material. Lectotype ® (directly pinned, left antenna partly, right fore tarsus partly and right mid tarsus lacking) labelled “Type [print, yellow label with border]; Piandolce 31.X.18 [hand] Fruhstorfer [print]; Type von [print] Epphippigera [sic] Pliniana Fruh [hand, orange label]; Fruhstorfer Orth. d. Schwz [sic] (1921c) p. 233. [back side of former label]; Holotypus Zool. Staatsammlg. München [print, red with black border]” (Figs 3, 6). Paralectotypes, ZSM: 2 © (directly pinned) labelled “Mti Croce 29.X.18 [hand, blue ink] Fruhstorfer [print]; ...” from Monti della Croce at Motto d’Arbino over Bellinzona (Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 234). Discussion. It is likely that only the second label on the lectotype is from Fruhstorfer himself. The label “Holotypus ...” has certainly been added later. However, the information content of the data label matches exactly the data given by Fruhstorfer (1921c: 234) for only one species of Ephippiger, E. plinianus. He mentioned also specimens from Monte il Gaggio and Monte Boglia but did not specify the number of specimens he had. The lectotype fits the original description and is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). The composition of the entire type series is uncertain and might include more than one taxon. The lectotype designation makes it clear to which taxon this name actually refers. Re-examination of the lectotype and much additional material (Appendix) fully confirms the view of authors (Nadig, 1960, 1980; Harz, 1969) that E. plinianus is the same as E. bormansi which is widely distributed in southern parts of the Canton Ticino (Thorens & Nadig, 1997). It is unclear whether E. bormansi is really diagnosably distinct from E. ter- restris (Yersin). We have not examined enough material of the latter to decide this question, which is why we rely on the detailed investigations by Nadig (1980) and BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 621 Fics 5-6 (5) A female of Ephippiger persicarius Fruhstorfer from Monti della Gana in Canton Ticino, a place very close to one of the two type localities, Alpe di Orino. The spread of violet to peachy tinges on pronotum and abdomen increases with age and characterizes many older specimens in autumn. According to the original description, the missing syntypes may have had a similar appearance. Photograph D. Rösti. (6) Lectotype female of Ephippiger plinianus Fruhstorfer, a Junior synonym of E. bormansi Brunner von Wattenwyl. This species also occurs in the Canton Ticino but is absent from the region where the type localities of E. persicarius are situated. Scale 1 cm. Photograph L. Schäublin. 622 H. BAUR & A. CORAY Landman er al. (1989). According to these studies the two species are well separated over most of their ranges but form a broad hybrid zone in the south-western part of the Alps. Clinal variation has been observed in several important features within each ta- xon. On the other hand, Nadig (1980) asserted that the hybrid zones are likely to be the result of secondary contact. Clearly further work is necessary to solve these problems. For the time being, we keep E. bormansi as a separate taxon, as was done in some re- cent works (Nadig, 1987; Otte, 1997; Thorens & Nadig, 1997; Ingrisch & Köhler, 1998; Coray & Thorens, 2001). Status. Junior synonym of Ephippiger bormansi Brunner von Wattenwyl, 1882 (Harz, 1969: 514). Thamnotrizon chabrieri malachiticus Fruhstorfer Thamnotrizon chabrieri malachiticus Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 209, 210. Syntypes £ £, Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Ligornetto-Tremona and Ligornetto-Meride (CAN, ETHZ [examined]). Material. Syntypes, CAN: 1 ® (directly pinned, right antenna partly lacking) labelled “Ligornetto-Meride 17.IX.19 Fruhstorfer [print]; chabrieri Ch. [print, not original]”. ETHZ: 1 9 (directly pinned, left antenna partly and left hind tibia partly lacking; left hind leg pinned below specimen) labelled “Ligornetto-Tremona Aug. 19 Fruhstorfer [print]”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer first introduced the name malachiticus in the “Tessiner Wanderbilder” (1920d: 30, 35, 38, 81) but it was not thereby made available. This hap- pened only later (Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 210) when a definition of the taxon was provided. Fruhstorfer mentioned several males and females from Ligornetto, Mendrisio and Meride in the southern parts of the Canton Ticino but did not specify the total number of specimens he had. However, only the above two female syntypes could be traced. They fit the original description and are obviously conspecific. Because the deli- mitation of species in this genus is almost entirely based on the male genitalia, we prefer to refrain from the designation of a lectotype. According to Nadig (1985a: 176) Eupholidoptera chabrieri (Charpentier) occurs in the Insubrian region, i. e. the region south of the Alps between the Lago Maggiore and the Lago di Como (including the southern parts of the Canton Ticino). However, Nadig also stressed that the Insubrian specimens differed slightly from topo- typical material in the shape of titillators which is why he erected an infrasubspecific name for the Insubrian populations. In case future investigations should substantiate the existence of a separate taxon, the name 7. c. malachiticus is available. Status. Junior synonym of Eupholidoptera chabrieri (Charpentier, 1825) syn. n. CAELIFERA ACRIDIDAE Chrysochraon brachypterus chrysoberyllus Fruhstorfer Chrysochraon brachypterus chrysoberyllus Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 95, 96. Lectotype 9, Switzer- land, Canton Ticino: Pizzo Claro, here designated (ETHZ [examined]). Material. Lectotype © (directly pinned, entire) labelled “Claro 9.VIII.18 [hand, blue ink] Fruhstorfer [print]”. Paralectotypes, ETHZ: 19 3, 26 © (directly pinned) from “Piandolce”, “Generoso”, “Generoso-Crocetta”, “Ligornetto-Meride”, “Dti Vecchia”, “Pizzo Leone”, “Mt. Boglia”, “Mt. Croce” and “Mt. Carasso”. BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 623 Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 95) mentioned material from many localities in the Canton Ticino but did not specify the number of specimens he had. The lectotype fits the original description very nicely and is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). The composition of the entire type series is uncertain and might include more than one taxon. The lectotype designation makes it clear to which taxon this name actually refers. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 96) considered chrysoberyllus as a “Südrasse” which he separated from specimens north of the Alps solely by the emerald coloration of the female fore wing. However, our analysis of an extensive material (CAN, ETHZ, MHNG, NHMB, NMBE, ZSM) revealed that it is actually impossible to separate chrysoberyllus from E. brachyptera (Ocskay) which is widely distributed in Switzerland (Thorens & Nadig, 1997). Status. Junior synonym of Euthystira brachyptera (Ocskay, 1826) (Yin et al., 1996: 286). Omocestus haemorrhoidalis fantinus Fruhstorfer Omocestus haemorrhoidalis fantinus Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 110. Lectotype 3, Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Pizzo Claro, here designated (ETHZ [examined]). Material. Lectotype d (directly pinned, right antenna lacking) labelled “Claro. 9.VIIL.18 [hand] Fruhstorfer [print]”. Paralectotypes, ETHZ: 5 © (directly pinned) from “Mte Bar”, “Tamaro”, “Faido” and “Piandolce”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 110) mentioned material from many localities in the Canton Ticino but did not specify the number of specimens he had. The lecto- type fits the original description and is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). The composition of the entire type series is uncertain and might include more than one taxon. The lectotype designation makes it clear to which taxon this name actually refers. O. h. fantinus is obviously the same as O. haemorrhoidalis (Charpentier) which is widespread in southern Switzerland (Thorens & Nadig, 1997). Examination of many specimens (CAN, ETHZ, MHNG, NHMB, NMBE, ZSM) showed that the differences in size and coloration mentioned by Fruhstorfer (1921c: 110) are rather variable and do not allow the separation of his taxon. Status. Junior synonym of Omocestus haemorrhoidalis (Charpentier, 1825) (Yin et al., 1996: 462). Podisma alpina formosanta Fruhstorfer Podisma alpina forma formosanta Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 164f., 167. Lectotype d, Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Monte Generoso, Camoscé, designated by Nadig (1989: 206) (ETHZ [examined]). Material. Lectotype d (directly pinned, entire) labelled ‘“Generoso-Camoscé, 22.IX.19 Fruhstorfer [print]; M. formosanta FRUHST. det. A. Galvagni 19 [print]; M. for. formosanta (FRUHST.) [print] & [hand] det. NADIG [print]; LECTO-Holo-Typus [print, red label with black border]” Paralectotypes, CAN: 4 d, 5 9 (directly pinned) from “Bedretto [one male with iden- tification label by Fruhstorfer]”, “Pizzo Leone [one female with original bottom label of the Fruhstorfer coll. (Fig. 1b)]”, Buffalora”, “Tamaro”. ETHZ: 10 6, 25 ® (directly pinned) from 624 H. BAUR & A. CORAY “Generoso-Camoscé”, “Generoso-Crocetta”, “Val Osogna”, “Bedretto”, “Passo Predelp”, “Generoso”, “Tamaro”, “Pizzo Leone”, “Buffalora” and “Monte Boglia”. CKH: 1 d, 12 (directly pinned) from “Bedretto”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer first mentioned “Podisma alpina forma formosanta” in the “Walliser Wanderbilder” (1920a: 44) but the name was not thereby made available. This happened only later (1921c: 164) when a description of the taxon was provided. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 167) mentioned material from several localities in the Canton Ticino but did not specify the number of specimens he had. Although the name has been introduced as a “forma” it must be considered subspecific (ICZN, Art. 45.6.4.1). Mistshenko (1952: 397) first applied the name formosanta to a subspecies of Miramella alpina (Kollar). Nadig (1986) finally adopted it for a species of which he (1989) later gave a thorough analysis of the morphology and distribution. Status. Miramella (Nadigella) formosanta (Fruhstorfer, 1921c) (Nadig, 1989: 206). Podisma alpina irena Fruhstorfer Podisma alpina forma irena Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 251. Syntypes dd 9 9, Italy, South Tyrol: Penegal and St. Vigil (?Depository [not located]). Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 251) mentioned material collected by himself from Penegal and by W. Ramme from St. Vigil but did not specify the number of specimens he had. From St. Vigil 5 4,5 9 are present in the ZMB and a further 1 à, 1 2 in the ZSM. Unfortunately, the specimens lack any original labels by Fruhstorfer, which is why the material cannot be recognized as part of the type series with certainty. Harz (1975) and Nadig (1989) considered the type series to be lost. Furthermore, the neotype designation of Harz (1975: 290) is invalid because it fails to meet the quali- fying conditions of the Code (ICZN, Art. 75.3). Instead of a single specimen Harz selected a pair of neotypes which had not become the property of a scientific institution immediately upon publication but remained in his private collection. However, we think that the lack of type material is not problematic here. Fruhstorfer indicated the origin of his specimens very precisely which made it possible for Galvagni (1986) and Nadig (1989) to study topotypical material. Following their investigations, only one species of Miramella is known from these localities. Hence, we cannot see any excep- tional circumstances (ICZN, Art. 75) that would justify the designation of a neotype. The taxonomic history of P. a. irena is nevertheless complicated and requires further discussion. Galvagni (1954) was the first to apply the name for a subspecies of Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, M. carinthiaca irena. With this action he made this name definitely available (ICZN, Art. 45.6.4.1). Galvagni’s classification was followed by Harz (1973, 1975) who included M. c. irena in his new subgenus Kisella Harz, 1973. Nadig (1985b), following the opinion of Galvagni (in litt.), established the currently accepted status as a separate species, M. irena. Galvagni (1986) refined the concept of the species and also found that he had partly misidentified M. irena as M. carinthiaca in his earlier paper (Galvagni, 1954). Finally, Nadig’s (1989) monograph on Central European Miramella is most useful, because he meticulously sorted out the morpho- logical and distributional limits of M. irena and related taxa such as M. carinthiaca. However, the fact that the two species had been confounded earlier by Galvagni (1954) BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 625 apparently led to the misidentification of the type species of Kisella, Podisma alpina carinthiaca, by Harz (1973). Moreover, this taxon had notoriously been attributed to a wrong author and date (Puschnig, 1910 instead of Obenberger, 1926!) since its establishment. Hence, we address these problems, which are critical concerning the identity of the taxa involved, in a separate paper (Baur & Coray, 2004, this volume). Status. Miramella (Kisella) irena (Fruhstorfer, 1921c) (Nadig, 1989: 186). Podisma frigida strandi Fruhstorfer Podisma frigida strandi Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 159. Lectotype d, Switzerland, Canton Graubünden: Muottas-Muragl, here designated (ETHZ [examined]). Material. Lectotype 6d (directly pinned, entire) labelled “Muottas-Muraigl [sic] 2200-2400 m 10.8.20 Fruhstorfer [print]”. Paralectotypes, CAN: 1 4 (directly pinned) from “Muottas Muraigl [sic]”. ETHZ: 2 3, 7 © (directly pinned) from “Muottas Muraigl [sic]”, “Sparrhorn”, “Bedretto” and “Belalp”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 159) mentioned material from the Alpine belt throughout Switzerland but did not specify the number of specimens he had. The above mentioned specimens fit exactly the data given by Fruhstorfer and are thus considered as part of the type series. The lectotype fits the original description and is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). The composition of the entire type series is uncertain and might include more than one taxon. The lectotype designation makes it clear to which taxon this name actually refers. The name Bohemanella frigida strandi had been used to denote the Alpine populations of B. frigida (Boheman) (e.g. Harz, 1975, sub Melanoplus) but is now treated as a synonym of the latter (Nadig er al. 1991; Ingrisch & Köhler, 1998 and others). In case further studies would confirm a separate status of these Alpine populations, the name Podisma prossenii Puschnig, 1910 should also be considered (see Ebner, 1937: 149). Status. Junior synonym of Bohemanella frigida (Boheman, 1846) (Nadig et al., 1992251): Stenobothrus lineatus fervidior Fruhstorfer Stenobothrus lineatus fervidior Fruhstorfer, 1921c: 109, 108. Lectotype à , Switzerland, Canton Ticino: Monte Bisbino, here designated (ETHZ [examined]). Material. Lectotype 4 (directly pinned, left mid tarsus lacking) labelled “Mte Bisbino 21.VIIL.19 Fruhstorfer [print]”. Paralectotypes, ETHZ: 16 d, 1 9 (directly pinned) from “Generoso-Crocetta”, “Ligor- netto”, “Mt. Boglia” and “Mte Bar”. ZSM: 2 d (directly pinned) from “Mte Boglia”. Discussion. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 108, 109) mentioned material from several localities in the Canton Ticino and Valais but did not specify the number of specimens he had. The name was introduced on p. 108 as “forma fervidior Fruhst.” but on the following page Fruhstorfer denoted “fervidior subsp. nova” as a distinct Southern race which also comprised the forma obscura Zacher. For this reason fervidior has to be treated as a subspecific name. The lectotype fits well the characters given by Fruhstorfer (1921c: 109) and is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3). The composition of the entire type series is uncertain and 626 H. BAUR & A. CORAY might include more than one taxon. The lectotype designation makes it clear to which taxon this name actually refers. Fruhstorfer (1921c: 109) mainly stressed the intense, reddish coloration on hind legs and apex of abdomen of S. /. fervidior. Examination of an extensive material (CAN, ETHZ, MHNG, NHMB, NMBE, ZSM) revealed that this character is actually highly variable and does not allow the separation of the taxon from the widespread S. lineatus (Panzer) (Thorens & Nadig, 1997). Status. Junior synonym of Stenobothrus lineatus (Panzer, 1796) syn. n. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Sigfrid Ingrisch (Bad Karlshafen, Germany), Elsa Obrecht, (NMBE), Daniel Rösti (Wasen 1. E., Switzerland), Christian Kropf (NMBE) and an anonymous reviewer for critical reading of the manuscript and many useful suggestions. We are grateful to Andrew Wakeham-Dawson (Executive Secretary, ICZN) for his guidance concerning the selection of lectotypes. We are also indebted to Otto Kraus (Hamburg, Germany) for his advice concerning the status of some taxa. The senior author would specially like to thank D. Rösti for his assistance in field work and for taking some of the photographs; for the other photographs we are grateful to Lisa Schäublin (NMBE). For the loan of or information on specimens we thank Alfred P. Kaltenbach and Ulrike Aspöck (NHMW), Horst Bohn (Zoologisches Institut, Ludwig-Maximilians Universitàt, Munich, Germany), Daniel Burckhardt (NHMB), Charles Lienhard (MHNG), Andreas Müller (ETHZ), Adolf Nadig (CAN), Michael Ohl (ZMB) and Klaus Schönitzer (ZSM). REFERENCES AUDINET-SERVILLE, J. G. 1831. Revue methodique des Orthoptères. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 22: 28-65, 134-162, 262-292. Baur, H. & Coray, A. 2004. The status of some taxa related to Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) and the type of Kisella Harz (Caelifera: Acrididae: Melanoplinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 111(3): 631-642. BAUR, H., LANDAU LUSCHER, I., MÜLLER, G., SCHMIDT, M. & Coray, A. 2004. Taxonomie der Bernstein-Waldschabe Ectobius vittiventris (A. Costa, 1847) (Blattodea: Blattellidae) und ihre Verbreitung in der Schweiz. Revue suisse de Zoologie 111(2): 395-424. CoRAY, A. & LEHMANN, A. W. 1998. Taxonomie der Heuschrecken Deutschlands (Orthoptera): Formale Aspekte der wissenschaftlichen Namen. Articulata, Beiheft 7: 63-152. Coray, A. & THORENS, P. 2001. Heuschrecken der Schweiz: Bestimmungsschlüssel / Orthopteres de Suisse: clé de determination / Ortotteri della Svizzra: chiave di determinazione. Fauna Helvetica 5. Centre suisse de cartographie de la faune, Neuchätel, 235 pp. CRACRAFT, J. 1989. Speciation and its ontology: the empirical consequences of alternative species concepts for understanding patterns and processes of differentiation (pp. 28-59). In: OTTE, D. & ENDLER, J. A. (eds). Speciation and its consequences. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massachussets, xiii + 679 pp. CRACRAFT, J. 1997. Species concepts in systematics and conservation biology: an ornithological viewpoint (pp. 325-339). In: CLARIDGE, M. F., DAWAH, H. A. & WILSON, M. R. (eds.). Species: the units of biodiversity. Chapman & Hall, London, 439 pp. DETZEL, P. 1998. Die Heuschrecken Baden-Wiirttembergs. Ulmer, Stuttgart, 580 pp. Dumm, M. 1990. On some song characteristics in Ephippiger (Orthoptera, Tettigonioidea) and their geographic variation. Netherlands Journal of Zoology 40: 428-453. BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 627 Dumm, M. & OUDMAN, L. 1983. Interspecific matings in Ephippiger (Orthoptera, Tettigonioidea). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 126: 97-108. EBNER, R. 1937. Orthopterologische Studien in Nordwest-Tirol. Konowia 16: (1) 28-40, (2) 142- 152 + pl. 1. FONTANA, P., BUZZETTI, F. M., Coco, A. & ODE, B. 2002. Guida al riconoscimento e allo studio di cavallette, grilli, mantidi e insetti affini del Veneto. Blattaria, Mantodea, Isoptera, Orthoptera, Phasmatodea, Dermaptera, Embiidina. Museo Naturalistico Archeologico di Vicenza Ed., Vicenza, 592 pp. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1920a. Neue Standorte ftir Orthopteren I. Societas entomologica 35: (3) 11-12, (4) 15-16. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1920b [“1919/20”]. Eine neue Station für die Orthoptere Orphania denticauda Charp. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insektenbiologie 15: 189-190. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1920c. Neue Standorte fiir Orthopteren. Das Moor von Ligornetto bei Mendrisio. Societas entomologica 35(6): 21-22. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1920d. Tessiner Wanderbilder. Verlag des Seitz'schen Werkes, A. Kernen, Stuttgart, 97 pp. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1920e. Walliser Wanderbilder. Entomologische Rundschau 37: (8) 31-32, (9) 39-40, (10) 43-44, (11) 43-44. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1920f. Tessiner Wanderbilder. Der Monte Caslano oder Sassalto. Societas entomologica 35: (11) 41-42, (12) 46-48. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1921a [“1920”]. Tessiner Wanderbilder. III. Der Monte Salvatore. (Mit orthopterologischen, malacologischen und herpetologischen Mitteilungen). Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte [A] 86(9): 104-113. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1921b. Tessiner Wanderbilder III. Societas entomologica 36: (5) 19-20, (6) 23- 24, (7) 27-28. FRUHSTORFER, H. 1921c. Die Orthopteren der Schweiz und der Nachbarländer auf geo- graphischer sowie oekologischer Grundlage mit Berücksichtigung der fossilen Arten. Archiv für Naturgeschichte [A] 87(5): 1-262. GALVAGNI, A. 1954. Studio ecologico-sistematico sugli Ortotteroidei di un’alta valle alpina (Val di Gena - Trentino). Studi Trentini di Scienze Naturale 31: 61-102. GALVAGNI, A. 1986. La situazione del genere Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, 1933, nelle regioni Balcanica e Carpatica (Insecta: Caelifera: Catantopidae: Catantopinae). Studi Trentini di Scienze Naturale 62: 13-42. HARTLEY, J. C. & BUGREN, M. M. 1986. Colour polymorphism in Ephippiger ephippiger (Orthoptera, Tettigoniidae). Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 27: 191-199. HARTLEY, J. C. & WARNE, A. C. 1984. Taxonomy of the Ephippiger ephippiger complex (ephip- piger, cruciger and cunii), with special reference to the mechanics of copulation. Eos 60: 43-54. Harz, K. 1966. La chicharra Ephippiger ephippiger Fieb. y sus razas (Orth. Tettigoniidae). Graellsia 22: 123-133. HARZ, K. 1969. Die Orthopteren Europas/The Orthoptera of Europe. Vol. I. W. Junk, The Hague, XX + 749 pp. HARZ, K. 1973. Orthopterologische Beiträge XIII. Atalanta 4: 403-407. HARZ, K. 1975. Die Orthopteren Europas/The Orthoptera of Europe. Vol. II. W. Junk, The Hague, 939 pp. HARZ, K. & KALTENBACH, A. 1976. Die Orthopteren Europas/The Orthoptera of Europe. Vol. III. W. Junk, The Hague, 434 pp. HELLER, K.-G. 1988. Bioakustik der europäischen Laubheuschrecken. Ökologie in Forschung und Anwendung 1. Joseph Margraf, Weikersheim, 358 pp. HELLER, K.-G., KORSUNOVSKAYA, O., RAGGE, D. R., VEDENINA, V., WILLEMSE, F., ZHANTIEV, R. D. & FRANTSEVICH, L. 1998. Check-list of European Orthoptera. Articulata, Beiheft 7: 1-61. 628 H. BAUR & A. CORAY KLÖTI-HAUSER, E. 1922. Der bekreuzte Sattelträger bei Moutier (Ephippigera crucigera Fieb. = E. biterrensis Marquet [Heuschrecken, Orthoptera]). Schweizer Entomologischer Anzeiger 1: 5-6. Horn, W., KAHLE, I., FRIESE, G. & GAEDIKE, R. 1990. Collectiones entomologicae: ein Kompendium über den Verbleib entomologischer Sammlungen der Welt bis 1960. Teil I: A bis K. Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissenschaften der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik, 1-220. INGRISCH, S. & KÖHLER, G. 1998. Die Heuschrecken Mitteleuropas. Die neue Brehm Bücherei, 629. Westarp-Wissenschaften, Magdeburg, 460 pp. KRUSEMAN, G. 1988. Materiaux pour la faunistique des Orthopteres de France. III: Les Ensiferes et Caelifères: les Tridactyloides et les Tetrigoides des Musées de Paris et d’Amsterdam. Verslagen in technische Gegevens, Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie (Zoölogisch Museum) Universiteit van Amsterdam 51: XIX + 164 pp. LANDMAN, W., OUDMAN, L. & Dumm, M. 1989. Allozymic and morphological variation in Ephippiger terrestris (Yersin, 1854) (Insecta, Orthoptera, Tettigonioidea). Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 132: 184-189. MAYR, E. & ASHLOCK, P. D. 1991. Principles of systematic zoology (second edition). McGraw- Hill, New York, 475 pp. MARTIN, L. 1922. Hans Fruhstorfer +. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift Iris 36: 96-103. MISTSHENKO, L. L. 1952. Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Orthoptera, Vol. 4(2): Locusts and grasshoppers: Catantopinae. In: Keys to the Fauna of the U.S.S.R., New series No. 54. Akademii Nauk SSSR, Moskva, Leningrad, 610 pp. [English translation of Russian text: Israel programm for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, 1965]. NADIG, A. 1932. Ephippigera crucigera Fieb. oder E. vitium Serv. im Jura bei Moutier? Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft 15: 202-203. NADIG, A. 1960. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Orthopteren der Schweiz und angrenzender Gebiete: I. Neubeschreibung von Ephippiger bormansi Brunner v. Wattenwyl. Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft 33: 27-46. NADIG, A. 1968. Über die Bedeutung der Massifs de Refuge am südlichen Alpenrand (dargelegt am Beispiel einiger Orthopterenarten). Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Entomo- logischen Gesellschaft 41: 341-358. NADIG, A. 1980. Ephippiger terrestris (Yersin) und E. bormansi (Brunner v. W.) (Orthoptera): Unterarten einer polytypischen Art. Beschreibung einer dritten Unterart: E. terrestris caprai ssp. n. aus den ligurischen Alpen. Revue suisse de Zoologie 86: 473-512. NADIG, A. 1985a. Taxonomie und Verbreitung der Eupholidoptera chabrieri-Unterarten (Ortho- ptera) am Südand der Alpen, auf den Inseln der nördlichen Adria und in den Abruzzen (auf Grund morphometrischer Untersuchungen). Atti dell’Accademia Roveretana degli Agiati, a. 234, serie VI 24(B): 159-188. NADIG, A. 1985b. Melanistische Formen von Miramella und Podisma pedestris (Orthoptera: Podismini). Articulata 2: 137-140. NADIG, A. 1986. Ökologische Untersuchungen im Unterengadin. Heuschrecken (Orthoptera). Ergebnisse der wissenschaftlichen Untersuchungen im Schweizer Nationalpark, Chur 12(10): 103-167. NADIG, A. 1987. Saltatoria (Insecta) der Süd- und Südostabdachung der Alpen zwischen der Provence im W, dem pannonischen Raum im NE und Istrien im SE (mit Verzeichnissen der Fundorte und Tiere meiner Sammlung). I. Teil: Laubheuschrecken (Tettigoniidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 94: 257-356. NADIG, A. 1989. Die in den Alpen, im Jura, in den Vogesen und im Schwarzwald lebenden Arten und Unterarten von Miramella Dovnar-Zap. (Orthoptera, Catantopidae) auf Grund po- pulationsanalytischer Untersuchungen. Arti dell’Accademia Roveretana degli Agiati, a. 238, serie VI 28(B): 101-262 + pls. 6-9 in fine. NADIG, A., SCHWEIZER, W. & TREPP, W. 1991. Die Verbreitung der Heuschrecken (Orthoptera: Saltatoria) auf einem Diagonalprofil durch die Alpen (Inntal - Maloja - Bregaglia - Lago di Como-Furche). Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Graubünden 106(2): 5-380. BLATTODEA, ENSIFERA AND CAELIFERA DESCRIBED BY H. FRUHSTORFER 629 Nixon, K. C. & WHEELER, Q. D. 1990. An amplification of the phylogenetic species concept. Cladistics 6: 211-223. OBENBERGER, J. 1926. Rovnokridly hmyz (Orthoptera a Dermaptera) republiky Ceskoslovenské (se 4 tabulemi a 25 obrazy v textu) [In Czech]. Fauna et flora Cechoslovenica. I. Ndkladem Ceske Akademie Ved a Umeni, Praha, VII + 234 + 4 pls. OTTE, D. 1997. Orthoptera Species File 7: Tettigonioidea. Orthopterists’ Society and the Aca- demy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 373 pp. OUDMAN, L., Dum, M. & LANDMAN, W. 1990. Morphological and allozyme variation in the Ephippiger ephippiger complex (Orthoptera, Tettigonioidea). Netherlands Journal of Zoology 40: 454-483. PRINCIS, K. 1971. Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea Fam.: Ectobiidae. In: Beier, M. (ed.). Orthopterum Catalogus. Pars 14. W. Junk N. V., ‘s-Gravenhage, pp. 1039-1224. PUSCHNIG, R. 1910. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Orthopterenfauna von Kärnten. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-königlichen zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 60: 1-60. RAGGE, D. R. & REYNOLDs, W. J. 1998. The songs of the grasshoppers and crickets of Western Europe. Harley, Essex, XXII + 591 pp. RAMME, W. 1923. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie des Blattidengenus Ectobius Steph. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 89: 97-168 + 2 pls. SEITZ, A. 1922. Hans Fruhstorfer +. Entomologische Rundschau 8%5): 17. THORENS, P. & NADIG, A. 1997. Atlas de distribution des Orthoptères de Suisse. Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae 16. Centre suisse de cartographie de la faune, Neuchàtel, 236 pp. APPENDIX Material of Ephippiger examined in this study. The data of many specimens have already been published by Nadig (1968, 1987) or Thorens & Nadig (1997) and are thus quoted in short form. E. bormansi, CAN: ITALY, Como: Val Sanagra, A. Livea 1 ©; Val Sanagra, S A. Erba 1 d; Monte Grona 2 d; CH, Canton Ticino, Monte Boglia 1 6; Lago di Como: Cortafongrat 3 4; Piemonte: V. d’ Arma, near Cle. di Muro 2 d; over Montaldo di Cosola, 1200-1250 m, 9.9.1990, leg. Nadig 2 d. SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Val Morobbia, Melirolo 3 4, 3 9. ETHZ: SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Monte Boglia, leg. Fruhstorfer 1 4 larva; Val da Colla, Corticiasca, Monte Bar, leg. Nadig 1 6, 1 9. NHMB: SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Monte Tamaro, Medé, 1645-1660 m, 26.8.1995, leg. Coray 3 6,2 ©. NMBE: SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Miglieglia, Monte Lema, 1620 m, 707.9/99.75, 4.10.2000, leg. Baur 5 d, 3 2; Miglieglia, Mater delle Tagliadelle, 1160 m, 708.7/99.1, 4.10.2000, leg. Baur 6 d, 1 2; Monte Generoso, Pianconce, 1400 m, 722.1/86.4, 24.9.1998, leg. Baur 7 d , 1 2; Monte Generoso, Pianconce, 1400 m, 722.1/86.4, 29.9.1999, leg. Baur 12 d. E. diurnus, CAN: FRANCE, Alpes: Col de Perty 5 d,5 2; Guillestre 2 d; Provence: La Sainte-Baumes, Gémenos 2 à ; Alpes Marittimes: Gréolières, Cheiron 3 4,3 9; Durence, N Embrun 1 d; Var: Ampus-Chäteaudouble 2 6; Vaucluse: Méouge 1 6; Mont Ventoux 3 d; Hérault: N Lodève 2 d. SWITZERLAND, Canton Vaud: Mont sur Rolle 1 & ; Sepey 1 6; Mont sur les Truits 1 9; Canton Bern: Moutier 5 6, 1 9; CKH: FRANCE, Bouches-du-Rhône: Marseille, surroundings 1 6; Mont Majour, 1 à; Aveyron: Cause du Larzac, La Couvertoirade 1 6; Lozère: Marvyols 2 d, 2 9; Hérault: Mt. Caroux 2 6; Nefiès 1 d. ETHZ: FRANCE, Hautes-Provence: Gavarnie, leg. Sauter 3 d, 1 2; Dordogne: Lascaux, leg. Sauter 3 d, 2 9; Vaucluse: Luberon, leg. Sauter 3 6; Puy de Dome: St. Victor, leg. Sauter 1 d, 12. SWITZERLAND, Canton Bern: Moutier, leg. Nadig 1 d. NHMB: FRANCE, Haut-Rhin: Rufach [= Rouffach], 8.1923 1 &,1 9. NMBE: FRANCE, Les Landes: Lit-et-Mixe, July 1970, 1 2; Lozère: St-Martin-de- Lansuscle, Château le Cauvel, 780 m, 12.7.1991, leg. Baur 3 d,2 9, ex larva; Var: Aiguines, 259198541007 630 H. BAUR & A. CORAY ZSM: FRANCE, Isère: Grenoble, leg. Fruhstorfer 2 ¢. E. ephippiger, CAN: AUSTRIA, Wien: Eichkogel 1 d, 2 2; Wien 2 &; Niederösterreich Hainburger Berge, Hundsheimerberg 1 dé; Mautern-Rosatz 1 &; Guntramsdorf-Richardshof 1 9; HUNGARY, Budapest: Harmashatargh. 1 d,1 2; MACEDO- NIA, Skopie: Vodno 1 d,5 2; Sar Planina: Prevalao-Mt. Bistra 1 6; Vratnika 2 6,7 9; Krusevo 1 4; SLOVENIA, Gracnicatal: E Rimske Toplice: 1 2; Gorjanci 2 6, 1 9. CKH: AUSTRIA, Wien: Eichkogel bei Mödling 1 6; CZECH REPUBLIC, Moravia: Mohelno 1 4, 1 2; HUNGARY: Pillisszanto 1 6; SERBIA: Podgorica [= Titograd] 1 ®; MACEDONIA, Bitola 2 6, 1 2. NMBE: AUSTRIA: Wien, leg. Brunner v. W. 1 d. NHMW: many dd © 2 from Vienna and surroundings, Styria and Carinthia. E. persicarius, CAN: ITALY, Brianza: Eupilio-M. Cornizzolo 6 6, 6 9; N Brescia: Lumezzane 1 6, 1 9; Prealpi Bresciane: Capovalle, Monte Stino, 1400-1466 m, 31.8.1992, leg. Nadig 2 6, 2 2; Como: Vestreno, Madonna Bondo 2 6, 1 2; Chiavenna, Menarola 3 6,1 9; Dorio, Perdonasco 1 d ; Piemonte: S Biella, La Bessa 2 d,1 2; Lombardio: Apennino, Pso. del Penice, 1100-1150 m, 8.9.1990, leg. Nadig 2 d, 1 9 ; Pallanza: Cresta della Ceresa 2 & ; Trarego: Cannero 1 6; SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Bré, Aldesago 2 2; Bré-M.Boglia, Castra 4 9; Gola di Lago 2 d; CH, Ticino, Bré-Val Morobbia 2 3; Locarno, Cardada 2 4,2 9; N Piano di Magadino, Sassariente-Cima Sassello 2 d, 1 2; Monte Generoso 1 d; Val d’Arbedo, Monte Fogal2 8,22% ETHZ: SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Salvatore 1 9 ; Generoso-Crocetta 1 6, 1 9, S. Stefano-Balerna 2 ?, Capolago-Meride 3 2, Arzo-Meride 1 ©, Ligornetto-Tremona 2 d, 5 9, Ligornetto 1 9, Losone 1 ?, all leg. Fruhstorfer; San Salvatore, leg. Sauter 2 d; 1 2, Monte Caslano, leg. Sauter 1 d ; Maroggia, leg. Krüger 1 G. NHMB: ITALY: Valtellina, Tirano 1 4. SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Mendrisio 1 9, larvae 1 9, Monte Generoso, Pianca comune, 1280 m, 9.8.1988, leg. Coray 1 d. NHMW: ITALY, Trentino: Storo, holotype d, paratypes 1 4,2 © of E. vicheti Harz [tit- tilators of holotype were missing!]; SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Capolago-Meride 1 9, Ligornetto-Tremona | © [both © 2 Fruhstorfer leg. and det. as “E. perforatus”]. NMBE: SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Monte-Carasso, Cima della Pianca, 1660 m, 717.9/119.3, 28.8.2001, leg. Baur & Rösti 4 d; Cugnasco, Monti della Gana, 1400 m, 713.5/113.5, 4.10.2002, leg. Baur & Rôsti 9 d, 2 2; Gudo, Monti di Boscaloro, 1100 m, 713.3/116.5, 2.10.2002, leg. Rösti 1 d, 1 9; Gudo, Fontane di Biasca, 1200 m, 717.1/116.8, 3.10.2002, leg. Baur & Rösti 1 d, 1 2; Val Onsernone, Barione, 13.10.1961, leg. Huber 1 9; Monte Generoso, Pianconce, 1400 m, 722.1/86.4, 24.9.1998, leg. Baur 4 d, 4 9; Monte Generoso, Pianconce, 1400 m, 722.1/86.4, 29.9.1999, leg. Baur 1 9; Miglieglia, Mater delle Tagliadelle, 1160 m, 708.7/99.1, 4.10.2000, leg. Baur 1 d; Miglieglia, N Frecc, 850 m, 708.8/98.25, 4.10.2000, leg. Baur 2 3; Meride, SE Cassina 860 m, 717.3/84.65, 28.9.1999, leg. Baur 3 d,1 9; 1.10.1999, leg. Baur 2 d, 1 2; Meride, SSE San Giorgio, 1020 m, 717.4/85.4, 23.9.1998, leg. Baur 1 5; Lugano, Lurenzin, 1200 m, 716.6/97.8, 13.9.2001, leg. Rôsti 1 à. ZSM: SWITZERLAND, Canton Ticino: Ligornetto, 28.7.1919, leg. Fruhstorfer 1 9; Generoso-Camoscé, 22.9.1919, leg. Fruhstorfer 1 9; Capolago-Meride, 7.9.1919, leg. Fruhstorfer 1 d. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 631-642; septembre 2004 The status of some taxa related to Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) and the type of Kisella Harz (Caelifera: Acrididae: Melanoplinae) Hannes BAUR! & Armin CORAY? 1 Department of Invertebrates, Natural History Museum, Bernastrasse 15, CH-3005 Bern, Switzerland. E-mail: hannes.baur@nmbe.unibe.ch (correspondence) 2 Natural History Museum, Augustinergasse 2, CH-4001 Basel, Switzerland. E-mail: armin.coray@balcab.ch The status of some taxa related to Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) and the type of Kisella Harz (Caelifera: Acrididae: Melanoplinae). - The present paper provides taxonomic notes on four taxa of the genus Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, 1933. Two species, M. irena (Fruhstorfer) and M. carin- thiaca (Obenberger), which have often been confused are keyed out and illustrated. A neotype is designated for M. carinthiaca to provide a firm basis for the application of this name. We also show that this name has wrongly been attributed to Puschnig, 1910 (instead of Obenberger, 1926) by all subsequent authors. The currently accepted interpretation of the two taxa furthermore requires the designation of a lectotype for Pezotettix alpinus collinus Brunner von Wattenwyl in Künstler, 1864, which is thus fixed as a junior synonym of M. alpina (Kollar, 1833). Finally, the type species of the subgenus Kisella Harz, 1973 of Miramella, M. carinthiaca (Obenberger) [= Podisma alpina carinthiaca Obenberger, 1926], had been misidentified by Harz. We therefore validly fix the taxonomic taxon involved in the misidentification, M. irena (Fruhstorfer) [= Podisma alpina irena Fruh- storfer, 1921], as the type species of Kisella. Keywords: Miramella carinthiaca - Pezotettix alpinus collinus - lectotype designation - neotype designation - type species fixation - taxonomy. INTRODUCTION In the course of a taxonomic revision of the Caelifera described by H. Fruhstorfer (Baur & Coray, 2004, this volume) we encountered a complex taxonomic problem which is related to one of the revised taxa, Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) [= Podisma alpina irena Fruhstorfer, 1921]. In the past this species had been confounded by several authors with M. carinthiaca (Obenberger) [= Podisma alpina carinthiaca Obenberger, 1926a] (see Galvagni, 1986a) which, in turn, led to the misidentification of M. carinthiaca as the type species of the subgenus Kisella Harz of Miramella and to a general instability in the application of these names (Galvagni, 1986b; Nadig, 1989). Here, we address the problems associated with those taxa. The two species, M. irena and M. carinthiaca, are keyed out and illustrated in order to Manuscript accepted 18.03.2004 632 H. BAUR & A. CORAY facilitate their recognition. We also designate a neotype for M. carinthiaca and show that this name had hitherto been attributed to the wrong author and date. Furthermore, we select a lectotype for Pezotettix alpinus collinus Brunner von Wattenwyl in Künstler, 1864, a nominal taxon with an ambiguous status (Galvagni, 1986a). Finally, we validly fix the type species of Kisella Harz in accordance with Art. 70.3 of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Fourth edition, 1999, ICZN). For information concerning material and methods and abbreviations of depositories we refer to Baur & Coray (2004, this volume). Podisma alpina carinthiaca Obenberger Podisma alpinum var. carinthiacum [sic!] Obenberger, 1926a: 179, first available use of Podisma alpina var. alpina subvar. carinthiaca Puschnig, 1910: 27, 28, unavailable name. Neotype d, Austria, Carinthia: Nockberge, Grundtal-Grundalm, here designated (CAN [examined]). Material. Neotype 4 (Fig. 1, directly pinned, right antenna and left mid tarsus lacking, genital complex exposed) labelled “A: Kärnten: 82:109 Nockgebiet: Grundtal 1750 m 25.8.82 leg. NADIG [print]; 82: 109 No. 2 ([print] 6 [hand]) MIKROPH. Kopf,Elytra Penis v. Seite [print, yellow label]; M. ...[deleted word] carin-thiaca [sic] (PUSCH.) [print] ¢ [hand] det. NADIG [print]; TOPO-Typus [print, red label with black border]” (Fig. 2). Discussion. The name carinthiaca has consistently been attributed to Puschnig (1910) by subsequent authors (e.g. Ramme, 1941, 1951; Galvagni, 1954, 1986a, 1986b, 1987; Hölzel, 1955; Harz, 1973, 1975; Nadig 1987, 1989; Otte, 1995; Ingrisch & Köhler, 1998; Heller er al., 1998; among others), which is wrong. Puschnig (1910: 27) introduced “Podisma alpina var. alpina subvar. carinthiaca” as the fourth name in addition to a trinomen. Art. 45.5.1 of the Code (ICZN) says that such a name is infra- subspecific and cannot be made available from its original publication by any sub- sequent action. Following this article, the first author using the same word in a manner that satisfies the provisions of the Code has thus established a new name with its own authorship and date. This first author was Obenberger (1926a: 179) who used the name in a trinomen as “Podisma alpinum var. carinthiacum [sic]. Though the name was published as “var.” it has subspecific status (ICZN, Art. 45.6.4) and is deemed to have been published in the form Podisma alpina carinthiaca Obenberger. Obenberger (1926a, in Czech) published P. a. carinthiaca in a book on Ortho- ptera and allied insects from Czechoslovakia and adjacent countries of which a shorter edition (Obenberger, 1926b) appeared in French in the same year. We have no further information as to the exact date of publication of these works which is why both are to be considered as being published simultaneously (December 31, 1926). However, in the French edition Obenberger referred to his Czech book as “...mon travail original tchèque” (1926b: 117; compare also his remarks under “N. B.” on p. 233 where he gave the exact quotation and paging of the Czech work). Therefore, we give prece- dence to P. a. carinthiaca as published in this Czech edition (Obenberger, 19262). It might be informative for the reader that the French edition was also published as a separate reprint with its own paging (1-121). Several authors, for instance Mistshenko (1952) or Otte (1995), quoted from this reprint. 1 Podisma is actually feminine. ON MIRAMELLA IRENA AND KISELLA (CAELIFERA) 633 A: Kärnten: 82:109 Nockgebiet: Grundtal 1750 » 25.8.82 leg.NADIG 62:109 No.2 (4) MIIROPH Kopf, Elytra Penis v, Seite eg 2 et. NADIG Fics 1-2 Neotype d of Miramella carinthiaca: (1) habitus in lateral and in dorsal view. Scale 1 cm. Photographs L. Schäublin. (2) labels, original size. It is important to address the question which specimen(s) constitute the name- bearing type of P. a. carinthiaca. Usually, the author who establishes a new name is also responsible for the name-bearing type but here this is not evident. For instance, Obenberger failed to specify any data with regard to the origin and composition of his material. Apparently, he had not the intention to establish a new taxon, because he (1926a: 179) quoted the name as “Podisma alpinum var. carinthiacum [sic] Puschnig”. Yet, an unambiguous bibliographic reference to Puschnig (1910) is missing although Obenberger (1926a: 24) listed Puschnig among those authors whose work he considered important. On the other hand, we have found a striking resemblance in the respective descriptions which are quoted verbatim below: “Die kurzflügelige alpina-Form zeigt im Vergleich zu niederösterreichischen Exemplaren noch kürzere, das dritte Hinterleibssegment nicht überragende Elytrenschuppen, welche ähnlich wie bei Pod. Fieberi Scudd. und Schmidti Fieb. stark seitlich gerückt sind, ihre ovoide und relativ breite Form jedoch beibehalten haben (subvar. carinthiaca m.)” (Puschnig, 1910: 27, 28). “Krovky kratké, kratSf neZ u typické formy [= alpina], avSak Siroké a ovälnt, sil- né na strany posunuté” (Obenberger, 1926a: 179). 634 H. BAUR & A. CORAY If we allow for certain discrepancies in the wording due to natural constraints of language (German versus Czech) and context (diagnosis versus key) then both au- thors describe essentially the same character. In short, they consider the elytra to be shorter than in alpina, ovoid, broad, and strongly confined laterally. Evidently, Obenberger did not mention any additional character. Couplet 9” of his key rather looks like a mere translation and adaptation of the German text. A similar close match of descriptions is also present in all other cases where Obenberger (1926a) attributed a taxon to Puschnig, e.g. Chrysochraon brachypterus var. subcoeruleus (p. 141), Podisma pedestre var. maius [= major in Puschnig, 1910] (p. 178), Caloptenus italicus ab. bilineatus (p. 181), among others. Coincidence can hardly be the cause for such a high degree of congruence. Rather it suggests that Obenberger used Puschnig’s diagnoses as a template for the respective paragraphs of his key. Because we do not know of any other publication containing the name let alone a description of P. a. carinthiaca prior to Obenberger (1926a), Obenberger’s mentioning of Puschnig in combination with a taxon is actually a reference to that particular work of Puschnig (1910). Following Art. 72.4.4 of the Code, the specimens cited by Puschnig (1910) from Carinthia are thus to be considered as the name-bearing type of P. a. carinthiaca Obenberger. This may look bewildering at first glance but it is convenient, because the type remains the same with regard to previous works where the authorship had erroneously been attributed to Puschnig (see above). According to Nadig (1989: 179) no type material of P. a. carinthiaca is pre- served in the Museums of Klagenfurt and Vienna where Puschnig’s collection is assumed to be deposited. Nadig’s statement is confirmed by the curators of the respec- tive Museums, Drs P. Mildner and A. Kaltenbach (pers. comm.), and our own search in the NHMW. Furthermore, the “neotypes” erected by Harz (1975: 290) and Nadig (1989: 179) are invalid because their actions were in clear violation of the regulations of the Code (ICZN, Art. 75.3). For instance, both authors selected a pair of “neotypes” which they kept in their private collection (note: contrary to his claim, Nadig actually did not designate any specimens of his collection as “neotypes”, but he labelled a series of 23 d, 27 © from Grundtal-Grundalm as “TOPO-typus”). Therefore, the name- bearing type of P. a. carinthiaca is definitely no more in existence. This situation is rather unfortunate, in particular with regard to the complicated taxonomic history of P. a. carinthiaca. Ramme (1941) was the first to use the name in the current combination with Miramella as “Miramella alpina collina f. carinthiaca Puschnig”. He (1941: 128) apparently misinterpreted the taxon, because the elytra were said to be intermediate in length with regard to M. alpina alpina with short and M. a. collina with long elytra. A respective specimen was figured later by him (Ramme, 1951, plate 4, figure 1b). Ramme’s interpretation was thus in clear contradiction to Puschnig’s (1910) description and this probably caused much of the later confusion. The name carinthiaca has subsequently been adopted for a species of Miramella by Galvagni (1954) but thereby was confounded with M. irena (Fruhstorfer) (see also Hölzel, 1955: 60). This, in turn, led to the misidentification of P. a. carinthiaca as the type species of the subgenus Kisella Harz of Miramella (see below). Only the studies by Galvagni (1986a) and Nadig (1989) have shed some light on these problems and provide a more satisfying delimitation of the species. With regard to the apparent ON MIRAMELLA IRENA AND KISELLA (CAELIFERA) 635 difficulties in separating these taxa, however, we think it is justified to designate a neo- type for P. a. carinthiaca. This provides a firm basis for subsequent investigations and furthermore allows selection of a type locality among several distant places in Carinthia [Puschnig (1910: 27) mentioned “Grundlalm [sic]-Schiestlnock [sic]”, “Saualpe-Weite Alpe”, “Metnitztal (Oberhof, Mödringgraben, Pachlergraben, ...)” as the origin of his material]. We thus propose for a neotype a male from Grundtal- Grundalm in CAN (see above). This selection ensures that the application of the name will rest on Obenberger (1926a) as well as on Galvagni’s and Nadig’s major contri- butions to the taxonomy of Miramella. As mentioned above, the differences between M. carinthiaca and M. irena are subtle. Although Nadig (1989) thoroughly studied both species, he failed to provide a synthesis in form of a short diagnosis. Below, the most important diagnostic characters are presented in a key which is based on a re-examination of material from many collections (see Appendix): - Elytra (Figs 3, 5) squamipterous, always widely separated medially. Dark markings on pronotum (Figs 3, 5) usually less extensive, median keel often only slightly darkened. Penis (Fig. 7) in lateral view with dorsal valves slender and uniformly narrowing; ventral valves elongate, at most as broad as dorsal valves basally ................. M. carinthiaca - Elytra (Figs 4, 6) longer, squamipterous to subbrachypterous, usually touching medially. Dark markings on pronotum (Figs 4, 6) rather more extensive, median keel and some of the transverse sulci usually strongly darkened. Penis (Fig. 8) in lateral view with dorsal valves less slender, abruptly narrowing in apical third; ventral valves stouter, broader than COrsalivalVesbasdllyi e e Re a. RS Re EEE M. irena The two species occur in the south-eastern part of the Alps where they are largely parapatric in distribution. Their ranges have been investigated by Galvagni (1986a) and Nadig (1989) who found occasional hybrid populations between M. carinthiaca and M. irena or M. alpina (Kollar). Yet, the status of these taxa is currently not under debate. Status. Miramella (Kisella) carinthiaca (Obenberger, 1926a) stat. rev. Pezotettix alpinus collinus Brunner von Wattenwyl Pezotettix alpina var. collina [sic®] Brunner von Wattenwyl in Künstler, 1864: 773. Lectotype 3, Slovakia: Pressburg [= Bratislava], here designated (NHMW [examined]). Material. Lectotype 3 (directly pinned, remounted by H. Baur; genital complex ex- posed; tip of left ventral valve (Fig. 9) lacking, however, the missing part was restored in the drawing according to the intact right ventral valve) labelled “Coll. Br.v.W [print] Pressburg Seyffert leg. [hand]; det. Br. v. W [print] Podisma alpina Koll. [hand]; 4345. [hand, label with double border]”. The first two labels are not from Brunner’s hand and probably have been added later. The number “4345” refers to Brunner’s collection index. The respective page shows an en- try of the year “1864” on the top left. Lines 4334-4359 are headed by a note that reads “... [?, illegible] Seyffert im August u. Sept. Pressburg. ...”. On line 4345 is finally stated “... collina”. 2 Pezotettix is actually masculine. H. BAUR & A. CORAY 636 pra TESO Fics 3-6 Head and thorax of © in dorsal view: (3) Miramella carinthiaca (from type locality), (4) M. ire- na (from South Tyrol: Mendelkamm, Felixeralm). Pronotum and wings of d in lateral view: (5) (6) M. irena (same locality as ?). Scale 1 mm. Drawings A. Coray. M. carinthiaca (neotype), ON MIRAMELLA IRENA AND KISELLA (CAELIFERA) 637 Paralectotypes, 1 6, 1 2 (directly pinned) labelled: “Coll. Br.v.W [print] Pressburg Seyffert leg. [hand]; det. Br. v. W [print] Podisma alpina Koll. [hand]; Miramella alpina (KOL- LAR) det. A. Galvagni,1961 [print; this label on 2 only]”. Both specimens stood beside lecto- type under a bottom label “4345. Pressburg [hand, label with double border]” and are considered as part of the type series. The true extent of the type series is unknown. We have examined further specimens from Vienna and surroundings, Mehadia, and some other localities which might belong to the type series, but lack any positive evidence such as unambiguous determination labels by Brunner or a respective entry in the above-mentioned collection index. Thus, they can not be considered as part of the type series with certainty. This material is summarily listed in the Appendix under M. alpina and M. irena. Discussion. Brunner first mentioned a brachypterous form of “Pezotettix alpina [sic]” from “Wienerwald” and “Krain” in his “Orthopterologische Studien” (1861: 222), but without giving a name. Brunner’s description of Pezotettix alpinus collinus was then published in a paper by Künstler (1864) (see Mistshenko, 1952) on an out- break of M. alpina and not first in the “Prodromus” (Brunner, 1882), as stated by many authors (e.g. Harz, 1975; Galvagni, 1986a, Nadig, 1989; among others). Brunner (in Künstler, 1864: 773) indicated a rather large distribution of his new taxon by noting “Die letztere [= collinus] tritt zuerst in der Gegend von Wien auf, breitet sich südlich in die Krain und östlich bis Mehadia aus, (südlich von Laibach [= Ljubljana] ist sie mir unbekannt, ebenso wenig in Serbien und Siebenbürgen). Sie findet sich nur im Hügelland (weder in der ungarischen Ebene, noch im Hochgebirge der Krain und Serbien’s)”. In other words, collinus is said to occur from Vienna to Mehadia (near Baile Herculane, Romania) in the East and Krain (i. e. the region North of Ljubljana, Slovenia) in the South, where it is confined to hilly areas. Naturally, this large and vaguely defined distribution does also include the specimens from Bratislava in Brunner’s collection. Clearly, the distribution of collinus as indicated by Brunner includes several taxa. For instance, we have seen specimens of M. alpina as well as M. irena in Brunner’s material from Mehadia (Appendix). Galvagni (1986a: 27) also reported both species from this locality. Furthermore, the distribution of collinus may even comprise part of the range of M. carinthiaca (see distribution map in Galvagni, 1986a: 35). As a consequence, M. irena and M. carinthiaca could possibly be regarded as junior syno- nyms of collinus. In fact, these three taxa have often been interpreted very differently in the past, for instance by Mistshenko (1952) and Harz (1975). Therefore, a lectotype of collinus is designated to ensure stability in the application of this name (ICZN, Art. 74.7.3), which thus becomes a junior synonym of M. alpina. With this interpretation, we follow the seminal and now widely accepted work of Galvagni (1954, 1986a) and Nadig (1989) who considered collinus as the brachypterous form of M. alpina. The best character to separate this form from the very similar M. irena are the male genitalia (see Nadig, 1989). The penis valves of the lectotype (Fig. 9) very nicely fit Nadig’s figure (1989: 257, figure 37) of aM. alpina 3 from “Wiener Wald”. Status. Junior synonym of Miramella (Kisella) alpina (Kollar, 1833) (Galvagni, 1986a: 26, 27). Kisella Harz Kisella Harz, 1973: 403 (subgenus of Miramella). Type species: Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) [= Podisma alpina irena Fruhstorfer, 1921], here designated. 638 H. BAUR & A. CORAY Fics 7-9 Male genitalia of (7) Miramella carinthiaca (neotype), (8) M. irena (same specimen as in Fig. 6) and (9) Pezotettix alpinus collinus (lectotype; the tip of the left ventral valve is actually lacking, however, the missing part was restored in the drawing according to the intact right ventral valve). Scale 1 mm. Drawings A. Coray. ON MIRAMELLA IRENA AND KISELLA (CAELIFERA) 639 Discussion. Harz (1973) established the new subgenus Kisella of Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij with “K. c. carinthiaca Puschnig” as the type species by original designation. As we argued above, he wrongly attributed the authorship of the type species to Puschnig (1910) instead of Obenberger (1926a). According to Art. 67.7 of the Code (ICZN) Harz is nevertheless to be considered as having validly fixed the type species as Miramella carinthiaca (Obenberger). However, this species had been misidentified by Harz, since he (1973: 403) quoted Hermagor, Carinthia (Austria) as the origin of his material. Galvagni (1986a) and Nadig (1989) demonstrated that specimens from this locality undoubtedly belong to M. irena (Fruhstorfer). Moreover, Harz (1973) actually described the true M. carinthiaca as M. carinthiaca puschnigi, thus establishing a junior synonym of the former (Galvagni, 1986a: 22; Nadig, 1989: 179). A re-examination of the respective specimens fully confirms these views (see Appendix). Concerning the selection of a type species, the respective species are obviously very closely related and probably would be equally eligible as type species of Kisella. But because Harz connected the type species so clearly with some particular specimens, we feel that the taxonomic species actually involved in the misiden- tification, M. irena, would best serve stability and universality here. Probably for similar reasons, Galvagni (1986b: 70) listed the same taxon as the type species of Kisella. However, Galvagni’s action was invalid with regard to the Code then in force (see Coray & Lehmann, 1998: 107) and no valid type fixation has hitherto been made. In accordance with Art. 70.3 of the Code (ICZN) we now fix the taxonomic species involved in the misidentification, M. irena (Fruhstorfer) [= Podisma alpina irena Fruhstorfer, 1921], misidentified as M. carinthiaca (Obenberger) [= Podisma alpina carinthiaca Obenberger, 1926a] in the original designation by Harz (1973, sub “K. c. carinthiaca Puschnig”), as the type species of Kisella. The taxonomic status of Kisella is not yet settled. Galvagni (1986b, 1987) has elevated all previous subgenera to generic level but there is also a tendency to regard Miramella as a single unit and to ignore subgenera such as Kisella (Heller et al., 1998; Coray & Thorens, 2001). The split of Miramella into several taxa by Harz (1973) and Galvagni (1986b) may indeed not withstand a rigorous cladistic analysis. Here, we simply follow the last comprehensive study on Miramella by Nadig (1989) who treated Kisella as a subgenus (see also Coray & Lehmann, 1998; Ingrisch & Köhler, 1998). Status. Subgenus of Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, 1933 (Nadig, 1989: 106). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are indebted to Otto Kraus (Hamburg, Germany) for his help concerning the authorship of Podisma alpina carinthiaca. We thank Elsa Obrecht (NMBE), Christian Kropf (NMBE) and an anonymous reviewer for critical reading of the manuscript and many useful suggestions. We are also grateful to Lisa Schäublin (NMBE) for taking photographs. For the loan of or information on specimens we thank J. Constant (Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles), Alfred P. Kaltenbach and Ulrike Aspöck (NHMW), Charles Lienhard (MHNG), Paul Mildner (Landes- museum Kärnten, Klagenfurt, Austria), Andreas Müller (ETHZ), Michael Ohl (ZMB), and Klaus Schönitzer (ZSM). 640 H. BAUR & A. CORAY REFERENCES BAUR, H. & CORAY, A. 2004. A revision of the Blattodea, Ensifera and Caelifera described by H. Fruhstorfer. Revue suisse de Zoologie 111(3): 611-630. BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, C. 1861. Orthopterologische Studien. I. Beiträge zu Darwin’s Theorie über die Entstehung der Arten. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-königlichen zoo- logisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 11: 221-228. BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, C. 1882. Prodromus der europäischen Orthopteren. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig, XXXII + 466 pp. + 11 pls + 1 map. BURR, M. 1913. Collections zoologiques du Baron Edm. de Selys Longchamps — Catalogue systématique et descriptif, Fasc. II: Orthoptères. Hayez, Impr. des Academies, Bruxelles, 35 pp. Coray, A. & LEHMANN, A. W. 1998. Taxonomie der Heuschrecken Deutschlands (Orthoptera): Formale Aspekte der wissenschaftlichen Namen. Articulata, Beiheft 7: 63-152. Coray, A. & THORENS, P. 2001. Heuschrecken der Schweiz: Bestimmungsschlüssel / Orthoptéres de Suisse: clé de determination / Ortotteri della Svizzra: chiave di determinazione. Fauna Helvetica 5. Centre suisse de cartographie de la faune, Neuchätel, 235 pp. GALVAGNI, A. 1954. Studio ecologico-sistematico sugli Ortotteroidei di un’alta valle alpina (Val di Genova - Trentino). Studi Trentini di Scienze Naturale 31: 61-102. GALVAGNI, A. 1986a. La situazione del genere Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, 1933, nelle regioni Balcanica e Carpatica (Insecta: Caelifera: Catantopidae). Studi Trentini di Scienze Naturale 62: 13-42. GALVAGNI, A. 1986b. Attuale struttura sistematica del genere Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, 1933, e proposta per una sua scomposizione in piü generi (Insecta: Caelifera: Catantopidae: Catantopinae). Arti/ dell’Accademia Roveretana degli Agiati, a. 235, serie VI 25(B): 67-84. GALVAGNI, A. 1987. The genus Miramella Dovnar-Zapolskij, 1933, in the Balkan and the Carpathian regions (Pp. 208-218). Jn: BACCETTI, B. M. (ed.). Evolutionary biology of orthopteroid insects. Ellis Horwood, Chichester, 612 pp. HARZ, K. 1973. Orthopterologische Beiträge XIII. Atalanta 4: 403-407. HARZ, K. 1975. Die Orthopteren Europas/The Orthoptera of Europe. Vol. II. W. Junk, The Hague, 939 pp. HELLER, K.-G., KORSUNOVSKAYA, O., RAGGE, D. R., VEDENINA, V., WILLEMSE, F., ZHANTIEV, R. D. & FRANTSEVICH, L. 1998. Check-list of European Orthoptera. Articulata, Beiheft 7: 1-61. HÔLZEL, E. 1955. Heuschrecken und Grillen Kärntens. Carinthia II, 19. Sonderheft: 1-112. INGRISCH, S. & KÖHLER, G. 1998. Die Heuschrecken Mitteleuropas. Die neue Brehm Bücherei, 629. Westarp-Wissenschaften, Magdeburg, 460 pp. KÜNSTLER, G. A. 1864. Ueber Heuschreckenfrass. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-königlichen zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 14: 769-746 [recte 776]. MISTSHENKO, L. L. 1952. Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Orthoptera, Vol. 4(2): Locusts and grasshoppers: Catantopinae. In: Keys to the Fauna of the U.S.S.R., New series No. 54. Akademii Nauk SSSR, Moskva, Leningrad, 610 pp. [English translation of Russian text: Israel programm for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, 1965]. NADIG, A. 1987. On the taxonomy and geonomy of the genus Miramella in the Alps, the Jura, the Vosges, the Schwarzwald, and the Pfalzerwald (pp. 373-376). In: BACCETTI, B. M. (ed.). Evolutionary biology of orthopteroid insects. Ellis Horwood, Chichester, 612 pp. NADIG, A. 1989. Die in den Alpen, im Jura, in den Vogesen und im Schwarzwald lebenden Arten und Unterarten von Miramella Dovnar-Zap. (Orthoptera, Catantopidae) auf Grund populationsanalytischer Untersuchungen. Arti dell’Accademia Roveretana degli Agiati, a. 238, serie VI 28(B): 101-262 + pls. 6-9 in fine. OBENBERGER, J. 1926a. Rovnokridly hmyz (Orthoptera a Dermaptera) republiky Ceskosloven- ské (se 4 tabulemi a 25 obrazy v textu) [In Czech]. Fauna et flora Cechoslovenica. I. Nakladem Geské Akademie Véd a Umeni, Praha, VII + 234 + 4 pls. ON MIRAMELLA IRENA AND KISELLA (CAELIFERA) 641 OBENBERGER, J. 1926b. Orthoptères et dermaptères de la République Tschécoslovaque. Bulletin international de l’académie tcheque des sciences 27: 113-238 + 4 pls. OTTE, D. 1995. Orthoptera Species File 4: Grasshoppers [Acridomorpha] C. Orthopterists’ Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 518 pp. PUSCHNIG, R. 1910. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Orthopterenfauna von Kärnten. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-königlichen zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 60: 1-60. RAMME, W. 1941. Die Orthopterenfauna von Kärnten. Carinthia II, 131: 121-131. RAMME, W. 1951. Zur Systematik, Faunistik und Biologie der Orthopteren von Südost-Europa und Vorderasien. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin (1950) 27: 1-431 + 39 pls. APPENDIX Material of Miramella species examined in this study. For abbreviations of depositories, see Baur & Coray (2004, this volume). Miramella alpina: INSTITUT royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, coll. de Selys Longchamps: “B. W. Pezott. [sic] alpina Var. Vienne [hand]” 1 8,1 9; “Var. alata [hand]; B. W. Pezott. [sic] alpina Var. Vienne [hand]” 1 ?. The 3 specimens are listed in Burr’s (1913: 21) cat- alogue on the de Selys Longchamps collection under “Podisma alpinum Var. collinum [sic]”. NHMW: AUSTRIA, coll. Brunner, leg. Schiesser: Kaltleitgeben [near Vienna], vii.1858, 4 8,3 2, 25.ix.1858, 2 d, 1 2, and a pair in copula; leg. Brunner: Mauer [near Vienna], 15.vii.1862, 1 9, Ober St. Veit [near Vienna] x.1863, 1 4,1 2. NMBE: ROMANIA: Mehadia [near Baile Herculane], coll. Brunner 1 6, 1 9. Miramella carinthiaca: CAN: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Nockgebiet, Grundtal 4 4, 3 9; Schiestelnock, Windeben 2 3; Innerkrems, Grünleitennock 2 2; Wöllanernock, Kaiserhügel 4 3; Haidnerhöhe, Hirnkopf 4 4,2 9; Saualpe, Klipitztörl, W side 1 d; Styria: Murau, Frauenalm 4 4,2 2; Saualpe, Schwarzkogel 2 8,3 9; Salzburg: Mautendorf, Speiereck 4 à. CKH: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Gurkentaleralpen, Haidnerhöhe, viii. 1958, leg. Hölzel, coll. Ebner, paratypes 1 d,1 © of M. carinthiaca puschnigi Harz, 1973. LANDESMUSEUM für Kärnten, Klagenfurt, Austria: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Gurken- taleralpen, Haidnerhöhe, leg. Hölzel 11 4,9 9. NHMW: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Gurkentaleralpen, Haidnerhöhe, viii. 1958, leg. Hölzel, coll. Ebner, holotype d, paratypes 1 d,1 © of M. carinthiaca puschnigi Harz, 1973. Miramella irena: CAN: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Plöckenpass 1 d; ITALY, South Tyrol: Mendelkamm, Felixeralm 4 d, 3 2; Gampenjoch, N-side 3 4; Ultental, over Gamperalm 2 d; Province Trento: V. di Non, V. della Forma 1 ¢, 2 9; Madonna di Campiglio: Meledrio 3 d, 3 2; V. Nambrone: Adamello 1 4, 1 2; Adamello, V. di Fumo 2 & ; Passo Croce Domini: South 2 4,2 2; Rifugio Bazzena 1 4, 1 9; Dolomiten: Passo Giau, S-side 2 4, 2 9; Province Brescia: €. Tombea 3 8,3 ©. CKH: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Karnischer Hauptkamm, Hermagor, 2.8.1953, 1 3,1 9 la- belled by Harz as “neotypes” of M. carinthiaca (see text); same, 1 6; Oberdrauburg, 26.vi- 11.1962, leg. R. Hess 1 d, 1 9; ITALY, South Tyrol: Dolomiten, St. Ulrich, Anf. ix.1962, leg. Engel 1 4, 1 9; BOSNIA-HERZEGOVINA: Kupres, 2.viii.1966, leg. Eitschberger 1 3; Sarajevo, Trebevic, 7.viii.1966, leg. Eitschberger 4 d, 4 2. All specimens identified by Harz as M. carinthiaca. ETHZ: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Obir, Eisenkappelhiitte-Hoffmannsalpe, 1400-1700 m, 29.vii.1987, leg. Ingrisch 2 d; ITALY, Trentino: Dosso Sabion, Pinzolo, 1700 m, 31.vii.1947, leg. Galvagni 1 à ; 1400 m, 30.vii.1947, leg. Galvagni 3 à ; Passo, Mendola, 1400 m, 7.ix.1946, leg. Galvagni 1 d; Concei-M. Cadria, Vies, 1800-1850 m, 6.ix.1958, leg. Galvagni 2 6, 1 9; M. Tremalzo, 1700-1900 m, 28.viii.1959, leg. Galvagni 2 9; Paganella: Becco del Corno, 2000 m, 7.ix.1946, leg. Galvagni 1 d. NHMW: ROMANIA: Mehadia [near Baile Herculane], leg. Brunner, 23.7.1862, 1 ©, 20.7.1864, 3 2; SLOVENIA: Steiner Alpen [North of Ljubljana], 1859, leg. Hoffmann 1 ©. ZMB, coll. W. Ramme: AUSTRIA, Carinthia: Plöckenpass, 1200-1300 m, viii.1929, 1 3; Mauthen, viii.1929, 1 ¢; ITALY, South Tyrol: St. Vigil, 7.vii.-8.viii.1913, 2 6,3 9; 642 H. BAUR & A. CORAY vii.1913, 2 8; St. Vigil, Enneberg, vii.-viii.1913, 1 6, 2 ©; Klausen, 17.vi.-3.viii.1910, 1 g; Krain: Planina, 26.viii.-5.ix.1912, 2 6, 2 2; Seiseralpe: Schlern, 26.viii.1921, 1 6; Monte Spinale, 14.viii.1921, 1 d ; Val di Genova, 1500 m, 9.viii.1921, 2 8,2 9; KROATIA, Plitvitka: Jesera, 400-500 m, viii.1929, 2 2. ZSM: ITALY, South Tyrol: St. Vigil, 7.vii.-8.viii.1913, leg. W. Ramme 1 6,1 ©. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 643-655; septembre 2004 A new species of Platythyrea from Dominican amber and description of a new extant species from Honduras (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) Maria L. DE ANDRADE Institut für Natur-, Landschafts- und Umweltschutz, Universität Basel, Biogeographie, Neuhausstrasse 31, CH-4057 Basel, Switzerland. E-mail: maria.deandrade@unibas.ch A new species of Platythyrea from Dominican amber and description of a new extant species from Honduras (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). - Two new species of Platythyrea are described in this paper. P. pumilio sp. n. is described from a single worker in Dominican amber. P. lenca sp. n. is based on three workers from the Recent Honduran fauna. Among the eight Recent and the three fossil Neotropical Platythyrea species known to date, the fossil pumilio shares with the Dominican amber scalprum Lattke the small size, the incrassated fore femora and the fore basitarsi with a seta opposite to the strigil, and with the extant Brazilian exigua Kempf the elongate head, the flat eyes and the minutely denticulate mandibles. The Honduran /enca sp. n. is very similar to the Costa Rican prizo Kugler. P. lenca and prizo share the elongate body, the narrow frontal lobes and the serrate mandibles; this latter character is also present in the fossil P. dentata Lattke. Keywords: Hymenoptera - Formicidae - Platythyrea - Dominican amber - fossil - extinction - new species - Honduras. INTRODUCTION The genus Platythyrea is represented by eight Recent and three fossil species in the New World (see the literature review by Bolton, 1995 and Lattke, 2003). All New World Platythyrea species are very similar to each other (Kempf, 1964; Brown, 1975). Nonetheless, Kempf (1964) described Platythyrea exigua from Brazil and stressed it distinctness. P. exigua is characterized mainly by its small size, elongate head and armed petiole. Brown (1975) described Plarythyrea zodion from Ecuador stating that this species, together with exigua, are the sole two distinct New World species. P. zodion Brown is easily differentiated from all the other species by its small size, unarmed petiole and head longer than broad. Kugler (1977) described another peculiar Costa Rican Platythyrea: P. prizo which differs from all other American species mainly by its serrate mandibles, narrower frontal lobes and slender appendages. Kugler (1977) added that prizo appears to belong to the Old World clypeata group of Brown (1975). His attribution to the clypeata group is due to the fact that P. prizo shares with the Manuscript accepted 22.01.2004 644 M. L. DE ANDRADE members of this group similar frontal lobe structure, mandible shape, dentition, trunk shape and palpal formula. Wilson (1985a) and Baroni Urbani (1995) record the presence of Platythyrea in Dominican amber without giving further details. Lattke (2003) described three new species of Platythyrea, dentata, procera and scalprum from Dominican amber. According to Lattke (1. c.), the dentate mandibles of dentata are also found in prizo Kugler, but this character should be plesiomorphic since denta- ta is smaller, possesses hind coxae dorsally dentate and the anterior clypeal margin straight instead of convex. Lattke (1. c.) compared P. procera and P. scalprum with P. exigua Kempf and P. zodion Brown. MATERIAL AND METHODS The following specimen of Platythyrea was examined in one amber sample from the Dominican Republic, deposited at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Massachusetts, USA. The MCZC Platythyrea specimen has been numbered by myself as MCZC-37. The numbers 1 to 24 were already used for MCZC amber material in de Andrade & Baroni Urbani, 1999 and the numbers 25-35 in Baroni Urbani & de Andrade, 2003. The number 36 was used for a Cyphomymrmex gyne (de Andrade, 2003). MCZC-37 (Fig. 1). A small dark orange sample 1.1 x 0.8 cm containing a worker of Platythyrea and impurities. The preservation condition of the ant is good. The Recent Platythyrea examined for this study are deposited in the following collections, given here with the relative coden as it will be used in the following text: MCZC. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Massachusetts, USA. Courtesy Stefan P. Cover. NHMB. Naturhistorisches Museum of Basel, Switzerland. Courtesy Dr Michel Brancucci and Dr Daniel Burckhardt. Measurements and indexes used in the text are defined here as: HL Head length: the maximum measurable distance between the medial margin of vertex and the antero-medial margin of clypeus with the head in full frontal view. HW Head width: maximum head width behind the eyes with the head in full frontal view. EE Eye length: maximum length of the eye. SL Scape Length: length of scape shaft, excluding the basal condyle. HBaL Maximum length of hind basitarsus measured on its external face. HTiL Maximum length of hind tibia measured on its external face. HFeL Maximum length of hind femur measured on its external face. FFeL Maximum length of fore femur measured on its external face. FFeW Maximum width of fore femur measured on its external face. WL Weber’s Length: diagonal length of mesosoma from the anterior pronotal border (excluding neck) to the distal edge of the propodeal lamellae. INL, Total Length: combined head length in full face view (closed mandibles included), Weber’s length of mesosoma, petiole length (in profile) and length of gaster (in profile). Cl Cephalic index: (HW/HL) x 100 SI Scape index: (SL/HL) x 100 FFel Fore Femora index: (FFeW/FFeL) (100) DESCRIPTIONS Platythyrea pumilio sp. n. Fig. 1 Material. Holotype worker from Dominican amber, labelled: MCZC-37, in the MCZC (see section Material and Methods). NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN PLATYTHYREA 645 FIG. 1 Platythyrea pumilio sp. n. Holotype worker from Dominican amber: head in dorsal view (top), and profile of the whole specimen (bottom). Distance between two scale bars 0.1 mm. 646 M. L. DE ANDRADE Etymology. From the Latin substantive pumilio = dwarf, pygmy, referring to the small size of this species. It is used here as a noun in apposition. Diagnosis. A Platythyrea species, known from the worker only, sharing charac- ters with the workers of P. scalprum Lattke and P. exigua Kempf, but differing from both by the declivous propodeal sides lamellaceous and by the much less pronounced postero-median petiolar convexity, from scalprum only by the head narrower and by the petiole shorter and higher, and from exigua only by the fore femora broader, by the lack of metacoxal tooth and by its smaller size. Description. Worker. Head elongate, slightly less than 2/3 longer than broad, with subparallel sides. Vertexal margin medially concave. Vertexal angles slightly pro- truding posteriorly and subround. Frontal lobes far from each other and gently rounded. Clypeus declivous anteriorly, with truncate anterior border and weakly differentiated from the frontal lobes posteriorly. Eyes large, about 1/4 of the head length and placed dorso-laterally on the anterior half of the head. Mandibles sub- triangular. Masticatory margin of the mandibles with 7-8 minute, irregular denticles followed by an apical one. Mandibular sulcus superficially impressed. Palpal formula 3,2, the Mandibular palps not surpassing the postero-medial rim of buccal cavity. Scapes much shorter than the vertexal margin. First funicular joint slightly longer than broad. Funicular joints 2-10 slightly broader than long. Last funicular joint about as long as the sum of joints 9-10. Mesosoma in profile elongate. Pronotum in dorsal view with barely distin- guishable humeri. Pronotal suture impressed. Posterior third of the propodeal dorsum gently declivous posteriorly. Sides between basal and declivous propodeal faces sub- round. Sides of the declivous face with a lamella reaching the propodeal lobes. Petiole longer than broad. Anterior face of the petiole in dorsal view weakly convex medially and weakly angulated latero-ventrally. Posterior face of the petiole in dorsal view poorly convex medially and unarmed laterally. Postpetiole slightly shorter than first gastric segment. Fore femora strongly incrassate. Fore basitarsi with a seta opposite to the strigil. Hind tibiae slightly shorter than hind femora. Hind basitarsi slightly shorter than 1/3 of the tibiae. Mid and hind tibiae with paired, pectinate spurs. Tarsal claws with preapical teeth. Sculpture. Integument opaque. Head, mesosoma, petiole, postpetiole and gaster densely and finely reticulate-punctate and with sparse, minute, superficial foveae. Legs minutely punctate, the punctures more superficial than in the other body parts. Body densely covered by very short, thin hairs. Apex of the gaster with long hairs. Colour. Light brown. Measurements in mm and indices. TL 3.82; HL 0.75; HW 0.46; EL 0.18; SL 0.44; WL 1.24; PeL 0.45; HFeL 0.59; HTiL 0.57; HBaL 0.41; FFeL (left) 0.54; FFeW (left) 0.25; FFeL (right) 0.59; FFeW (right) 0.25; CI 61.3; SI 58.6; FFel (left) 46.3; FFel (right) 42.5. FIG. 2 Platythyrea lenca sp. n. Paratype worker from Honduras (4 km SW Mina EI Mochito, Depto. Santa Barbara): head in dorsal view (top), and profile of the petiole (bottom). NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN PLATYTHYREA 647 Uni Basel 648 M. L. DE ANDRADE Platythyrea lenca sp. n. Figs 2 & 3 Material examined. Holotype worker from Honduras, labelled: 4 km SW Mina El Mochito, 1040 m, rotten wood Forest ravine, Depto. Santa Barbara, HONDURAS 14 March 1979, WL Brown; 2 paratype workers same data and collection as the holotype, all in the MCZC. Etymology. This species is named after the Lenca, an Indian tribe from Honduras. The name is used here as a noun in apposition. Diagnosis. A Platythyrea species, known from the worker only, similar to P. prizo, but differing from it by the erect hairs on the petiole, postpetiole and gaster longer and denser, by the legs longer, by the eyes smaller and by the scapes longer and narrower. Description. Worker. Head slightly elongate and less than 1/3 longer than broad, with weakly convex sides. Vertexal margin weakly concave medially. Vertexal angles round. Frontal lobes close to each other and rounded. Clypeus swollen medially. Anterior border of the clypeus bearing a convex semitransparent lamella. Eyes small, about 1/7 of the head length and placed dorso-laterally close to the midline of the head. Mandibles subtriangular. Masticatory margin of the mandibles with 9 teeth followed by an apical one. Mandibular sulcus superficially marked. Palpal formula 4,4, palpi not surpassing the posteromedial rim of buccal cavity. Antennae long and slender. Scapes surpassing the vertexal margin by about 0.32 mm when directed posteriorly. First funicular joint more than half longer than broad and slightly longer than the following joints 3-10. Second funicular joint about 1/4 longer than the first joint. Funicular joints 3-10 longer than broad. Last funicular joint slightly longer than the first joint. Mesosoma elongate in profile. Pronotum in dorsal view with barely distinguish- able humeri. Pronotal suture impressed. Propodeal dorsum gently declivous posterior- ly. Area between basal and declivous propodeal faces gently concave and each side with a small obtuse tooth. Declivous propodeal face marginate. Propodeal lobes rounded. Petiole about 1/3 longer than broad. Anterior face of the petiole in dorsal view medially weakly concave and latero-ventrally superficially angulate. Posterior face of the petiole in dorsal view tumuliform medially and unarmed laterally. Postpetiole in dorsal view broader than long and shorter than the first gastric segment. Fore femora weakly incrassate. Hind tibiae about 1/8 shorter than hind femora. Hind basitarsi about 1/7 shorter than the hind tibiae. Mid and hind tibiae with paired, pectinate spurs. Tarsal claws with preapical teeth. Sculpture. Integument opaque. Head, mesosoma, petiole, postpetiole and gaster densely and finely punctate and with small, superficial foveae, the foveae more impressed on the petiole, fainter and sparser on the gaster. Legs minutely punctate. Body densely covered by very short, thin hairs. Petiole, postpetiole and gaster with erect, sparse hairs. Apex of the gaster with long hairs. Colour. Ferruginous-brown with slightly lighter antennae and legs. Measurements in mm and indices (3 specimens examined). TL 7.72-8.38; HL 1.68-1.74; HW 1.16-1.22; EL 0.25; SL 1.52-1.60; WL 2.60-2.64; PeL 0.82-0.86; PeW 0.56-0.60; HFeL 1.78-1.84; HTiL 1.54-1.64; HBaL 1.32-1.42; FFeL 1.56-1.64; FFeW 037-.0397€1:69.0-70.1: ST 903-929; FRel 237. 649 NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN PLATYTHYREA “uswmDods SToyM oy} Jo a]yord :(ereqreg eJueS ‘0)do(q ‘ONYIO]NN [I BUITA MS UN |) seInpuoH WO1J 19910M odAyereg "u ‘ds noua] DIIAYD]q € Old jaseg lun a NZ 0 ie u 5 «a ei 650 M. L. DE ANDRADE Platythyrea prizo Kugler Figs 4,5 & 6 Material examined. COSTA RICA: Heredia, OTS, La Selva field Station, Puerto Viejo de Sarapiqui, Rio Puerto Viejo, 5.1II.1973, 10°26° N-83°59° W, 3 workers (paratypes numbers 73-292, 73-295, 73-299), J. Wagner & J. Kethley [MCZC]. Complement to biometry: Measurements in mm and indices (3 specimens examined). TL 7.65-8.22; HL 1.64-1.68; HW 1.18-1.22; EL 0.30-0.32; SL 1.42-1.46; WL 2.56-2.72; PeL 0.83-0.86; PeW 0.58-0.60; HFeL 1.68-1.72; HTiL 1.48-1.56; HBaL 1.24-1.36; FFeL 1.52-1.58; FFeW 0.39-0.41; CI 71.1-72.6; SI 86.6-86.9; FFel 25.6-26.3. IDENTIFICATION KEY FOR THE NEW WORLD PLATYTHYREA The following identification key to the workers of Platythyrea from the New World, including all known extant and fossil species, is based on Brown’s (1975) key for this genus modified to include the species described afterwards by Kugler (1977), Lattke (2003) and myself (present paper). P. dentata Lattke, known on the gyne only, is not included in the key, although it may probably be separated from the known worker-based species with a reasonable degree of confidence (see note below). Longino (2003), in a web document, states that the mandibular sulcus, used by Brown (1975) to differentiate P. sinuata from P. pilosula, shows a high degree of variation in most Costa Rican sinuata and, as a consequence of this, treats sinuata as a junior synonym of pilosula. This proposal is accepted in the key below, even if the source can not be considered a publication for nomenclatorial purposes. 1 HW (eyesancluded) > 0:90 mm "LE SR 2 - HW (eyes included) <0:90:mm RO oes SENO NE 7 2 Mandibles’withteeth.. "5:20 00 22004 M OO = see eee 3) - Mandibles' without teeth ."::::::.......:.42.. 0.0 SORBONA 4 3 Erect hairs on petiole, postpetiole and gaster sparser and shorter. EL > 0.30 mame eis sas ee ee TE TE prizo - Erect hairs on petiole, postpetiole and gaster denser and longer. EL = 0.25 MM... na ern ne PE lenca 4 HW (eyes included) > 1.4 mm. EL > 0.45 mm. Fore basitarsi with 3 setae opposite to the/strigil- 3 Re strenua - HW (eyes included) < 1.4 mm. EL < 0.45 mm. Fore basitarsi with 1 or 2 setae opposite to the strigil .. .. .......-. 2... 2... SNC 5) 5) Profemur strongly swollen (W/L > 0:38) erre 2 eee angusta - Profemur less tick (W/L. < 0.38). : :... 222... 2.2.02 2.202 NEE 6 6 Petiolar node > 0.85 mm long. Petiole about 1/4 longer than broad. Fore basitarsi with 2 setae opposite to the strigil ............ pilosula (= sinuata) - Petiolar node < 0.85 mm long. Petiole about as long as broad or slightly longer than broad. Fore basitarsi with 1 seta opposite to the strigil . . . punctata FIG. 4 Platythyrea prizo Kugler. Paratype worker from Costa Rica (Heredia, La Selva field Station, Puerto Viejo de Sarapiqui, Rio Puerto Viejo): head in dorsal view (top), and profile of the petiole (bottom). 1 65 NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN PLATYTHYREA Z MB : Uni Basel To) Ÿ 00 N [ap Oo O Ca M. L. DE ANDRADE 652 "uswmoads Jfoym ayy Jo a[youd :(ofaıy ouonq ory ‘inbrdeses ap oferA Ong ‘UONEIS Play BAIOS ET BIPSISH) eIIy BISOD Woy JOYIOM odAyereg Jo[smy o211d nays] gq ç Old jesed lun - wn 0068 | | €p8/€000 8 Z782£000 À NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN PLATYTHYREA 653 90037849. 10um vi NB. FIG. 6 Platythyrea prizo Kugler. Paratype worker from Costa Rica (Heredia, La Selva field Station, Puerto Viejo de Sarapiqui, Rio Puerto Viejo): left eye showing interommatidial pilosity. 7 Metacoxal dorsum with a tooth. Posterior margin of petiolar node as seen from above with lateral corners produced caudad as short, blunt tcethtorangles4Clypeusidorsallyiswollen att prece exigua - Metacoxal dorsum unarmed. Posterior margin of petiolar node with at most weakly armed lateral corners. Clypeus dorsally flat ................ 8 8 Scapes reaching the vertexal margin. TL = 5.9 mm. SI>70......... procera - Scapes much shorter, not reaching the vertexal border. TL < 5.0 mm. SI < 60 . 9 9 Head elongate, about 1/3 longer than broad. CI<63............... pumilio = Headishortertabout l//Mlonserithantbroad Cli> 8008 ara rer er oe 10 10 Petiolar node elongate (W/L 0.67). Profemur swollen (W/L 0.47). TL MOINE ER. ae beato sie. ee che scalprum - Petiolar node shorter (W/L 0.86). Profemur less thick (W/L 0.41). TL > Sa Sai? Nele at aan zodion Note. The original description of P. dentata Lattke, known on a sole gyne from Dominican amber, gives HW 0.87 mm (eyes excluded). According to Lattke’s drawing the HW of this specimen (eyes included, to render it comparable with the figures given by Brown (1975) should be about 0.93 mm. By using the key to the workers above, the gyne of P. dentata falls to couplet 2 (mandibles with teeth) where it can be easily differentiated from both other two species, prizo and /enca, by the hind coxae dorsally dentate and by the anterior clypeal margin straight instead of convex. 654 M. L. DE ANDRADE DISCUSSION P. pumilio, described in this paper, and scalprum Lattke are the smallest Plary- thyrea known to date from the New World. P. pumilio shares with the Dominican fossil P. scalprum Lattke the fore basitarsi with a seta opposite the strigil and the swollen fore femora, but it differs from it mainly by the petiole shorter and higher and by the head much narrower. P. pumilio shares with the Brazilian P. exigua Kempf the head elongate and narrow with flat eyes on the anterior half of the head and by the masticatory mar- gin of the mandibles minutely denticulate. P. pumilio differs from the Brazilian exigua mainly by its lack of metacoxal teeth, by its fore femora broader, and by its posterior petiolar face unarmed. P. pumilio shares with the Ecuadorian zodion Brown a similar petiolar shape, but it differs from it by the head much longer and by the size smaller. P. pumilio shares with the other Dominican fossil, procera Lattke the propodeal declivity with a lamella and the lack of metacoxal teeth. P. pumilio differs from procera mainly by its smaller size. P. lenca is very similar to prizo but the characters listed under the diagnosis of lenca allow to distinguish both species. Since the two species are allopatric, one can not exclude that they may represent geographic variants of the same species. Lenca and prizo, moreover, are the sole known Recent New World Platythyrea with narrow frontal carinae and truly denticulate mandibles. The biometric and pilosity differences between the two, however, supported by our current understanding of Platythyrea vari- ability, render improbable the geographic variation hypothesis. Lattke (2003) described from Dominican amber P. dentata, another species with denticulate mandibles. P. den- tata Lattke differs from prizo Kugler and /enca mainly by its smaller size, by the hind coxae dorsally dentate and by the anterior clypeal margin straight instead of convex. Lattke (2003) considered the sharing of the denticulate mandibles of his fossil species with the Recent prizo as a plesiomorphic character since there are significant differences between the fossil and the Recent species. With the description of P. pumilio the number of fossil Plarythyrea from Dominican amber increases to 4. The sole two known Recent species on the Island of Hispaniola are P. strenua Wheeler & Mann and P. punctata Smith. The presence of four fossil and two extant Platythyrea species on the island of Hispaniola is a further confirmation, if necessary, of the major role played by local extinction as opposed to invasion from other sources in shaping the contemporary. Hispaniolan fauna. Interpretation of this phenomenon is a hot spot in biogeographic research. If, on one hand, all ant species recorded from Dominican amber are extinct, every published record of Dominican amber ants can be considered as proof in favour of extinction. On the other hand, a famous, widely cited, paper by Wilson (1985b) emphasizes the role of invasion and migration over the one of extinction in shaping the contemporary Hispaniolan fauna. The apparent discrepancy between the known composition of the amber fauna and Wilson’s conclusion is easily explained by the fact that Wilson’s (1. c.) analysis is conducted at genus and not at species level. Baroni Urbani (1995) showed that local extinction plays the dominant role also at generic level and that local extinction and not invasion of new taxa is, hence, the most important factor that shaped the present Caribbean fauna. This argument, as far as I know, was supported again only by de Andrade & Baroni Urbani (1999) and the remarks above are added to reply an NEW CENTRAL AMERICAN PLATYTHYREA 655 anonymous referee who suggested that there are other cases of references to extinction in the Dominican amber fauna. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to express my warmest thanks to Stefan P. Cover for lending this and many other interesting amber samples, to Dr M. Brancucci and Dr D. Burckhardt for the allowing my free access to the collection of the Natural History Museum of Basel, to Daniel Mathys and Marcel Düggelin of the Lqaboratory of Scanning Electron Microscopy of the Basel University for helping competently with all SEM photo- graphs, and to Prof. Dr Cesare Baroni Urbani for critically reading this manuscript. REFERENCES ANDRADE, M. L. (DE) 2003. First descriptions of two new amber species of Cyphomyrmex from Mexico and the Dominican Republic. Beiträge zur Entomologie 53: 131-139. ANDRADE, M. L. (DE) & BARONI URBANI, C. 1999. Diversity and adaptation on the ant genus Cephalotes, past and present. Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde B 271: 1-889. BARONI URBANI, C. 1995. Invasion and extinction in the West Indian ant fauna revised: the example of Pheidole (Amber Collection Stuttgart: Hymenoptera, Formicidae. VIII: Myrmicinae, partim). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde B 222: 1-29. BARONI URBANI, C. & ANDRADE, M. L. (DE) 2003. The ant genus Proceratium in the extant and fossil record. Monografie No 36. Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali-Torino, 492 pp. BOLTON, B. 1995. A new general catalogue of ants of the world. Harvard University Press, Cambridge (Mass.) & London, 504 pp. BROWN, W. W. 1975. Contributions toward a reclassification of the Formicidae. V. Ponerinae, tribes Platythyreini, Cerapachyini, Cylindromyrmecini, Acanthostichini and Aenicto- gitini. Search Agriculture 5: 1-115. KEMPF, W. W. 1964. Uma nova Plarythyrea do Brasil (Hym., Formicidae). Revista Brasileira de Entomologia 11: 141-144. KUGLER, C. 1977. A new species of Platythyrea (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) from Costa Rica. Psyche (Cambridge) 83: 216-221. LATTKE, J. 2003. The genus Platythyrea Roger, 1863 in Dominican Amber (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Ponerinae). Entomotropica 18: 107-111. LONGINO, J. 2003. Platythyrea pilosula (F. Smith 1858). 1 p. http://www.evergreen.edu/ants/genera/platythyrea/species/pilosula/pilosula.html. World Wide Web document. WILSON, E. O. 1985a. Ants of the Dominican amber (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). 1. Two new myrmicine genera and an aberrant Pheidole. Psyche (Cambridge) 92: 1-9. WILSON, E. O. 1985b. Invasion and extinction in the west Indian ant fauna: evidence from the Dominican amber. Science 229: 265-267. a i Nur # Da us le REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 657-669; septembre 2004 First reports of the genus Nigrobaetis Novikova & Kluge (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) from Madagascar and La Réunion with observations on Afrotropical biogeography Jean-Luc GATTOLLIAT Museum of Zoology, P.O. Box 448, CH-1000 Lausanne 17, Switzerland. E-mail: Jean-Luc.Gattolliat@serac.vd.ch First reports of the genus Nigrobaetis Novikova & Kluge (Ephemero- ptera: Baetidae) from Madagascar and La Réunion with observations on Afrotropical biogeography. - Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n. and Nigro- baetis cryptus sp. n. are described from La Réunion and from Madagascar, respectively. This is the first report of the genus from either island and is the first description of a mayfly from La Réunion. These amazing discoveries are of biological importance for the understanding of colonisation processes of the islands in the Western part of the Indian Ocean. The first record of mayflies from La Réunion, a young (<3My) volcanic island, proves the potential of mayflies to disperse over long distances. Recently, Nigrobaetis bethunae Lugo-Ortiz & de Moor, 2000 was described from southern Africa (from the border between Namibia and Angola); new reports from eastern South Africa are provided, which greatly extend the distribution range of this species. Keywords: Baetidae - Nigrobaetis - new species - systematics - biogeo- graphy - Madagascar - La Réunion - southern Africa. INTRODUCTION Nigrobaetis Novikova & Kluge originally was considered to be a subgenus of Baetis Leach, and included most of the species of the Baetis niger group (Miiller- Liebenau, 1969; Novikova & Kluge, 1987). It was thereafter raised to generic level and redefined (Waltz er al., 1994). Despite the apparent similarities between the different species encompassed in this genus, few relevant features were used to characterize the genus. Waltz et al. (1994) proposed the following larval characters: body cylindrical, prostheca normal or reduced, glossae with few to many dorsal setae, femoral villopore absent, claws without preapical setae. Lugo-Ortiz & de Moor (2000) considered the presence of a small interantennal carina as a generic character, despite the fact that Waltz et al. (1984) did not refer to it and that this character is not mentioned in the original descriptions (Soldän, 1977; Miiller-Liebenau, 1984; Kang er al., 1994). Other Manuscript accepted 15.01.2004 658 J.-L. GATTOLLIAT characters that seem constant in the different species, such as the two kinds of peculiar setae of the distal margin of the labrum, the truncated third segment of the labial palp, the few stout setae between prostheca and mola on both mandibles and the humped posture of the prothorax, were not included in the generic diagnosis. The presence or absence of hindwing pads, as well as the number of gills, are used for specific diagnoses (Lugo-Ortiz & de Moor, 2000). There are no useful characters for separating Nigrobaetis from other related genera at the imaginal stage (Waltz et al., 1994). The genus Nigrobaetis comprises 15 species, mainly from the Palearctic (6 species) and Oriental realms (6 species) [terrestrial zoogeographical regions as defined by Zwick (2003)]. The recent description of a species from the Afrotropical realm greatly extended the known range of the genus (Lugo-Ortiz & de Moor, 2000). The simultaneous discovery of the genus on Madagascar and La Réunion is even more surprising. A recent survey of the Malagasy freshwater macroinvertebrates included sampling of more than 650 localities all over the island (Elouard & Gibon, 2001). Based on this material, a study of the systematics of the Malagasy Baetidae increased the known Malagasy Baetidae fauna from eight species belonging in three genera to 54 species in 22 genera (Gattolliat & Sartori, 2003). Despite this intensive research, the genus Nigrobaetis was not known to occur on Madagascar. It was only during more recent research on the impact of deforestation on macroinvertebrate community composition that larvae of Nigrobaetis were collected in Madagascar. Ephemeroptera were first found on La Réunion when Starmühlner’s expedition collected larvae from two streams (Starmühlner, 1979). The occurrence of insects with low powers of dispersal on an isolated volcanic island of recent origin remains a bio- geographical riddle. The Baetidae are the only mayfly family that has been found on this island. The identification of the genus and of its phylogenetic affinity is important for the understanding of the mechanism of dispersion and colonisation of the different islands of the western part of the Indian Ocean. McCafferty & Mauremootoo (2001) tentatively associated the larvae with the genera Afrobaetodes Demoulin or Acanthiops Waltz & McCafferty. The study of the original material collected by Starmühlner’s expedition, as well as other specimens collected by the ORE (Organisme Réunionais des Eaux) and Christian Guillermet, now allow the assignment of all mayflies living in running waters from La Réunion to the genus Nigrobaetis. Larvae of Nigrobaetis bethunae were collected from the Limpopo and Incomati basins in and around the Kruger National Park, South Africa. This constitutes the first report of the species after its description. It greatly enlarges the previously known distribution range, which was restricted to the Cunene River, ca. 2500 km distant on the border between Angola and Namibia. The investigation of this new material adds further information to the original description, especially concerning the larval colouration. As the examined material from Madagascar and La Réunion differs from all the previously described species, two new species are described here. The holotypes and part of the paratypes are housed in the Museum of Zoology, Lausanne, Switzerland. Other paratypes are deposited in the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (France) and in the Natural History Museum of Vienna (Austria). THE GENUS NIGROBAETIS IN THE AFROTROPICS 659 DESCRIPTIONS Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n. Figs 1-11 MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype: 1 larva. La Réunion; Tributary of Marsouin River, Ravine Mathurine (road to Takaka) (F/Ré/9b), 8.04.1974. Leg. F. Starmühlner. Paratypes: 2 larvae same data as for holotype. 2 larvae, La Réunion; tributary of Marsouin River, Ravine Mathurine (road to Takaka) (F/Ré/9c) 8.04.1974. Leg. F. Starmühlner. 1 larva, La Réunion, Galets River, Amont de la Prise, 7.02.1995. Leg. ORE (Organisme Reunionais des Eaux). 2 larvae, La Réunion, Marsouin River, Bébour, 10.1996. Leg. ORE. LARVA Maximum length: body 5.2 mm; cerci 2.8 mm; median caudal filament 1.8 mm. Head. Uniformly medium brownish yellow with vermiform marks on vertex and frons. Antennae close to each other, with a small interantennal carina. Dorsal surface of labrum (Fig. 1) with about nine simple stout setae in the distal half and about six small fine setae in the proximal half; ventral surface with four small pointed setae near lateral margin; distal margin fringed with two kinds of setae: the seven lateral ones long and strongly feather-like and the median ones shorter and only slightly feather-like. Hypopharynx (Fig. 2): lingua covered with minute stout setae, superlingua with thin setae apically. Right mandible (Fig. 3) with two very approximated incisors, outer incisor with three cusps, inner one with four cusps, outer margin straight; very thin setae in proxi- mal half of inner margin of incisors; prostheca with one apical elongated denticle and thirteen short and slender denticles; tuft of few stout setae between prostheca and mo- la; tuft of setae at apex of mola reduced to two or three setae. Left mandible (Fig. 4): incisors with seven cusps, outer margin straight; pros- theca with five broad denticles and a comb-shaped structure; tuft of a few stout setae between prostheca and mola; tuft of setae at apex of mola absent. Maxillae (Fig. 5) with four broad teeth, one of them clearly separated but not opposed to others; two rows of setae, the first one formed by abundant small setae end- ing with three to five setae twice as long as the others, and the second by two long stout spine-like setae; row of four stout setae at base of galea; one single stout seta perpen- dicular to margin of galea; palp two-segmented with a few thin setae especially at the apex of the second segment, segment 1 approximately 0.8 x length of segment 2, second segment apically clearly turned outward. Labium (Fig. 6) with glossae slightly shorter than paraglossae; margins of glossae with stout setae increasingly longer towards apex, dorsally with about ten thin setae; paraglossae falcate, with long and stout setae; labial palp three-segmented; segment 1 subrectangular, 0.8 x length of segment 2 and 3 combined; segment 2 with a dorsal oblique row of five long pointed setae; segment 3 truncated, with thin setae more abundant apically and few small pointed setae apically. Thorax. Thorax uniformly medium brownish yellow without any pattern. Pro- and mesothorax rounded, giving the larva a humped posture in lateral view. Legs yellow except for brownish yellow apex of femora. 660 J.-L. GATTOLLIAT Fics 1-6 Larval structures of Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n.: 1: labrum (left : ventral view; right: dorsal view). 2: hypopharynx. 3: right mandible. 4: left mandible. 5: left maxilla. 6: labium. Forelegs (Fig. 7). Femora dorsally with one row of nine long and pointed setae, without another row of setae subparallel to dorsal margin, dorsoapical setal patch formed by 2 stout setae; ventral margin with stout pointed setae; anterior face almost bare. THE GENUS NIGROBAETIS IN THE AFROTROPICS 661 Tibiae with only very thin setae dorsally; ventral margin with a few small pointed setae; tibiopatellar suture and subproximal arc of setae absent. Tarsi with only very thin setae dorsally; ventral margin with few small pointed setae; tarsal claws (Fig. 8) hooked and slender, with one row of about fifteen acute teeth increasing in length toward the apex. Hindwing pads absent. Abdomen. Tergal coloration brownish yellow without any pattern. Texture of terga as in Fig. 21. Sterna brownish yellow, with scales and scale bases; posterior margin without spination. Gills on segments 1 to 7, elliptic with serrated margin in distal half; tracheation reduced to a central vein (Fig. 10); first gill half the length of other gills, without tracheation (Fig. 9); gill 7 similar to gills 2 to 6. Paraproct (Fig. 11) with very few scale bases, margin with about six long pointed teeth and a few small ones; postero-lateral extension with a few scale bases, margin with numerous slender teeth. Cerci and median caudal filament yellow without dark band or annulation, abundant thin setae on inner margins. IMAGOS Unknown. ETYMOLOGY The specific epithet “colonus” is a Latin noun, meaning “pioneer that colonises a new area”. ECOLOGY Based on Starmühlner’s notes, larvae of Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n. were collected in low to medium water currents (0.50 to 1 m/s) in small streams (1 to 2 m wide and 0.05 to 0.2 cm deep) (StarmiihIner, 1979). The temperature of the water was 18°C (at 12h) and the pH 7.85. The larvae were not abundant anywhere. Nigrobaetis cryptus sp. n. Figs 12-22 MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype: 1 larva, Madagascar, Rianila Basin, tributary of Sahatany River, Antanambotsira (near Andasibe), 48°25’49” E, 18°52’53” S, 950 m, 21.02.2002. Leg. R. Oliarinony. Paratypes: 3 larvae, same locality as for holotype, 22.05.2001. 2 larvae, same locality, 14.09.2001. 2 larvae (1 larva on slide), same locality, 30.11.2001. 6 larvae, Madagascar, Rianila Basin, tributary of Sahatandra River, Madiofasina (near Andasibe), 48°26’33” E, 18°55’23” S, 870 m, 13.06.2001. Leg. R. Oliarinony. 9 larvae, same locality, 14.05.2002. 5 larvae, same lo- cality, 11.09.2001. 2 larvae, same locality, 09.10.2001. 3 larvae, same locality, 13.11.2001. 19 larvae (1 larva on slide), same locality, 27.11.2001. LARVA Maximum length: body 2.9 mm; cerci and median caudal filament broken. Head. Uniformly medium brownish yellow without vermiform marks on vertex and frons. Antennae close to each other, with a small interantennal carina. 662 J.-L. GATTOLLIAT Fics 7-11 Larval structures of Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n.: 7: foreleg. 8: tarsal claw. 9: first gill. 10: fourth gill. 11: paraproct. Dorsal surface of labrum (Fig. 12) with about six simple stout setae in the distal half and about five small fine setae in the proximal half; ventral surface with four small pointed setae near the lateral margin; distal margin fringed with two kinds of setae: the nine lateral ones long and strongly feather-like and the median ones shorter and slightly feather-like. Hypopharynx (Fig. 13): lingua with minute stout setae apically, superlingua with thin setae apically. Right mandible (Fig. 14) with two very approximated incisors, outer incisor with three cusps, inner one with four cusps, outer margin expanded and curved; very thin setae in proximal half of inner margin of incisors; prostheca with about nine denticles, the median ones longer than the others: tuft of few stout setae between prostheca and mola; tuft of setae at apex of mola. THE GENUS NIGROBAETIS IN THE AFROTROPICS 663 Left mandible (Fig. 15): incisors with seven cusps, outer margin expanded and curved; prostheca with five broad denticles and a comb-shaped structure; tuft of few stout setae between prostheca and mola; no tuft of setae at apex of mola. Maxillae similar to Fig. 5. Labium (Fig. 16) with glossae slightly shorter than paraglossae; margins of glossae with stout setae, slightly longer apically, dorsally with about seven medium setae; paraglossae apically flattened, with long and stout setae; labial palp three-seg- mented; segment 1 subrectangular, 0.9 x length of segment 2 and 3 combined; segment 2 with a dorsal oblique row of three long and pointed setae; segment 3 truncated, with thin setae more abundant apically and few small pointed setae apically and ventrally. Thorax. Brown with a broad central yellow spot, distal part of forewing pads yellow. Pro- and mesothorax rounded, giving the larva a humped posture in lateral view. Legs yellow. Forelegs (Fig. 17). Femora dorsally with one row of eleven long and pointed se- tae, without another row of setae subparallel to dorsal margin, dorsoapical setal patch formed by two stout setae; ventral margin with stout pointed setae; anterior face bare. Tibiae without setae dorsally; ventral margin with a few small pointed setae; tibiopatellar suture and subproximal arc of setae absent. Tarsı without setae dorsally; ventral margin with seven small pointed setae; tarsal claws (Fig. 18) hooked and slender, with one row of about eleven acute subequal teeth. Hindwing pads absent. Abdomen. Terga 1-5 uniformly yellow, terga 6 and 7 brown, tergum 8 brown in proximal third and yellow in distal two thirds, terga 9 and 10 yellow. Terga with scales and scales bases; posterior margin with triangular spines (Fig. 21). Sterna 1-5 yellow, 6 and 7 brown, 8 and 9 yellow; with scales and scales bases; posterior margin without spination. Gills on segments 1 to 7, all elliptic with serrated margin in distal half; tracheation generally absent (Fig. 20), only present in some mature larvae (Fig. 19), gill 1 as in Fig. 9. Paraproct (Fig. 22) with abundant scale bases, margin with about seven long pointed teeth and a few small ones; postero-lateral extension with abundant scale bases, margin with about fifteen teeth. Cerci and median caudal filament broken. IMAGOS Unknown. ETYMOLOGY The specific epithet “cryptus” is a Greek adjective meaning “hidden, the existence of which remains unknown”. ECOLOGY The larvae were collected in two small streams (2-3 m wide and 0.15 cm deep) with slow water currents (0.3 m/s) on the Eastern Coast of Madagascar. The water tem- perature ranged between 16°C and 23.5°C (seasonal variations) and the pH between 664 J.-L. GATTOLLIAT 16 Fics 12-16 Larval structures of Nigrobaetis cryptus sp. n.: 12: labrum (left: ventral view; right: dorsal view). 13: hypopharynx. 14: right mandible. 15: left mandible. 16: labium. 6.8 and 7.3. The substratum component was mainly cobbles and gravel. Despite intensive prospecting in this area, larvae were not collected at any other locality. As the samples were taken every month during a whole year, observation of the larval development indicates that the species is bivoltine, with one generation in June and one in December, at least at these two localities. THE GENUS NIGROBAETIS IN THE AFROTROPICS 665 20 22 18 17 Fiss 17 - 22 Larval structures of Nigrobaetis cryptus sp. n.: 17: foreleg. 18: tarsal claw. 19: third gill (mature larva). 20: fourth gill (young larva). 21: posterior margin of fourth tergum. 22: paraproct. Nigrobaetis bethunae Lugo-Ortiz & de Moor, 2000 MATERIAL EXAMINED 5 larvae, (S2103), South Africa, Incomati River system, Buffelspruit River, near Caro- lina (closer to Badplaas), 30°27’02” E, 26°00’06” S, 1260 m, 16.05.2003. 10 larvae, (S2104), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Crocodile River, Kruger NP- near Malelane, 31°37 04° E, 666 J.-L. GATTOLLIAT Comoros Islands Angola Mauritius * Ô La Réunion South Africa 2? 200 600 1000 km FIG. 23 Distribution of Nigrobaetis in southern Africa and in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Star: N. colonus sp. n. Square: N. cryptus sp. n. Circle: Nigrobaetis bethunae (black: type locality; grey: new localities). 25°23°57” S, 247 m, 17.05.2003. 10 larvae, (S2108), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Sabie River, Kruger NP- near Skukuza, 32°00°02” E, 25°09°42” S, 130 m, 18.05.2003. 4 larvae, (S2113), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Sabie River, Kruger NP- near Skukuza Camp, 31°26°16” E, 24°59°16” S, 289 m, 19.05.2003. 2 larvae, (S2114), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Olifants River, Kruger NP- near Olifants Camp, 31°40°02” E, 24°01°10” S, 189 m, 20.05.2003. 1 larva, (S2118), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Letaba River, Kruger NP- near Olifants Camp, 31°46°08” E, 23°59°10” S, 163 m, 21.05.2003. 1 larva, (S2128), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Tshirovha River, near Thohoyandou, 30°23°44” E, 22°48°55” S, 704 m, 25.05.2003. 2 larvae, (S2134), South Africa, Limpopo Basin, Magoebas River, near Tzaneen, 30°02°34” E, 23°49’51” S, 818 m, 27.05.2003. All specimens collected by: Helen Barber-James (AM: Albany Museum, Grahamstown, South Africa), Ferdy de Moor (AM), Pascale Derleth (EPFL: Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne, Switzerland; MZL: Musée de Zoologie Lausanne, Switzerland), Jean-Marc Elouard (IRD: Institut de Recherche pour le Développement, Montpellier, France), Jean-Luc Gattolliat (MZL), Dominique Holveck (IRD), Michael Monaghan (NHM: Natural History Museum, London, England), Michel Sartori (MZL). LARVA See Lugo-Ortiz & de Moor, 2000; additional morphological information given in the following: General colouration brownish grey with yellow pattern. Head brownish grey. Thorax brownish grey with a broad yellow stripe at base of forewing pads; legs yellow with a transverse brown stripe on femora. Most terga brownish grey with a yellow central symmetric yellow comma, terga 4, 8 and 9 uniformly yellow. In light specimen: tergum 2 with a yellow central spot. In dark specimen: most terga completely brownish grey, terga 8 and 9 yellow. Sterna uniformly yellow, except for THE GENUS NIGROBAETIS IN THE AFROTROPICS 667 laterally brownish sterna in mature larva sterna. Comparison of this material with ma- terial from the Cunene River indicates that the colour pattern is both locally and geo- graphically variable. IMAGOS Unknown. DISCUSSION Larvae of Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n. and N. cryptus sp. n. differ from those of N. niger (Linnaeus, 1761), N. digitatus (Bengtsson, 1912) and N. rhithralis (Soldän & Thomas, 1983) by the number of gills (7 vs 6 pairs), the absence of hindwings and the absence of stout setae on the dorsal margin of tibiae; from those of N. aciniger (Kluge, 1983) and N. harasab (Soldän, 1977) by the number of gills (7 vs 6 pairs); from those of N. bacillius (Kluge, 1983), N. gracilis (Bogoescu & Tabacaru, 1957) and all the Taiwanese species except N. facetus (Chang & Yang, 1994) by the absence of hindwings. Only N. bethunae, N. facetus and N. minutus (Müller-Liebenau, 1984) cannot be easily separated from N. colonus sp. n. and N. cryptus sp. n. as they have the same number of gills and no hindwing pads. Morphology of these five species is quite similar. The degree of development of the setae between prostheca and mola of the left mandible (Figs 4, 15), the spination of the right prostheca (Figs 3, 14), the small size of the first pair of gills, the absence of a dark band on cerci, the colouration of the abdomen and the size of the mature larva allow N. colonus sp. n. and N. cryptus sp. n. to be distinguished from the three other species. N. colonus sp. n. and N. cryptus sp. n. can be separated mainly by the shape of the incisors of both mandibles (Figs 3, 4, 14, 15), the shape of the right prostheca (Figs 3,14), the colouration of the abdomen and the size of the larvae. BIOGEOGRAPHY Among the 23 genera of Baetidae occurring in Madagascar, Nigrobaetis is the 14th that is present in both Madagascar and Africa. Unlike most others, its distribution is not restricted to the Afrotropical realm but also includes the Palearctic and Oriental realms. With regard to the specific diversity of the genus in the different parts of its dis- tribution area, it is reasonable to assume a Palearctic or Oriental origin. The presence of Nigrobaetis in southern Africa and in Madagascar is probably the result of a step- by-step colonisation: northern Africa to southern Africa and finally Madagascar. As has been assumed for other genera (Gattolliat, 2002; Gattolliat & Sartori, 2003), it is like- ly that the colonisation of Madagascar took place after its break-off from the Gondwanan mainland (ca. 165 My). This implies an overseas colonization of more than 300 km (Fig. 23). La Réunion is a young volcanic island (ca. 3 My) and the presence of mayflies there implies overseas dispersal. Based on geographical distance, the probable origin of the mayflies should be either Mauritius (200 km) or Madagascar (800 km); the African mainland is 2250 km distant. Nigrobaetis is not known from Mauritius despite 668 J.-L. GATTOLLIAT the island’s longer history (ca. 8 My). The only mayfly larvae recently collected and described from Mauritius belong to the genus Cloeon (McCafferty & Mauremootoo, 2001), a genus also present on La Réunion (Starmühlner, 1979). Thus a tentative conclusion is that Nigrobaetis colonised from Madagascar; however, its limited distri- bution on Madagascar and La Réunion, and the poor knowledge of the aquatic inver- tebrates of Mauritius, suggest that Nigrobaetis occurs on Mauritius but has not been collected. Nigrobaetis bethunae (southern Africa), N. cryptus sp. n. (Madagascar) and N. colonus sp. n. (La Réunion) are geographically the closest reported members of the genus. This morphological study confirms the affinities among the three species. Nigrobaetis bethunae possesses a wide distribution in southern Africa, but is never abundant, and direct colonisation from Africa seems unlikely because of the more than 2250 km distance. As noted above, Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n. is morphologically closely related to species of the Oriental realm [N. facetus (Taiwan) and N. minutus (Malaysia)]. Because the Baetidae fauna of the Oriental realm remains poorly known, the recorded distribution range of Nigrobaetis remains incomplete. The presence of the genus in India or Sri Lanka is not recorded but is possible. However, even if its presence is confirmed, an Oriental origin for La Réunion seems unlikely because of the distance; ca. 3500 km between India and La Réunion. Considering the present abundance and distribution, common genera should be the most probable candidates for overseas interchanges. In the case of the Comoros Islands, which are also recent volcanic islands, only the common and widespread genera Labiobaetis Novikova & Kluge, 1987, Afroptilum Gillies, 1990 and Cloeodes Traver, 1938 were successful colonists (unpublished data based on the material collected by Starmühlner’s expedition). Consequently, why the rare Nigrobaetis was able to colonize La Réunion while other abundant and widespread genera did not remains an important question. In conclusion, the occurrence of Nigrobaetis on La Réunion is surprising and the origin of Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n. remains unclear, even if an Afrotropical origin is probably the most likely. Is the small size of Nigrobaetis part of the explanation of this riddle? Was Nigrobaetis once much more abundant in the Afrotropical area than it is at present time? Is this genus perhaps more widespread than it is yet recorded? The question remains open. In clarifying the affinities of Nigrobaetis colonus sp. n., molecular phylogenetic studies could greatly help to solve this puzzle and determine the colonizing source. The presence of Nigrobaetis on La Réunion indicates success- ful overseas colonisation of at least 800 km and constitutes the final proof that the dispersal capacities of mayflies are greatly underestimated. It means that colonization over long distances must be taken in account when biogeographical scenarios are established. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I want to thank Ranalison Oliarinony (Museum of Zoology, Lausanne, Switzerland) for providing the specimens from Madagascar together with ecological information. I am greatly indebted to Dr M. Hubbard (A&M University, Tallahassee, THE GENUS NIGROBAETIS IN THE AFROTROPICS 669 Florida, USA) for the loan of Starmühlner’s material, Emilie Barthe and Stephanie Merlin from ORE (Organisme Réunionais des Eaux) for the gift of specimens collected during water quality surveys, Christian Guillermet (Antibes, France) for information concerning Baetidae from La Réunion, and to Helen M. Barber-James (Dept. Fresh- water Invertebrates, Albany Museum, Grahamstown, South Africa) for the organisation of our fieldtrip in South Africa. I also want to express my appreciation to Dr Michel Sartori (Museum of Zoology, Lausanne, Switzerland) and Helen M. Barber-James and Michael Monaghan (Natural History Museum, London, England) for useful comments on this paper. This paper is contribution n° 51 to the series “Aquatic Biodiversity of Madagascar”. REFERENCES ELOUARD, J.-M. & GIBON, F.-M. 2001. Biodiversité et biotypologie des eaux continentales mal- gaches. IRD, Montpellier, 447 pp. GATTOLLIAT, J.-L. 2002. The genus Cloeon (Insecta : Ephemeroptera) in Madagascar. Mitteillung der Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft 74: 195-209. GATTOLLIAT, J.-L. & SARTORI, M. 2003. An overview of the Baetidae of Madagascar (pp. 135- 144). In: GAINO, E. (ed.). Research Update on Ephemeroptera and Plecoptera. University of Perugia, Italy, Perugia. KANG, S.C., CHANG, H.C. & YANG, C.T. 1994. A revision of the genus Baetis in Taiwan (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae). Journal of Taiwan Museum 47: 9-44. LuGo-ORTIZ, C.R. & DE Moor, FC. 2000. Nigrobaetis Novikova & Kluge (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae): first record and new species from southern Africa, with reassignment of one northern African species. African Entomology 8: 69-73. MCCAFFERTY, W.P. & MAUREMOOTOO, J.R. 2001. The first mayfly taken from the island of Mauritius (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae). Ephemera 2: 105-111. MÜLLER-LIEBENAU, I. 1969. Revision der europäischen Arten der Gattung Baeris Leach, 1815 (Insecta, Ephemeroptera). Gewässer und Abwässer 48/49: 1-214. MÜLLER-LIEBENAU, I. 1984. New genera and species of the family Baetidae from West-Malaysia (River Gombak) (Insecta: Ephemeroptera). Spixiana 7: 253-284. Novikova, E.A. & KLUGE, N.Y. 1987. [Systematics of the genus Baetis (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae) and a description of a new species from central Asia] (in Russian). Vestnik Zoologii 4: 8-19. SOLDAN, T. 1977. Three new species of mayflies (Ephemeroptera) from the mist oasis of Erkwit, Sudan. Acta Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 74: 289-294. STARMÜHLNER, F. 1979. Results of the Austrian hydrobiological mission, 1974, to the Seychelles, Comores and Mascarene Archipelagos: Part 1, preliminary report. Annalen des Natur- historischen Museums in Wien 82: 621-742. WALTZ, R.D., MCCAFFERTY, W.P. & THOMAS, A. 1994. Systematics of Alainites n. gen., Diphetor, Indobaetis, Nigrobaetis n. stat., and Takobia n. stat. (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae). Bulletin de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse 130: 33-36. Zwick, P. 2003. Biogeographical pattern (pp. 94-102). Jn: RESH, V.H. & CARDE, R.T. (eds). Encyclopedia of Insects. Academic Press. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 671-672; septembre 2004 First record of Hyssopus pallidus (Askew, 1964) for Switzerland (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) Kathrin TSCHUDI-REIN, Nayuta BRAND, Ute KÜHRT & Silvia DORN Institute of Plant Sciences, Applied Entomology, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Clausiusstrasse 25 / NW, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland. First record of Hyssopus pallidus (Askew, 1964) for Switzerland (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae). - The parasitoids emerged from apples that were collected in orchards in the cantons of Aargau and Zurich and were brought into the laboratory. They were found to have developed on both known hosts, i.e. Cydia pomonella (L., 1758) and Cydia molesta (Busck, 1916) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Keywords: Parasitoid - Hyssopus pallidus - Cydia pomonella - Cydia molesta - first record - Switzerland. Hyssopus pallidus (Askew, 1964) is a gregarious, idiobiont ectoparasitoid of late larval instars of the codling moth, Cydia pomonella (L., 1758), a widely distributed major fruit pest, and of the Oriental fruit moth, Cydia (Grapholita) molesta (Busck, 1916), an economically important pest of stone fruit orchards and in a rapidly expanding area also of apple orchards (reviewed by Natale er al., 2003). In apple orchards under integrated and organic regimes augmentative release of this parasitoid could substitute the labor intensive and therefore costly post-harvest fruit removal (sanitation) often needed to lower codling moth populations to a level that allows the successful employment of the mating disruption technique (Mattiacci et al., 1999). The behavioral ecology of this species is being studied at our institute (Gandolfi et al., 2003; Mattiacci et al., 1999; Mattiacci et al., 2000) and it is thus with great interest that we take note of its presence here in Switzerland. The species was first described by Askew (1964) as Elachertus pallidus from Castagniers (Alpes Maritimes), France, and from Sofia, Bulgaria, and was then trans- ferred to the genus Hyssopus by LaSalle and Huang (1994). Morphology and develop- ment of its immature stages were described by Tschudi-Rein and Dorn (2001). A total of 26 male and 78 female H. pallidus emerged in July and August in the laboratory from apples collected between June and August 2003 in three apple orchards in Northern Switzerland: Endingen (395 m a.s.l., N 47° 31° 46.7°’/ E 8° 17° 1.6”) and Schlatt b. Leuggern (436 m a.s.l., N 47° 33’ 40.5”/ E 8° 13° 20.7”) in the canton of Aargau and Steinmaur (442 m a.s.l., N 47° 29’ 34.1”/ E 8° 26° 44.1”) in the canton of Zurich. Apples lying on the ground in the field with indications of infestation by Cydia species had been collected and brought to the laboratory for an ongoing Manuscript accepted 12.12.2003 672 HYSSOPUS PALLIDUS IN SWITZERLAND behavioral study of the codling moth. Upon detection of the emerging parasitoids, more apples were collected and these were kept singly in containers. This allowed the tracing of emerging parasitoids back to their host larva in the apple. The host larvae were identified with the help of larval keys of Brown (1987) and of Pfeiffer (no date). Male and female A. pallidus were collected from all the 3 orchards from which apples had been collected, and from their two known hosts, Cydia pomonella and Cydia molesta. This latter host species was found as a parasitized larva in an apple from the orchard in Schlatt b. Leuggern in the canton of Aargau. Voucher specimens have been deposited in the Natural History Museum Geneva. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We wish to thank Andreas Müller for helpful comments. REFERENCES ASKEW, R. R. 1964. On the biology and taxonomy of some European species of the genus Elachertus SPINOLA (Hymenoptera, Eulophidae). Bulletin of Entomological Research 55: 53-58. BROWN, R. L. 1987. Tortricidae (Tortricoidea) (pp. 419-427). In: STEHR, F.W. (ed.). Immature Insects. Kendall / Hunt Publishing Co, Dubuque, 427 pp. GANDOLFI, M., MATTIACCI, L. & DORN, S. 2003. Mechanisms of behavioral alterations of para- sitoids reared in artificial systems. Journal of Chemical Ecology 29: 1871-1887. LASALLE, J. & HUANG, D. 1994. Two new Eulophidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) of eco- nomic importance from China. Bulletin of Entomological Research 84: 51-56. MATTIACCI, L., HÜTTER, E. & Dorn, S. 1999. Host location of Hyssopus pallidus, a larval para- sitoid of the codling moth, Cydia pomonella. Biological Control 15: 241-251. MATTIACCI, L., HÜTTER, L., SCHOCH, D., SCASCIGHINI, N. & DORN, S. 2000. Plant-odour mediates parasitoid host handling and oviposition in an endophytic tritrophic system. Chemo- ecology 10: 185-192. NATALE, D., MATTIACCI, L., HERN, A., PASQUALINI, E. & Dorn, S. 2003. Response of female Cydia molesta (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to plant derived volatiles. Bulletin of Entomological Research 93: 335-342. PFEIFFER, D. G. (no date). A key to the internal feeders of apple. Retrieved August 7, 2003, from http://www.ento.vt.edu/Fruitfiles/AppleInternalKey.html (3 pp). TSCHUDI-REIN, K. & Dorn, S. 2001. Reproduction and immature development of Hyssopus pallidus (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), an ectoparasitoid of the codling moth. European Journal of Entomology 98: 41-45. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 673-682; septembre 2004 A new species of Hyphessobrycon (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Iberä wetlands, Argentina Adriana E. ALMIRON! , Jorge R. CASCIOTTA!, José A. BECHARA? & Federico J. RUIZ DIAZ? ! Divisiön Zoologfa Vertebrados, Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo, UNLP, Paseo del Bosque, 1900 La Plata, Argentina. E-mail: aalmiron@museo.fcnym.unlp.edu.ar 2 Instituto de Ictiologfa del Nordeste, Facultad de Ciencias Veterinarias, UNNE, Sargento Cabral 2139, 3400 Corrientes, Argentina. A new species of Hyphessobrycon (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Ibera wetlands, Argentina.- Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n. is described from the Esteros del Iberä wetlands. Hyphessobrycon auca differs from the remaining species of the genus by the presence of one maxillary tooth with 5 cusps; dentary low with teeth decreasing in size anteroposteriorly; males with hooks in all fins; mature females with hooks on pelvic-fin rays; one humeral spot vertically elongated, bounded by a light area; a second lateral spot may be faint or well developed; a wide lateral band ending in a conspicuous caudal spot. Keywords: Characiformes - Characidae - Hyphessobrycon - Esteros del Iberä wetlands - new species - Argentina. INTRODUCTION Nine species of the genus Hyphessobrycon were recorded for the Rio de la Plata basin in Argentina, eight of them inhabit the Esteros del Iberä wetlands system (Almirön er al., 2003). The Esteros del Iberd wetlands is one of the freshwater environments which has a high diversity of fishes in Argentina. More than 126 species have been recorded from this wetland, a number that represents about one third of the fish fauna known for Argentina (Casciotta et al., 2003). The aim of this paper is to describe a new species of the genus Hyphessobrycon from the Esteros del Iberä wetlands. MATERIAL AND METHODS The specimens examined in this study were cleared and counterstained (C&S) following Taylor & Van Dyke (1985). Measurements are straight distances taken with calliper to the nearest 0.1 mm. Peduncle length is the distance between last branched anal-fin ray and hypural joint. Vertebral count includes four vertebrae corresponding to the Weberian apparatus and also the complex centrum as one element. Asterisk indicates holotype. Manuscript accepted 15.01.2004 674 A. E. ALMIRON ET AL. Material is deposited in the Asociaciön Ictiolögica, La Plata, Argentina (AI); Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, Argentina (MLP); Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales Bernardino Rivadavia, Argentina (MACN-Ict); Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève, Switzerland (MHNG). COMPARATIVE MATERIAL (standard length, SL): Hyphessobrycon anisitsi (Eigenmann, 1907): MHNG 2493.72, 8 ex., 41.4-42.7 mm SL, (2 C&S), Paraguay, Caazapa, Arroyo Moroti 15 km SE from Tavai. MHNG 2493.063, 6 ex., 35.1-46.5 mm SL, Paraguay, Caazapa, Arroyo Yvyra-pary, 2 km from Tavai. MHNG 2493.86, 2 ex., 29.5-31.0 mm SL, Paraguay, Caaguazu, small affluent of the rio Giiyrau-gua. MHNG 2054.2-44, 5 ex., 28.0-38.3 mm SL, Paraguay, Asunciön, stream in Colonia Thompson. MHNG 2493.88, 2 ex., 28.2-29.4 mm SL, Paraguay, Guaira, stream Ovie, near of the road from Villarica. AI 133 (ex MHNG 2493.063) 2 ex., 23.0- 37.6 mm SL, Paraguay, Caazapa, Arroyo Yvyra-pary, 2 km from Tavai. Hyphessobrycon arianae Uj & Gery, 1989: MHNG 2412.79 (holotype), 22.7 mm SL, Paraguay, Dept. Caaguazu, rio Giiyrau-gua, affl. of the rio Monday, 3 km East of Juan Frutos. MHNG 2412.80-81 (paratypes), 12 ex., 17.6-23.6 mm SL, (2 ex. C&S), same locality as holotype. Hyphessobrycon elachys Weitzman, 1984: MLP 6431, 3 ex., 16.0-20.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes Province, San Cosme. Hyphessobrycon eques (Steindachner, 1882): MLP 8999, 3 ex., 23.3-27.9 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, rio Santa Lucia. JRC Pers. Collection, 2 ex., 28.7-29.6 mm SL (C&S), Argentina, Corrientes Province, Bella Vista, Riacho Carrizal. Hyphessobrycon guarani Mahnert & Géry, 1987: MHNG 2366.99 (holotype), 29.8 mm SL, Paraguay, rio Alto Paranä in Puerto Bertoni, Dept. Alto Parand. MHNG 2366.100 (paratypes), 7 ex., 23.5-29.4 mm SL, (2 ex. C&S), same locality as holotype. Hyphessobrycon igneus Miquelarena, Menni, Löpez & Casciotta, 1981: JRC Pers. Collection, 3 ex., 25.9-29 mm SL Argentina, Esteros del Iberä, Laguna Fernandez. Hyphessobrycon luetkeni (Boulenger, 1887): MLP 8796, 9 ex., 24.4-35.0 mm SL, Argentina, Formosa Province, creek in the national road Formosa-Clorinda, 37 Km far from Clorinda. MLP 6451, 13 ex., 14.2-21.6 mm SL, Argentina, Formosa Province. Hyphessobrycon meridionalis Ringuelet, Miquelarena & Menni, 1978: MLP 8407, 2 ex., 32.2-34.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes Province, pond in road Bella Vista-San Roque. JRC Pers. collection, 3 ex., 33.0-40.9 mm SL (C&S), Argentina, Buenos Aires Province, Berisso, Los Talas ponds. Hyphessobrycon wajat Almiron & Casciotta, 1999: MLP 9321, (holotype), 27.6 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes Province, rio Paranä basin, Laguna Brava. MLP 9322, 5 paratypes, 29.2- 31.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes Province, Laguna Iber4. MHNG 2593.96, 5 paratypes, 28.5- 30.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes Province, Laguna Iberä. RESULTS Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n. Figs 1-8, Table 1 Holotype. MACN-Ict 8647, 51.2 mm SL, female, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, pond in San Juan Poriahü farm (27°41°53”S-57°12’17”W), coll. J. Casciotta, A. Almirön & F. Ruiz Diaz, March 2003. Paratypes. AI 129, 6 ex. (1 C&S), 42.0-49.9 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, pond in San Juan Poriahi farm (27°41’39””S-57°12’56”W), coll. J. Bechara, J. Ortiz & S. Sanchez, May 2001. MHNG 2644.023, 4 ex., 42.4-52.8 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, pond in San Juan Poriahü farm (27°41’39”S-57°12’56”W), coll. J. Bechara, J. Ortiz & S. Sanchez, May 2001. AI 130, 5 ex., 42.6-50.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, pond in San Juan Poriahü farm (27°42°S-57°11’W), coll. J. Casciotta, A. Almiron & F. Ruiz Diaz, March 2003. Non type material: AI 131, 4 ex. (C&S), 43.7-48.9 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, pond in San Juan Poriah farm (27°42’S-57°11°W), coll. J. Casciotta, A. Almirön & F Ruiz Diaz, March 2003. DIAGNOSIS Hyphessobrycon auca is distinguished from its congeners by the following combination of characters: one maxillary tooth with 5 cusps; dentary low (dentary NEW SPECIES OF HYPHESSOBRYCON 675 depth 40.7-47.6 in % of dentary length) with teeth decreasing in size anteroposteriorly; males with hooks in all fins; mature females with hooks on pelvic-fin rays; one humeral spot vertically elongated, bounded by a light area; a second lateral spot may be faint or well developed; a wide lateral band ending in a conspicuous caudal spot. DESCRIPTION Morphometrics of holotype and paratypes are presented in table 1. Maximum body depth located immediately anterior to dorsal-fin origin (Fig. 1). Females slightly convex on snout, concave between eye to posterior tip of supraoccipital spine, and convex from supraoccipital to base of first dorsal-fin ray. Males with dorsal profile straight from snout to posterior tip of supraoccipital spine, slightly convex from this point to base of first dorsal-fin ray. Dorsal profile slanting ventrally from dorsal-fin origin to caudal peduncle in both sexes. Dorsal and ventral profile of caudal peduncle straight or scarcely concave. Ventral profile of body arched from tip of lower jaw to anal-fin origin, posterodorsally slanted along anal-fin base. Vent between bases of pectoral and pelvic fins transversally rounded, compressed between pelvic and anal fins. Dorsal-fin origin almost equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal fin. Pelvic-fin base before anterior to vertical through dorsal-fin origin. Adipose fin slightly anterior to base of last branched anal-fin rays. Females with tip of pectoral fin reaching pelvic-fin origin, males with tip of pectoral fin surpassing pelvic-fin origin. Females with tip of pelvic fin not reaching anal-fin origin; males with tip of pelvic-fin surpassing that origin. TAB. 1: Morphometric data of the holotype and 15 paratypes of Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n. Minimum, maximum, and average between parenthesis. Standard length expressed in mm. holotype males females SE SEZ 42.0-45.7 45.7-52.8 Percents of SL Predorsal distance SIT, 53.0-54.2 (53.3) 339-3987 (54:3) Preventral distance 48.4 46.9-48.5 (47.3) 46.8-50.2 (48.6) Preanal distance 63.1 59.7-63.7 (62.0) 63.1-66.3 (64.8) Body depth 36.1 31.7-34.7 (33.4) 34.1-38.3 (36.4) Dorsal-fin base 133 12.8-14.4 (13.8) 13.1-14.6 (13.8) Anal-fin base 307 30:8-33.320 1324) 27.8-31.9 (30.3) Pectoral-fin length 225] 23.0-26.2 (24.1) 21.8-25.2 (23.4) Pelvic-fin length 177.6 18.5-21.2 (19.6) 17.0-19.9 (18.1) Distance between pectoral and pelvic-fin origins 2181 20.6-22.6 (21.4) 19.0-23.7 (21.5) Distance between pelvic and anal-fin origins 19.3 14.8-18.9 (17.4) 17.6-20.7 (19.0) Head length 28.9 28.4-30.5 (29.6) 28.3-30.4 (29.4) Peduncle depth 11.1 117221208 70107) 10.4-12.0 (11.4) Percents of HL Snout length 23.6 23.1-25:6 (23.9) 20.7-27.1 (23.6) Eye diameter 39.9 37.7-40.0 (38.7) 36.7-42.9 (39.3) Interorbital length SII 30.8-35.3 (32.2) 30.0-32.8 (31.0) Postorbital length 43.9 41.7-46.8 (44.0) 40.7-46.9 (43.5) Maxillary length 297] ITS (29:35) 27723228 (601) 676 A. E. ALMIRÖN ET AL. Fic. 1 Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n., holotype: MACN-Ict 8647, 51.2 mm SL, female, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, pond in San Juan Poriahu farm. Dorsal fin with ii, 9 rays; posterior margin of dorsal fin straight, last unbranched and first branched dorsal-fin rays longest. Males with hooks on last unbranched and first eight branched rays. Hooks very small, directed ventrally. One hook by segment, maximum 12 hooks on 5" ray. Anal fin with iii-v, 21-25 rays; 21(2), 22(10), 23(9), 24(5), 25(2*). Males with posterior margin almost straight; females with last unbranched and first six branched rays produced forming a lobe. Males bearing small hooks on last unbranched and the first 21 branched rays. Hooks directed outward and curved dorsally; one pair of hooks on each segment, maximum 14 pairs on each ray. Branched rays with hooks on poste- rior branch, few hooks, very small, on distal portion of anterior arm. Caudal-fin with 1 unbranched and 9 branched principal rays in upper lobe; 8 branched and 1 unbranched principal rays in lower lobe. Males (2 ex.) with few small hooks on distal tips on middle caudal-fin rays. Lower lobe slightly longer. Pectoral fin with i,11*-12 rays. Posterior margin of pectoral fin slightly rounded. Males (3 ex.) with small hooks on rays, one specimen with hooks on all branched rays. Pelvic fin with 1,6-7* rays, posterior margin of fin slightly rounded. Males with hooks on unbranched and branched rays. One pair of hooks on each segment curved rostrally, maximum 14 hooks on each ray. Mature females with hooks on pelvic fins, rather smaller than those of males (Figs 2-3). Head short, less than 1/3 of SL, mouth terminal and horizontal; snout short, blunt. Third infraorbital not reaching sensory tube of preopercle. Lower jaw slightly longer than upper jaw. Five specimens (C&S) with premaxillary ascending process triangular; alveolar process bearing two series of teeth, each tooth with a central cusp larger. Outer row with 4 (4 ex.), 5 (1 ex.) teeth, with 3 (4 ex.) to 5 (1 ex.) cusps (Fig. 4). Inner series of premaxilla with 5 wide teeth; sym- physial tooth slender, with 4 to 5 cusps; remaining teeth with 4 to 9 cusps (Fig. 5), cen- tral cusp longer than the others. Maxilla with long anterodorsal and laminar processes, the last one surpassing vertical through anterior orbital margin. One wide maxillary NEW SPECIES OF HYPHESSOBRYCON 677 Fics 2-3 Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n., left pelvic-fin rays in dorsal view showing the bony hooks: 2, males; 3, females. Scale= 1 mm. tooth with 5 cusps (Fig. 4). Dentary low (40.7-47.6% dentary depth/dentary length) with 8 to 12 teeth decreasing in size anteroposteriorly. Four large teeth with 5 to 8 cusps, 1 or 2 smaller one with 3 to 5 cusps, usually 5 cusps, and 3 to 7 much smaller with 1 to 3 cusps, usually 3 cusps (Fig. 6). Lateral series with 32-36 scales; 32(1), 33(1), 34(8), 35(6*), and 36(1). Lateral line with 5 to 22 perforated scales; 5(1), 7(1), 8(2), 9(4*), 10(2), 11(1), 12(4), 13(4), 15(1), 22(1); two specimens with complete lateral line (34). Five to six scales between dorsal-fin origin and lateral line; 4 or 5 scales between lateral line and ventral-fin origin. Ten to twelve scales between supraoccipital process and dorsal-fin origin. Six to eleven rectangular scales placed on anal-fin base. Scales covering basal fifth of caudal lobes. Pelvic axillary scale without hooks on its posterior area in males.Gill rakers: 6-10/10-12. Vertebral counts: 33-34. Coloration upon capture: Upper half of body darker, wide silvery lateral band ending in a caudal spot, lower half silvery. Base of caudal- fin lobes black and yellow; most of the lobe red, distal margin of them hyaline; middle caudal rays black sur- rounded by yellow. Most of anal fin red, distal margin gray or hyaline. Dorsal fin pale yellow, pectoral fin hyaline and pelvic fin reddish (Fig. 7). Coloration in alcohol preserved specimens: Background pale brown, dorsal region of flanks and head darker, one dark midline along body on dorsum. Dark humer- al spot vertically elongated, bounded by a clear area. Second lateral spot faint. Dark wide lateral band ending in a caudal spot. Dorsum of head, premaxilla, and dorsal half of maxilla, dark. Dorsal fin hyaline with black chromatophores on the unbranched rays, dark chromatophores on anterior and posterior margins of branched rays. Anal fin hyaline 678 A. E. ALMIRON ET AL. Fics 4-5 Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n., 4, upper jaw in lateral view; 5, detail of third tooth of inner pre- maxillary series in medial view. Scale= 1 mm. — FIG. 6 Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n., right lower jaw in medial view. Scale= 1 mm. NEW SPECIES OF HYPHESSOBRYCON 679 FIG. 7 Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n., upon capture, pond in Esteros del Iberä wetlands. with large black chromatophores on distal margin of anal fin, forming a faint band in some specimens. Black caudal spot on caudal peduncle extended on middle caudal-fin rays; remaining caudal-fin rays with dark chromatophores on their margins. Pectoral and pelvic fins hyaline, few chromatophores along ray surfaces. Chromatophores completely covering scales surface on upper half of flank, more dense on posterior margin. Scales on lower half of flanks with scattered chro- matophores on their surface. Sexual dimorphism: Males of Hyphessobrycon auca have a preanal distance shorter (59.7-63.7 vs. 63.1-66.3% SL) and lower body depth (31.7-34.7 vs. 34.1-38.3% SL), and caudal peduncle depth (100.0-108.2 vs. 107.5-118.4% caudal peduncle length). Also they bear bony hooks on all fin rays; hooks present on dorsal and caudal fin are tiny, thus they are difficult to see in alcoholic preserved specimens. Mature females bear hooks on pelvic-fin rays, they are smaller than those present on pelvic fin of males (Fig. 3). Also, females have a small lobe on first six branched anal-fin rays, absent in males. ETYMOLOGY The invariable specific epitet auca is a Mapuche word meaning rebel. DISTRIBUTION Hyphesobrycon auca sp. n. is known from two isolated ponds placed inside of the farm San Juan Poriahu in the northwest of Esteros del Iberä wetlands (Fig. 8). 680 A. E. ALMIRÖN ET AL. 57° PARAGUAY RIO PARANA Fic. 8 Geographical distribution of Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n., black circle show the localities in the Esteros del Iberä. HABITAT AND ASSOCIATED ICHTHYOFAUNA Hyphessobrycon auca sp. n. was collected in two small lentic waterbodies located on a large sand bar (150 km long), that was deposed by the rio Paranä during the Pliocene. From a topographic standpoint, ponds are placed at the headwaters of the Ibera basin and make part of a complex of interconnected small lakes dispersed over the sand bar. As many others in the area, ponds were probably generated by eolic and pseudokarstic processes. Sampled ponds have a surface of about 1.5 and 12.5 ha, their form is near circular, with a sandy bottom covered by submerged macrophytes domi- nated by Egeria naias. In the littoral areas, patches of the water hyacinth Eichhornia azurea and some unidentified Gramineae were observed. Ponds and the connected aquifer are fed only by rain water, and they have low conductivity (11.6-20.8 wS cm) and acidic pH (5.6-6.8). Waters are very soft (hardness 2-5 mg CaCo3 I"!), low in chloride (0.8 to 1.9 mg I!), as well as in alkalinity (2-9 mg CaCo3 ll). Nutrient content was also negligible (less than 10 yg I! of dissolved orthophosphate). Transparency is high, being impossible to estimate with NEW SPECIES OF HYPHESSOBRYCON 681 Secchi disk due to the low depths in sampling areas (0.6-1.3 m). Dissolved oxygen concentrations were generally high during sampling (6.7-10.2 mg I, 86.1-110.9% saturation), and water temperature varied from 13.5 to 20.8°C. Although different kinds of environments were sampled in the area, including larger lakes, marshes, and small creeks, the new species was only found in the two de- scribed ponds. The other fish caught with a purse seine in the same samples belonged to the following species: Acestrorhynchus pantaneiro, Aphyocharax rathbuni, Chara- cidium rachovii, Characidium cf. zebra, Cyphocharax cf. spilotus, Hyphessobrycon eques, Hoplias malabaricus, Metynnis mola, Moenkhausia intermedia, Serrasalmus spilopleura, Serrapinnus kriegi, Apistogramma borelli, Apistogramma commbrae, Crenicichla lepidota, Cichlasoma dimerus, Gymnogeophagus balzanii, Laetacara dor- sigera, and Phalloceros caudimaculatus. REMARKS The following species of the genus Hyphessobrycon were recorded from the Rio de la Plata basin in Argentina: H. anisitsi, H. elachys, H. eques, H. guarani, H. igneus, H. luetkeni, H. meridionalis, H. reticulatus, and H. wajat. All of them were registered from the Esteros del Iberä wetlands except A. guarani. The color pattern of H. eques, H. elachys, H. guarani, H. igneus, and H. reticulatus differenciate these species from H. auca. Hyphessobrycon eques has the ground colour of body red and H. elachys is greenish with yellow whereas H. auca is mostly silvery. Hyphessobrycon guarani bear a black spot on dorsal-fin rays, absent in H. auca; H. igneus has the caudal fin red whereas in H. auca is black, yellow and red. Finally, H. reticulatus has a narrow lateral band and a dark line along the base of anal fin whereas H. auca has a wide lateral band and it lacks a line along the anal-fin base. Hyphessobrycon guarani has 2 to 5 maxillary teeth, Hyphessobrycon luetkeni has 2 to 3, and H. wajat 3 to 5, whereas H. auca has only one. Hyphessobrycon meridionalis has 26 to 30 branched anal-fin rays whereas H. auca has 21 to 25. Hyphessobrycon auca is similar to H. anisitsi, however the new species differs from H. anisitsi in having always one maxillary tooth with 5 cusps instead of 3 to 5 cusps. The dentary of H. auca is lower than those of A. anisitsi (dentary depth 40.7- 47.6 vs. 50.0-53.3 in % of dentary length), and the teeth decrease in size antero-poste- riorly whereas in H. anisitsi the dentary bears 4 large teeth followed by 4 to 8 much smaller. Males of H. auca bear hooks on dorsal-fin rays (3 ex.) and hooks on caudal and pectoral-fin rays (2 ex.), hooks on dorsal, caudal, and pectoral-fin rays were not found in males of A. anisitsi. Hyphessobrycon auca is the only species of the genus with some males bearing hooks on all fins. Hooks on pelvic-fin rays in mature females of H. auca, appear to be a feature shared with H. anisitsi (1 female with pelvic-fin hooks). Within characids, females bearing hooks on pelvic-fin rays was only reported for the genus Cheirodon (Malabarba, 1998). As this author noted, hooks are usually visible in large females and they are smaller than those of males. 682 A. E. ALMIRÖN ET AL. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We would like to express our gratitude to Marcos Garcia Rams, the owner of the farm San Juän Poriaht for his hospitality and to C. Tremouilles (UNLP) for help with figures. This project was financed by the National Geographic Society (Grant 7314-01) and Universidad Nacional del Nordeste (Special Grant for Iberä Project). REFERENCES ALMIRON, A., CASCIOTTA, J., BECHARA, J., ROUX, P., SANCHEZ, S. & TOCCALINO, P. 2003. La ictiofauna de los esteros del Iberä y su importancia en la designaciön de la reserva como sitio Ramsar (pp. 75-85). In: ALVAREZ, B. (ed). Fauna del Iberä. Editorial Universitaria de la Universidad Nacional del Nordeste (EUDENE), Corrientes, Argentina, 375 pp. CASCIOTTA, J. R., ALMIRON, A. E. & BECHARA, J. A. 2003. Los peces de la Laguna Iberd. Editorial AI Margen, La Plata, Argentina, 203 pp. MALABARBA, L. R. 1998. Monophyly of the Cheirodontinae, characters and major clades (Ostariophysi: Characidae) (pp. 193-233). In: MALABARBA, L. R., REIS, R. E., VARI, R. P., Lucena, Z. M. & LUCENA, C. A. S. (eds). Phylogeny and Classification of neotropical fishes. EDIPUCRS, Porto Alegre, 603 pp. TAYLOR, W. R. & VAN DYKE, G. C. 1985. Revised procedures for staining and clearing small fishes and other vertebrates for bone and cartilage study. Cybium 9: 107-119. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 111 (3): 683; septembre 2004 Erratum NG, H. H. & KOTTELAT, M. 2004. Amblyrhynchichthys micracanthus, a new species of cyprinid fish from Indochina (Cypriniformes: Cyprinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 111 (2): 425-432. Due to the insufficient printing quality of Fig. 1 published in the above mentioned paper (p. 427) a new figure is printed here. Fic. 1 Amblyrhynchichthys micracanthus, CMK 13137, paratype, 68.1 mm SL. oso ET si wnat: REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Tome 111 — Fascicule 3 PACE, Roberto. Hygronomini e Athetini della Cina con note sinonimiche (Coleopteras Staphylinidae),. . ee... rs ner TE SCHATTI, Beat. A preliminary contribution to Platyceps najadum (Eichwald, 1831) and systematic status of Coluber atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993 (Reptilia: Squamata: Colubrinae) ............. DANKITTIPAKUL, Pakawin & WANG, Xin-Ping. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand II ........ ORTUNO, Vicente M. An enigmatic cave-dwelling ground beetle: Trechus barratxinai Espafiol, 1971 (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Trechinae, Tre- CERTA ee IO DA GAMA, Maria Manuela. Une espèce nouvelle de Pseudosinella pro- venant du Portugal (Insecta: Collembola). XVII® contribution ...... AMIET, Jean-Louis. Une nouvelle espèce d’Hyperolius du Cameroun (Am- phibia@AnurasHyperolüdae)ar se sr EEE PIEROTTI, Helio & BELLÒ, Cesare. Contributi al riordinamento sistematico dei Peritelini paleartici. V. Istituzione di un nuovo genere e descrizione di due nuove specie (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Entiminae)........ LANDRY, Bernard & ROQUE-ALBELO, Lazaro. First report of Tischeriidae (Lepidoptera) on the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador, with descriptions of twomewzendemieispeciesHs pra ie lion an BAUR, Hannes & Coray, Armin. A revision of the Blattodea, Ensifera and @aeliterardescenibediby.Hr Brubstorfer. 245 en Sons, BAUR, Hannes & Coray, Armin. The status of some taxa related to Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) and the type of Kisella Harz (Caelifera: iNerididae,Melanoplinae)ae. ti e RR DE ANDRADE, Maria L. A new species of Platythyrea from Dominican amber and description of a new extant species from Honduras (Eiyymenopteraskormicidae)ea nr ET GATTOLLIAT, Jean-Luc. First reports of the genus Nigrobaetis Novikova & Kluge (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) from Madagascar and La Réunion with observations on Afrotropical biogeography ................. TSCHUDI-REIN, Kathrin, BRAND, Nayuta, KUHRT, Ute & Dorn, Silvia. First record of Hyssopus pallidus (Askew, 1964) for Switzerland (Hymenoptera Eulophidae) ea ar ne set hae AT ee ALMIRON, Adriana E., CASCIOTTA, Jorge R., BECHARA, José A. & RUIZ DIAZ, Federico J. A new species of Hyphessobrycon (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Iberä wetlands, Argentina........ ERRATONG (NG SEs HNSAIKOTTEFAT IM 2004 er. st Pages 457-523 525-538 539-550 551-562 563-565 567-583 585-598 599-609 611-630 631-642 643-655 657-669 671-672 673-682 683 REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Volume 111 — Number 3 PACE, Roberto. Hygronomini and Athetini from China (Coleoptera, Staphy- linidae)\withimotes onthe synonymy 300. MR SCHATTI, Beat. A preliminary contribution to Platyceps najadum (Eichwald, 1831) and systematic status of Coluber atayevi Tunijev & Shammakov, 1993 (Reptilia: Squamata: Colubrinae) ............. DANKITTIPAKUL, Pakawin & WANG, Xin-Ping. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand II ........ ORTUNO, Vicente M. An enigmatic cave-dwelling ground beetle: Trechus barratxinai Espafiol, 1971 (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Trechinae, Tre- CHIMERA UL CEE DA GAMA, Maria Manuela. A new species of Pseudosinella from Portugal (Insecta: Collembola) XVII! Contribution." SII ee AMIET, Jean-Louis. A new species of Hyperolius from Cameroun (Amphi- biaeAnura bby peroludae) #222 =... 25 RENE ONE NE PIEROTTI, Helio & BELLO, Cesare. Contributions towards a taxonomic rearrangement of Palaearctic Peritelini. V. Erection of a new genus and description of two new species (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Entimi- TAC) Fen ete : Per See ET MAZIONE LANDRY, Bernard & ROQUE-ALBELO, Lazaro. First report of Tischeriidae (Lepidoptera) on the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador, with descriptions of twornewzendemieispeeiesen meer ciate ye TT IE BAUR, Hannes & Coray, Armin. A revision of the Blattodea, Ensifera and @aeliferaldesenibed/by/H.Eruhstorferan. ur. rt RR BAUR, Hannes & CoraAy, Armin. The status of some taxa related to Miramella irena (Fruhstorfer) and the type of Kisella Harz (Caelifera: Aendidae@Melanoplnae) DE un. se SELE INR A DE ANDRADE, Maria L. A new species of Platythyrea from Dominican amber and description of a new extant species from Honduras (Fiymenoptera:#FOrRMICIA 26) RME We) A ean oe eee eee GATTOLLIAT, Jean-Luc. First reports of the genus Nigrobaetis Novikova & Kluge (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) from Madagascar and La Réunion with observations on Afrotropical biogeography ................. TSCHUDI-REIN, Kathrin, BRAND, Nayuta, KUHRT, Ute & Dorn, Silvia. First record of Hyssopus pallidus (Askew, 1964) for Switzerland (Eiymenoptera#Eulophidae)r. ar A Soe TERRE eee ALMIRON, Adriana E., CASCIOTTA, Jorge R., BECHARA, José A. & Ruiz DIAZ, Federico J. A new species of Hyphessobrycon (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Iberä wetlands, Argentina........ ERRATUM (NG) HEHE 8AKOTTERAT ME 2004) eee Indexed in CURRENT CONTENTS, SCIENCE CITATION INDEX Pages 457-523 525-538 539-550 551-562 563-565 567-583 585-598 599-609 611-630 631-642 643-655 657-669 671-672 673-682 683 PUBLICATIONS DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE CATALOGUE DES INVERTEBRES DE LA SUISSE, NOS 1-17 (1908-1926) ........ série Fr. (prix des fascicules sur demande) REVUE DE PALÉOBIOLOGIE 1. tin re Echange ou par fascicule Fr. LE RHINOLOPHE (Bulletin du centre d’étude des chauves-souris) . ...... par fascicule Fr. THE EUROPEAN PROTURA: THEIR TAXONOMY, ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION, WITH KEYS FOR DETERMINATION JAN OSERS SAS Ip WOM Sis cue cae osc owls Eee ce oe Fr. CLASSIFICATION OF THE DIPLOPODA REBISFIOEEMANS2375p ONOR OI in Ce eee Fr. LES OISEAUX NICHEURS DU CANTON DE GENÈVE P. GÉROUDET, C. GUEX & M. MAIRE 351: p nombreuses cartes et figures, 1983). . 2.2... EE AE de Fr. CATALOGUE COMMENT É DES TYPES D'ECHINODERMES ACTUELS CONSERVES DANS LES COLLECTIONS NATIONALES SUISSES, SUIVI D'UNE NOTICE SUR LA CONTRIBUTION DE LOUIS AGASSIZ À LA CONNAISSANCE DES ECHINODERMES ACTUELS MÉTANGOUX GT Pel OSS rie ee ee III EE Fr. RADULAS DE GASTÉROPODES LITTORAUX DE LA MANCHE (COTENTIN-BAIE DE SEINE, FRANCE) VARINER TAMUESRTé Ko MAREDA, 62:P., 1991 nenne ne Fr. GASTROPODS OF THE CHANNEL AND ATLANTIC OCEAN: SHELLS AND RADULAS NAEINETSIAWUEST& K.NMAREBA, 1992. MR ee en ea nee Fr. O. SCHMIDT SPONGE CATALOGUE R. DESQUEYROUX-FAUNDEZ & S.M. STONE, 190 p., 1992...................... SE ATLAS DE REPARTITION DES AMPHIBIENS ET REPTILES DU CANTON DE GENEVE A. KELLER, V. AELLEN & V. MAHNERT, 48 p., 1993... Fr. THE MARINE MOLLUSKS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: A DOCUMENTED FAUNAL LIST NEFINEGSIS0:P:A99St, EIA SI RO Fr. NOTICE SUR LES COLLECTIONS MALACOLOGIQUES DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE EC CAME CER SORA OSIO OI Fr. PROCEEDINGS OF THE XIIIth INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ARACHNOLOGY, Geneva 1995 (ed. V. MAHNERT), 720 p. (2 vol.), 1996 ...... Fr. CATALOGUE OF THE SCAPHIDIINAE (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis I), I. LOBL, xii + 190 p., 1997 ...................... Fr. CATALOGUE SYNONYMIQUE ET GÉOGRAPHIQUE DES SYRPHIDAE (DIPTERA) DE LA REGION AFROTROPICALE (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis II), H. G. DIRICKX, x +187 p., 1998................. Fr. A REVISION OF THE CORYLOPHIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OF THE WEST PALAEARCTIC REGION (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis III), S. BOWESTEAD, 203 p., 1999................... Fr. THE HERPETOFAUNA OF SOUTHERN YEMEN AND THE SOKOTRA ARCHIPELAGO (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis IV), B. SCHÄTTI & A. DESVOIGNES, TSE CE ne ee Ne Fr. PSOCOPTERA (INSECTA): WORLD CATALOGUE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis V), C. LIENHARD & C. N. SMITHERS, ATR AAS po 2 OO De ION ee er Fr. REVISION DER PALAARKTISCHEN ARTEN DER GATTUNG BRACHYGLUTA THOMSON, 1859 (COLEOPTERA, STAPHYLINIDAE) (1. Teil) (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis VI), G. SABELLA, CH. BUCKLE, V. BRACHAT CAEC-BESUCHETAVIA2 8 Sip 2004 RR DE LO Fr. 285.— 35.— 35.— 30.— 30.— 45.— 15.— 10.— 160.— 60.— 70.— 180.— 100.— er DS N 70 Di Le #i ; « è h Le JA 6 Xe | fi a MIR 7 - si | i | iy l'an or | "e SOUS ci NER MT AR VICTIMES DAT 13 AQU EMA TEA CL) i vali VA ) sai OY te 1 1 [où (: > a mr prg Pt per ; en re ORNE D ae, TS ea der Qu dt CONTE ER à A \ 4 - Jet x | R di I} LL ae. vit Y nigi A va tr “ier 4 iia ain a ra Tati vi AVA uee + dot) Le Aline u Coats vip wre : nici gi ua), alianti ng TANT 400 iui oy. 19 Mu MP ZO RT steve Nom "om be u” j 3 — i i d en te we f opal Di > Gf ch ‘ d Fr Rug aj VCI: N finiti de mat N LL = 1 ST). AA A > i = ue de Ir | HA ari 1 Sel Oy AU NDS disco gun "n bit laut N ote tri har Le? 1 une” # ER aw i) LR CAT TE wt Lt Mu war: i { \ hi t | k Taj aci 5 N ascot) om j outs ie à 3 | in HE LOS PE IR DIETE A à — SEEN 2020001 | je 7 RUN Ay tf 4 TU LE li de RIZZO ASSI Bie pe ine et ee rn: Lab V0 Bilal hat io LT AL AE OM = î i vw U a é - i nia j È i ur NI 4 f Es Ay t m i Ju ay AT ee 2% base una he Maine. TR Asher ara oral civ N EN Rte ast E liege i sn ee NON Spara ae ul in. er Mt Dale Let Laura lien PO: Mar Ora, f Au! Kore race dela Dice | è as TIVO te TRA i N Do TINA | RATE nce fan BR een ME i ei = sch DA ea A PAT Por erg : Li or Aro rare Stand DI è ) dé Mart” Pat Pam WA dita, iI mans, fa i PAC ur 7 ii Oy Ure oh thy wa pps ret N eile (tre, = 0 Des |) [WE era gt b y — x À Ve 3 ass de toit TA ID Bo selten and I ‘Sh Pe a Per Sas Eee EVE iil wiki, ws Line À tate SN È | tra. o ie) AL ENT de; TOS _ ae # lan ed ga a e eae ny rid i GIA gio Cad 3 pe i Art ‘ a hen | è SPO. x Mi x seno A que LA Volume 111 - Number 3 - 2004 Revue suisse de Zoologie: Instructions to Authors The Revue suisse de Zoologie publishes papers by members of the Swiss Zoological Society and scientific results based on the collections of the Museum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva. Submission of a manuscript implies that it has been approved by all named authors, that it reports their unpublished work and that it is not being considered for publication elsewhere. A financial contribution may be asked from the authors for the impression of colour plates and large manuscripts. All papers are refereed by experts. In order to facilitate publication and avoid delays authors should follow the Instructions to Authors and refer to a current number of R.S.Z. for acceptable style and format. Papers may be written in French, German, Italian and English. Authors not writing in their native language should pay particular attention to the linguistic quality of the text. Manuscripts must be typed or printed (high quality printing, if possible by a laser-printer), on one side only and double-spaced, on A4 (210 x 297 mm) or equivalent paper and all pages should be numbered. All margins must be at least 25 mm wide. Authors must submit three paper copies (print-outs), including tables and figures, in final fully corrected form, and are expected to retain another copy. Original artwork should only be submitted with the revised version of the accepted manuscript. We encourage authors to submit the revised final text on a disk (3,5), or on a CD-R, using MS-WORD or a similar software. The text should be in roman (standard) type face throughout, except for genus and species names which should be formatted in italics (bold italics in taxa headings) and authors’ names in the list of references (not in other parts of the text!), which should be formatted in SMALL CAPITALS. LARGE CAPITALS may be used for main chapter headings and SMALL CAPITALS for subordinate headings. Footnotes and cross-references to specific pages should be avoided. Papers should conform to the following general layout: Title page. A concise but informative full title plus a running title of not more than 40 letters and spaces, full name(s) and surname(s) of author(s), and full address(es) including e-mail address(es) if possible. Abstract. The abstract is in English, composed of the title and a short text of up to 200 words. It should summarise the contents and conclusions of the paper and name all newly described taxa. The abstract is followed by up to 10 keywords, separated by hyphens, which are suitable for indexing. Some of the terms used in the title may be omitted from the list of keywords in favour of significant terms not mentioned in the title. Introduction. A short introduction to the background and the reasons for the work. Material and methods. Sufficient experimental details must be given to enable other workers to repeat the work.-The full binominal name should be given for all organisms. The International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature must be strictly followed. Cite the authors of species on their first mention. Results. These should be concise and should not include methods or discussion. Text, tables and figures should not duplicate the same information. New taxa must be distinguished from related taxa. The abbreviations gen. n., sp. n., syn. n. and comb. n. should be used to distinguish all new taxa, synonymies or combinations. Primary types must be deposited in a museum or similar institution. In taxonomic papers the species heading should be followed by synonyms, material examined and distribution, description and comments. All material examined should be listed in similar, compact and easily intelligible format; the information should be in the same language as the text. Sex symbols should be used rather than “male” and “female” (text file: $= 4, £= ©). Discussion. This should not be excessive and should not repeat results nor contain new information, but should emphasize the significance and relevance of the results reported. References. The author-date system (name-year system) must be used for the citation of references in the text, e.g. White & Green (1995) or (White & Green, 1995). For references with three and more authors the form Brown et al. (1995) or (Brown et al., 1995; White er al., 1996) should be used. In the text authors’ names have to be written in standard type face. However, in the list of references they should be formatted in SMALL CAPITALS (see below). The list of references must include all publications cited in the text and only these. References must be listed in alphabetical order of authors, in the case of several papers by the same author, the name has to be repeated for each reference. The title of the paper and the name of the journal must be given in full in the following style: PENARD, E. 1888. Recherches sur le Ceratium macroceros. Thèse, Genève, 43 pp. PENARD, E. 1889. Etudes sur quelques Héliozoaires d’eau douce. Archives de Biologie 9: 1-61. MERTENS, R. & WERMUTH, H. 1960. Die Amphibien und Reptilien Europas. Kramer, Frankfurt am Main, XI + 264 pp. HANDLEY, C. O. Jr 1966. Checklist of the mammals of Panama (pp. 753-795). In: WENZEL, R. L. & Tipton, V. J. (eds). Ectoparasites of Panama. Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, XI + 861 pp. Tables. These should be self-explanatory, not integrated in the text-file, with the title at the top, organised to fit 122 x 180 mm, each table on a separate sheet and numbered consecutively. Figures. These may be line drawings or half tones, not integrated in the text-file, and all should be numbered consecutively. Figures should be arranged in plates which can be reduced to 122 x 160 mm. Drawings and lettering should be prepared to withstand reduction. Magnification should be indicated with scale lines. Authors should refrain from mixing drawings and half tones. If possible, originals of figures (ink drawings, photographs, slides) should be submitted (together with the revised version of the accepted manuscript). Original drawings will not be returned automatically. The Revue suisse de Zoologie declines responsibility for lost or damaged slides or other documents. If electronically scanned figures are submitted on disk or CD-R (never in MS-Powerpoint format !), this should be clearly indicated on the print-out of these figures enclosed with the print-out of the text. The following minimum resolutions should be respected: scanned line drawings: 600 dpi; scanned photographs: 300 dpi; digital photographs: 5 millions of pixels. Legends to figures. These should be typed in numerical order on a separate sheet. Proofs. Only page proofs are supplied, and authors may be charged for alterations (other than printer’s errors) if they are numerous. Offprints. The authors receive a total of 25 offprints free of charge; more copies may be ordered at current prices when proofs are returned. Correspondence. All correspondence should be addressed to Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, CP 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Switzerland. Phone: +41 22 418 63 33 - Fax: +41 22 418 63 O1. E-mail: volker.mahnert @ mhn.ville-ge.ch Home page RSZ: http://www.ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm